Indian Americans Among Washington’s Most Influential Voices in Policy and Advocacy

Several Indian Americans have earned a spot on Washingtonian magazine’s prestigious list of the 500 Most Influential People in Washington for this year. The list highlights influential experts and advocates operating outside of government who are actively shaping vital policy discussions in sectors like healthcare, national security, climate change, and global commerce.

These Indian Americans, all with significant roles in various organizations and sectors, have been recognized for their unique contributions to shaping American policy. Their work spans areas such as healthcare advocacy, economic reforms, tech policy, trade, environmental law, and strategic security.

Among those featured is Neera Tanden, who currently serves as the president and CEO of the Center for American Progress (CAP). After a period in the Biden administration, she has returned to the progressive think tank, reestablishing her presence as a prominent liberal figure. Tanden has focused on countering conservative Republican plans concerning Medicaid, while also championing economic strategies that support the middle class, such as raising the minimum wage. She believes that progressives must “offer real alternatives to the status quo and articulate the real harms of policies like proposed Medicaid cuts to voters.”

In healthcare policy, Dr. Kavita Patel, a physician affiliated with Mary’s Center and a former health official under President Obama, continues to be a leading voice in defending and strengthening the Affordable Care Act (ACA). Patel argues that the ACA remains a durable piece of legislation, despite political challenges, and asserts that it “cannot be undone by a White House pen,” underscoring its lasting role in expanding healthcare access in the United States.

Also advocating for healthcare reform is Dr. Anand Parekh, who serves as the chief medical adviser at the Bipartisan Policy Center. He has been instrumental in reinvigorating the House Congressional Primary Care Caucus. In doing so, he seeks to educate lawmakers about the importance of revitalizing primary care to improve health outcomes on a national scale. Parekh, who once served as a deputy assistant secretary of health, insists that real progress in public health can only be achieved if the government reinvests in primary care, prevention, and public health infrastructure.

Jay Khosla, now the chief government affairs officer for Humana, brings years of experience from his time in Senate Republican leadership. He uses this background to influence federal policy from within the private sector, especially at the critical juncture of healthcare and economic development. Khosla’s work underscores the influence of private firms in shaping the future of health policy in Washington.

In the tech policy arena, Ruchi Bhowmik serves as the vice president of public policy at Netflix. A former official in the Obama administration, Bhowmik now works on issues like net neutrality, copyright enforcement, data privacy, and content regulation. She plays a vital role in ensuring that Netflix’s policy interests are in line with evolving domestic and international regulations. Her leadership has been crucial as streaming platforms like Netflix continue to navigate growing regulatory scrutiny.

Atul Keshap, who heads the U.S.–India Business Council (USIBC) under the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, has focused his attention on India’s economic future. Following India’s 2024 general elections, Keshap has emphasized the importance of continued economic reform. He has urged Indian policymakers to embrace further changes in taxation, regulatory systems, and business processes, arguing that these steps are essential to improving the country’s global standing and increasing foreign investment.

Samir Kapadia, managing principal at the Vogel Group, is known for his work on complex trade compliance matters. He has carved out a reputation for advising multinational companies, particularly those dealing with U.S. steel tariffs and trade law. Kapadia’s insights are highly sought after by firms aiming to navigate the challenging terrain of international commerce and federal trade policy.

In national security and technology strategy, Nitin Chadda plays a critical role. He is the co-founder of WestExec Advisors and also serves as Vice Chairman at Teneo, a major global consultancy. Chadda advises defense and technology firms on how to effectively engage with federal agencies in an increasingly volatile international environment. Before founding WestExec, he worked closely with Secretary of Defense Ash Carter as a senior advisor and also held strategic positions at the White House and the State Department.

Tech policy continues to be a major area of influence for Indian Americans, as seen in the work of Karan Bhatia. Serving as the vice president of Government Affairs and Public Policy at Google, Bhatia leads a global policy team that spans more than 50 countries. He advises Google’s CEO on international regulatory matters and issues surrounding artificial intelligence, digital freedoms, and global tech governance. Bhatia previously served as the Deputy U.S. Trade Representative and held key roles in the Bush administration, giving him deep insight into both trade and policy.

Environmental policy also features prominently in this year’s list, with Radhika Fox recognized for her extensive work in water regulation. Formerly the head of the Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA) water program, Fox now works as a principal at North Star Strategy. Her expertise lies in drinking-water regulation and the replacement of lead pipes, areas that have taken center stage in federal infrastructure efforts. During her time at the EPA, she played a key role in crafting the water pillar of the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law. As a result of her leadership, a staggering $50 billion was allocated—the single largest federal investment in water-related infrastructure to date.

These Indian American professionals, though working outside formal government roles, have become essential players in the policy arena of the U.S. capital. Their backgrounds span public service, private industry, and non-profit sectors, yet they share a common influence on shaping the policies that define modern American governance. Each has demonstrated a commitment to driving innovation, ensuring accountability, and advocating for reforms that align with a more inclusive and forward-looking vision of national and global leadership.

From championing affordable healthcare and economic reform to shaping international business policy and advocating for technology regulation, these individuals represent the growing influence of the Indian American community in Washington’s corridors of power. Their recognition in Washingtonian magazine’s list of the 500 Most Influential People in Washington marks not only personal achievements but also the broader evolution of diversity in American policymaking circles.

India Maintains Economic Stability Amid Global Uncertainties, Says RBI

India’s economy continues to show resilience in the face of global uncertainties, with the nation’s central bank projecting a future marked by “cautious optimism.” This assessment was shared in the Reserve Bank of India’s (RBI) latest monthly bulletin, released late on Wednesday, underscoring the country’s economic steadiness and potential for sustained growth despite turbulent international conditions.

The RBI noted that although the global economic environment remains volatile and uncertain, India is strategically positioned to endure and benefit from the changing dynamics. “The global economic outlook remains clouded amidst shifting policy landscapes and lingering vulnerabilities,” the RBI bulletin stated, highlighting the persistent global challenges that economies are currently facing. Despite this, the RBI expressed confidence in India’s trajectory, stating, “India stands well-positioned to navigate the ongoing global headwinds with confidence, ready to harness emerging opportunities and consolidate its role as a key driver of global growth.”

As global trade dynamics continue to evolve, India is actively pursuing a trade agreement with the United States. The initiative follows President Donald Trump’s decision on April 9 to announce a 90-day moratorium on planned tariff hikes for major U.S. trading partners, including a proposed 26% tariff targeting India. New Delhi is utilizing this temporary pause to negotiate a mutually beneficial trade pact aimed at avoiding the steep tariff. Indian officials are moving swiftly to reach an agreement within this brief window to safeguard bilateral trade interests.

Amid these international trade talks, domestic economic policy in India has seen notable adjustments. In April, the RBI decided to lower its key policy interest rate for the second time in a row. Additionally, it signaled the possibility of further rate reductions in the future by shifting its monetary policy stance from ‘neutral’ to ‘accommodative.’ This change indicates the central bank’s willingness to support economic growth by maintaining lower borrowing costs, particularly in light of declining inflationary pressures.

Inflation, once a key concern, appears to be stabilizing. The bulletin emphasized that inflationary pressures have substantially eased, with the consumer price index (CPI) showing signs of aligning with the central bank’s long-term targets. “Inflation pressures have eased significantly and the consumer price index is poised for a durable alignment with the target in 2025-26,” the RBI explained. In a reassuring development, India’s retail inflation in April dropped to 3.16%, marking the third consecutive month it stayed below the RBI’s 4% target. This is also the lowest inflation rate recorded since July 2019, offering policymakers greater flexibility to stimulate the economy without the fear of overheating.

The RBI also touched on global supply-side trends, noting some improvement. “While policy uncertainty has intensified, supply side pressures on the global economy are showing signs of relenting,” the bulletin noted. This suggests that bottlenecks and constraints that had plagued supply chains during and after the pandemic may be gradually easing, potentially leading to smoother trade and production flows.

Beyond macroeconomic indicators and international policy, the bulletin took a closer look at a specific domestic issue—food inflation driven by climate change and unusual weather patterns. In an article focused on how weather anomalies are affecting vegetable prices, the RBI highlighted a concerning trend. It observed that temperature anomalies, such as extreme heat or unseasonal cold, have become more frequent and intense in recent times. These weather disruptions have a direct impact on agricultural yields, particularly vegetables, which are sensitive to temperature fluctuations.

To counter these challenges, the RBI advocated for swift adoption of crop varieties that can withstand rising temperatures. The bulletin noted, “Temperature anomalies have increased in recent periods, raising the need for faster adoption of temperature-resistant crop varieties to support the objective of price stability.” This recommendation aligns with broader efforts to enhance agricultural resilience amid the growing impact of climate change, thereby ensuring food security and stable prices for essential commodities.

Overall, the RBI’s assessment combines a realistic acknowledgment of global economic instability with a confident outlook for India’s ability to stay the course. It reflects the central bank’s strategic balancing act—acknowledging international headwinds while promoting domestic policy tools to support growth, maintain inflation targets, and adapt to climate-induced supply risks.

The central bank’s approach remains data-driven and focused on long-term stability. Its accommodative stance suggests continued support for sectors that may require stimulus, particularly if external conditions remain fragile. The bulletin serves not only as a snapshot of the current economic situation but also as a roadmap for policymakers aiming to steer the Indian economy through global disruptions while capitalizing on emerging opportunities.

India’s economic policy, as outlined by the RBI, seems grounded in pragmatism with a vision for inclusive and sustained growth. The combination of easing inflation, potential trade agreements, and monetary support reflects a multifaceted approach to strengthening economic foundations.

Despite the complex international environment, India appears to be making deliberate and strategic moves to fortify its economy. With the central bank keeping a close watch on inflation, global trade relations, and the impact of climate change on agriculture, the country’s leadership is laying the groundwork for continued stability and long-term prosperity.

India’s ability to manage these dynamics could help it maintain a central role in global economic growth. As the RBI put it, “India stands well-positioned to navigate the ongoing global headwinds with confidence.” This blend of cautious optimism and strategic policymaking might well define India’s economic narrative in the years ahead.

Social Security Retirement Age Shift: Millions May Miss Out on Full Benefits Without This Key Detail

In the United States, many workers nearing retirement continue to believe a long-standing assumption: once they turn 65, they automatically qualify for their full Social Security benefits. While this was once widely true, the current rules no longer support this belief.

The determining factor is no longer simply reaching the age of 65. Instead, eligibility for full Social Security benefits is now also tied to a worker’s year of birth. This shift in policy has created confusion, with many unaware that their benefits could be permanently reduced if they don’t carefully time their retirement.

The federal government has recently confirmed that by July 2025, all impacted workers will receive a higher minimum wage. This development reflects broader efforts to align compensation with the needs of today’s workforce. However, when it comes to retirement planning, it’s the evolving Social Security framework that deserves close attention.

In the past, defining “retirement age” was straightforward. A person retired at 65 and started receiving their full Social Security benefits. But rising life expectancies and demographic shifts have prompted adjustments. Today, the age for claiming full Social Security benefits varies based on birth year, making retirement planning more complex.

These changes underscore the need for individuals approaching retirement to have a solid understanding of current Social Security regulations. Without this knowledge, they may inadvertently make decisions that reduce the benefits they are entitled to.

The Social Security Administration (SSA) has made it clear that full retirement age is no longer the same for everyone. Opting to claim benefits before reaching this age can result in a lifelong reduction in monthly payments. This reality highlights the importance of timing when it comes to retirement.

The SSA has identified specific ages at which individuals can collect the full amount of their Social Security benefits. Reaching this age is essential to qualify for the complete 100% monthly payment, but the exact age depends on the year a person was born.

For those born between 1943 and 1954, full retirement age is 66. For individuals born from 1955 through 1959, the full retirement age gradually increases with each birth year, eventually reaching 66 years and 10 months.

These adjustments might seem minor, but they can significantly affect long-term financial outcomes. Workers who are unaware of their specific full retirement age might retire too early, unintentionally lowering their monthly benefits for the rest of their lives.

For people born in 1960 or later, the age at which they can claim full Social Security benefits is now 67. That’s two years beyond the old age-65 standard that many still mistakenly believe applies today.

The rules do allow for early retirement at age 62, but there’s a major caveat. Choosing to take Social Security at this minimum age results in a permanent reduction in monthly checks—by as much as 25% to 30%. “This decrease remains in effect for the remainder of your life,” the article warns. For someone expecting a certain monthly income, this cut can have significant consequences, especially over decades of retirement.

On the other hand, delaying retirement beyond your full retirement age can offer major financial advantages. Surprisingly, many workers don’t know that for each year they wait to claim Social Security benefits beyond full retirement age, they receive a sizable bonus. The increase is about 8% for every year delayed, up to age 70.

This means someone who chooses to wait until they are 70 years old to retire could receive much higher monthly payments than if they had claimed benefits earlier. The benefit of waiting can add up to thousands of dollars annually. According to current data, “in 2024, the maximum benefit available can exceed $4,800 per month.”

This enhanced benefit could make a substantial difference in someone’s retirement lifestyle, offering more financial flexibility and stability. However, not everyone has the luxury of delaying retirement, especially if their health or employment situation doesn’t allow for continued work.

Still, for those who can afford to wait, the payoff can be considerable. Postponing retirement could mean not only higher monthly payments but also improved long-term financial health.

The broader message for today’s aging workforce is simple: understand the Social Security system’s current structure before making retirement decisions. Misunderstanding your full retirement age or the consequences of early retirement could lead to reduced benefits and a lower standard of living.

The government’s decision to implement a higher minimum wage for affected workers by July 2025 is one piece of a broader puzzle. But when it comes to long-term financial planning, especially for retirement, understanding when and how to claim Social Security is arguably even more critical.

For decades, people operated under the assumption that retirement benefits began at 65. But that rule no longer applies to the majority of today’s workforce. “The age at which workers can claim full Social Security benefits has shifted, reflecting the evolving nature of life expectancy and financial planning,” the article notes. This shift is now central to retirement strategy.

Unfortunately, many workers still overlook the changes or rely on outdated assumptions. That’s why educating oneself about the full retirement age and how it varies by birth year is more important than ever.

Failing to grasp these updated regulations could cost retirees tens of thousands of dollars over the course of their lives. With inflation and living expenses on the rise, every dollar counts in retirement. Accurate planning today can prevent financial regret in the future.

Understanding the Social Security changes and applying that knowledge wisely offers workers the best chance of maximizing their benefits. “Choosing to retire earlier than the designated age can be costly, leading to a permanent reduction in your monthly benefit,” the article cautions. That warning should prompt individuals to reassess their assumptions and explore all options.

Ultimately, the key takeaway is that Social Security retirement planning is no longer one-size-fits-all. Every worker must understand the rules that apply specifically to them. This means knowing your full retirement age, understanding the consequences of early retirement, and considering the benefits of waiting until age 70, if possible.

By making informed choices, workers nearing retirement can ensure they receive the full benefits they’ve earned—and avoid the lasting impact of a decision made in haste or based on outdated information.

Bhuvan Lall’s “Namaste Cannes” Book Launch Highlights India’s Cultural Rise at Cannes 2025

The 2025 Cannes Film Festival proved to be a pivotal moment for Indian author and filmmaker Bhuvan Lall as he unveiled his newest book, Namaste Cannes: The Rise of India’s Soft Power, at a prominent launch event held at the historic Carlton Hotel on May 17. The occasion served as a powerful symbol of India’s rising stature on the global cultural and cinematic stage.

WhatsApp Image 2025 05 24 at 22 08 37 (3)The book launch garnered widespread attention and praise, underscoring the impact of India’s cultural footprint at one of the world’s most prestigious film festivals. Among the many distinguished guests attending the event were acclaimed figures from across the globe, including legendary Hollywood producer Ashok Amritraj, billionaire industrialist Prakash Hinduja, William Pfeiffer, Chairman of Global Gate, celebrated art historian Sundaram Tagore, and a range of internationally renowned filmmakers such as Gurinder Chaddha, Rima Das, Sudhir Misra, Pan Nalin, Deepak Tijori, and Vijay Singh. Together with leading personalities from both Indian and global cinema, they came together in a show of solidarity and celebration of India’s cultural ascent.

Christian Jeune, Deputy Director of the Festival de Cannes, offered high praise for the event and the book, stating, “Namaste Cannes is the highlight of the festival for me this year!” His remarks emphasized the growing recognition of India’s artistic contributions in international circles and pointed to the symbolic importance of the launch at a time when India’s presence is becoming increasingly visible in global media.

The event exuded a strong sense of pride and accomplishment, showcasing India’s evolving role as a major culturalWhatsApp Image 2025 05 24 at 22 08 37 (1) influencer. Bhuvan Lall, clearly moved by the moment, shared his personal reflections on the launch and his decades-long association with Cannes. “Cannes 2025 has been a dream come true, both for my journey of 3 decades at the festival and the launch of Namaste Cannes. I’m honored to share this story of India’s soft power with the world,” he said.

A key element of the celebration was the focus on India’s expanding influence in the realm of soft power, particularly through cinema, storytelling, and cultural diplomacy. Namaste Cannes: The Rise of India’s Soft Power delves into this theme, tracing how India has steadily built a meaningful presence at Cannes and beyond. The book captures India’s unique role in shaping global conversations through its films and artistic expressions, providing readers with a comprehensive look at how the nation’s soft power has grown and evolved over the years.

Now available for purchase globally on Amazon, the book is expected to attract readers interested in the intersections of culture, cinema, diplomacy, and India’s international rise. Through detailed narratives and thoughtful analysis, Bhuvan Lall paints a vivid portrait of a country that is not only the world’s largest democracy and a booming economy, but also a formidable force in the global cultural landscape.

Amit Khanna, Former Chairman of Reliance Entertainment, reinforced this viewpoint with a strong endorsement of the author’s work and insight. “No one is better than Bhuvan Lall to document India’s journey as an important global power in the world of media and entertainment,” he said. This recognition from an industry veteran adds further credibility to Lall’s ongoing efforts to spotlight India’s cultural achievements.

For those unable to attend the book launch in person, a video of the event held at the Carlton Hotel offers a glimpse into the atmosphere, the energy of the attendees, and the proud reception the book received. The footage encapsulates the vibrant blend of tradition and modernity that characterizes India’s contemporary global image.

The guest list itself was a testament to India’s strengthening ties with global cinema. From the seasoned experience of veteran directors to the emerging voices of new-age filmmakers, the launch brought together a cross-section of Indian creativity and international admiration. Their presence reinforced the book’s central message: that India’s cultural power is not just growing but thriving, drawing attention, respect, and admiration from all corners of the globe.

WhatsApp Image 2025 05 24 at 22 08 37The selection of Cannes as the venue for this launch was deeply symbolic. As one of the most celebrated film festivals in the world, Cannes has long been a benchmark for cinematic excellence. Holding the book launch here sent a powerful message about how far India has come in terms of artistic recognition and global outreach. For Bhuvan Lall, whose own relationship with the festival spans over thirty years, it was a moment of deep personal and professional fulfillment.

In Namaste Cannes, Lall documents this long journey with depth and nuance. The book not only traces India’s visible participation in the festival but also examines how the country’s storytelling traditions, cinematic innovations, and cultural richness have earned it a unique place on the global stage. By chronicling these developments, Lall continues his role as a chronicler of India’s historical, spiritual, and artistic legacy.

His earlier works have already established his credentials as a storyteller who brings a thoughtful, historically rooted approach to contemporary subjects. With this latest publication, he adds yet another dimension to his body of work, focusing on India’s cultural diplomacy and its strategic use of soft power in the global arena.

As Lall stated during the event, the inspiration behind the book stems not just from his personal journey but from the larger transformation of India’s global identity. This transformation, he believes, is being led not only by economic growth and political shifts but also by India’s ability to tell stories that resonate across cultures.

The reaction to the launch at Cannes underscores a broader shift in perception. What was once considered a peripheral presence is now viewed as central to the international dialogue on cinema and culture. With the release of Namaste Cannes, Bhuvan Lall has provided a timely and insightful contribution to this narrative.

India’s growing engagement with the world through art and media is not just about representation; it’s about influence. It’s about how ideas, values, and perspectives from one part of the world can inspire and inform others. And at Cannes 2025, this message came through loud and clear.

As readers around the world begin to explore the pages of Namaste Cannes, they will encounter more than a festival memoir or a celebration of Indian cinema. They will find a story about identity, transformation, and the subtle yet powerful forces that shape our understanding of nations and cultures.

Through his work, Bhuvan Lall continues to amplify the voice of a country that is not only telling its own stories but also shaping the stories the world tells about itself.

Dr. Satheesh Kathula Honored By The US Congress During Asian American And Pacific Islander Heritage Month

Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) was honored by the US Congress during Asian American and Pacific Islander Heritage Month as a truly exceptional individual whose unwavering dedication to community, culture and healing has left an indelible mark on countries and countless lives across this nation.

In an address in the US Congress on May 19, 2025 Congressman Jonathan Jackson of Illinois, stated in address to the House of Representatives, “As we proudly celebrate Asian American and Pacific Islander Heritage Month, a time when we honor the rich histories, cultures and invaluable contributions of the AAPI community, I rise with immense pride and heartfelt admiration to recognize a highly regarded physician, academic and leader in oncology and hematology.”

Rep. Jackson said, “Dr. Kathula is known for his exceptional intellect, compassion and integrity.” Dr. Kathula serves as a clinical professor of medicine at Wright State University. “In these capacities, he is dedicated not only to enhancing medical knowledge and patient care, but also to fostering a future where equity representation and cultural competence are integral to healthcare systems,” Rep. Jackson said.

Since becoming board certified in both Hematology and Oncology in 2002 Dr. Kathula has treated 1000s of patients, providing care that is not only scientifically rigorous, but also deeply human. “He listens with empathy, leads with conviction, and heals with heart. His expertise is complemented by his commitment to preventive and lifestyle medicine,” Rep. Jackson said.

Dr. Satish Kathula Honored By The US Congress During Asian American And Pacific Islander Heritage MonthAs a Diplomat of the American Board of Lifestyle Medicine, championing holistic approaches to managing and reducing Chronic Disease, especially in underserved communities, “Dr Kathula’s contributions extend far beyond the walls of his clinic. As a visionary leader in AAPI, he has amplified the voices of Physicians of Indian religion, advocated for meaningful healthcare reforms, and promoted international collaboration in medicine and research under his leadership,” Rep. Jackson added.

Under his leadership, AAPI has tackled disparities in access to care, empowered the next generation of healthcare professionals and highlighted vital issues such as mental health, preventive care, and physician well-being, Rep. Jackson stated. “What marks Dr Kathula’s story especially inspiring is his unwavering commitment to service, whether advocating for improved healthcare delivery in rural areas, mentoring medical students, are coordinating medical relief efforts.”

According to Rep. Jackson, “Dr. Kathula brings a profound sense of purpose to everything he undertakes. He is not only a healer of individuals, but also a builder of healthier communities. Dr. Kathula’s work is a shining example of what is possible when excellence in medicine combines with compassion and a strong sense of cultural identity. His legacy is measured not only by the patients he has cared for and the policies he has helped shape, but also by the countless lives he has inspired, reminding us all that leadership grounded in empathy can transform systems and service driven by heart can change the world.”

In conclusion, Rep. Jackson  said, “Mr. Speaker, in honoring Dr Kathula during Asian American and Pacific Islander Heritage Month, we recognize a man who embodies the highest ideals of the medical profession, the spirit of public service, and the power of cultural heritage. His journey serves as a beacon of hope, reminding us that with dedication and humility and compassion, one individual can truly make a global impact.”

In his response, Dr. Kathula said, “It is indeed a great honor to receive a Congressional Proclamation on Congressional record, as one of the outstanding Asian Americans, on the occasion of the American and Pacific Islander Heritage Month in Washington, DC, the name of the honorees will be archived in the Congressional Records permanently at the Library of Congress.”

Judge Blocks Trump Administration from Ending Legal Status of Foreign Students

A federal judge has issued a nationwide injunction stopping the Trump administration from revoking the legal status of foreign students studying in the United States. The ruling, delivered on Thursday by US District Judge Jeffrey White of the federal court in San Francisco, marks a significant setback for the administration’s efforts to clamp down on international students as part of President Donald Trump’s broader immigration enforcement agenda.

The legal dispute centers around the administration’s sweeping attempt to interfere with the SEVIS (Student and Exchange Visitor Information System) records of non-citizens present in the U.S. on education visas. These modifications to the SEVIS database threatened the students’ ability to remain in the country legally, thereby putting them at risk of deportation.

The SEVIS system, managed by the Department of Homeland Security, serves as a database that tracks the immigration status of international students and is essential for universities to monitor their enrollment and legal standing. In a controversial move that began in April, the Trump administration initiated the cancellation of SEVIS records for thousands of these students, potentially rendering them undocumented.

Although the administration retreated from this effort last month in response to mounting legal opposition, Judge White determined in his decision that the threat of future arbitrary cancellations remains. In his ruling, he stated, “He does not find it speculative to conclude that, in the absence of an injunction, the administration would abruptly re-terminate SEVIS records without notice.”

White, who was appointed by President George W. Bush, emphasized that the actions undertaken by the administration had far-reaching and disruptive consequences. “The administration’s actions,” he wrote, “uniformly wreaked havoc not only on the lives of Plaintiffs here but on similarly situated F-1 nonimmigrants across the United States and continues to do so.”

The lawsuit was initiated by a group of international students who had experienced sudden and unexplained changes to their SEVIS records. These changes led to their legal status being jeopardized, with the students asserting that the administration had acted without following proper legal procedures.

Judge White agreed with their claims, indicating that the students were likely to succeed in their argument that the administration’s actions breached federal rule-making protocols. He characterized the actions as “arbitrary and capricious,” terms that carry significant legal weight in administrative law.

He also dismissed any suggestion by the government that these students posed a danger to the public or to national security. “Defendants do not suggest that these individuals pose an immediate safety threat or that they pose a threat to national security,” he wrote. “In contrast, Plaintiffs have shown that Defendants likely exceeded their authority and acted arbitrarily and capriciously in those enforcement efforts, and the ‘public interest is served by compliance with the Administrative Procedure Act.’”

The Administrative Procedure Act (APA) is a foundational statute in U.S. administrative law that governs how federal agencies develop and enforce regulations. The judge’s reference to the APA underscores the administration’s failure to follow due process when attempting to alter or terminate the SEVIS records of foreign students.

The preliminary injunction issued by Judge White means that the federal government must cease any further attempts to change or cancel international students’ legal status via the SEVIS system without first following the appropriate procedural steps. His decision provides temporary relief to international students across the country who faced the risk of deportation due to abrupt and unexplained changes to their legal status.

This development is just the latest in a series of legal battles over the Trump administration’s handling of immigration matters, particularly as they pertain to education and student visas. During his time in office, Trump frequently advocated for stricter immigration policies, often targeting international students as part of a broader narrative emphasizing national security and economic protectionism.

The injunction also brings attention to the significant role that international students play within the U.S. higher education system. Universities rely heavily on SEVIS to manage the legal and academic status of their foreign enrollees, and any abrupt change to the system can create significant confusion and fear.

In this instance, many universities were left scrambling to understand and respond to the cancellations, which were often issued without explanation. The affected students found themselves in precarious situations, sometimes with little warning or opportunity to appeal the decision.

According to White, the government’s failure to justify these cancellations or to provide a meaningful process for students to respond only compounded the harm. “In contrast, Plaintiffs have shown that Defendants likely exceeded their authority and acted arbitrarily and capriciously,” he wrote, reinforcing the argument that the administration sidestepped established legal norms.

While the decision is currently limited to a preliminary injunction—meaning the final outcome of the case remains to be decided—it sets an important legal precedent for how student visa records should be handled. The ruling sends a strong signal that executive agencies must operate within the confines of the law, especially when taking actions that could severely disrupt the lives of thousands of people.

Legal experts suggest the ruling could have lasting implications for how future administrations approach visa enforcement, particularly when dealing with non-citizens enrolled in academic institutions. The judge’s insistence on following rule-making protocols under the APA highlights the judiciary’s role in checking executive power and ensuring that government agencies cannot act with unchecked discretion.

The ruling also highlights how legal action can serve as an effective countermeasure against sudden and potentially unlawful government policies. For the international students who brought the case forward, the decision offers not only temporary relief but also a measure of validation for their claim that they were treated unfairly by the system.

In conclusion, Judge Jeffrey White’s ruling represents a meaningful check on the Trump administration’s immigration policy by affirming that federal procedures and the rights of individuals cannot be cast aside arbitrarily. His order to block the cancellation of SEVIS records serves to protect international students who came to the U.S. to study and underscores the importance of legal consistency and due process in administrative actions.

House GOP Pushes Medicaid Overhaul with Work Requirements and Immigration Restrictions

In a sweeping move to reshape Medicaid, House Republicans have advanced legislation that includes several controversial measures aimed at cutting costs and tightening eligibility. The bill, which has managed to unite the often-fractured GOP caucus, employs a mix of strategies such as imposing work requirements on certain adults, limiting provider taxes, increasing eligibility verifications, and slashing federal Medicaid funding to states that offer coverage to undocumented immigrants.

At the heart of the proposal is a requirement for “able-bodied adults” without dependents, up to the age of 64, to meet specific work obligations in order tomaintain their Medicaid coverage. This component of the bill has gained traction across the Republican spectrum, even among those lawmakers who generally oppose broader cuts to Medicaid. It marks a notable shift in the party’s approach, focusing on personal responsibility as a condition for receiving public health assistance.

Although the bill was rushed through the House with little time for additional analysis, it now faces a challenging path in the Senate. The upper chamber is divided, with some senators pushing for even deeper cuts, while others are wary of undermining Medicaid entirely. However, the idea of work requirements has received little resistance even from those concerned about broader funding reductions. This suggests a bipartisan understanding—at least in part—on enforcing stricter eligibility conditions for government-supported health care.

In a late-stage amendment designed to satisfy conservative demands, lawmakers moved up the timeline for these work requirements. Originally slated to begin on January 1, 2029, the new schedule would see implementation start as soon as December 31, 2026. Additionally, the change restricts future presidential administrations from expanding exemptions to these work requirements. This preemptive move limits future executive discretion and locks in the policy’s rigid framework, preventing any future loosening of the rule for vulnerable populations.

States that fail tocomply with the new mandates could face financial penalties in the form of lost Medicaid funding. If a state continues to offer coverage to individuals who cannot demonstrate eligibility under the new rules, it risks forfeiting substantial federal support. This provision is designed to ensure strict adherence, effectively coercing states into compliance through financial pressure.

Despite the significance of the bill, lawmakers moved quickly to approve the amended version, bypassing an updated cost analysis from the Congressional Budget Office (CBO). As a result, the precise fiscal impact of the revised legislation remains uncertain. However, under the original version of the bill, the introduction of work requirements was projected to save the federal government $280 billion over a six-year span. This figure representsnearly three times the amount the CBO had estimated would be saved under an earlier Republican plan.

These substantial projected savings, however, are not the result of increased efficiency or lower administrative costs. Rather, they would largely be achieved by reducing the number of people enrolled in Medicaid. Millions are expected to lose their coverage due to the new barriers introduced by the work requirements and other eligibility restrictions.

The real-world impact of such policies is already somewhat evident. Two states that previously experimented with similar work requirements encounterednumerous problems, most notably administrative red tape. In these cases, many eligible individuals lost coverage simply because of data entry mistakes or failures in processing paperwork. These errors, often bureaucratic rather than intentional, left thousands without access to vital health services.

Experts are now warning that giving states less than two years to implement these new and complex verification systems is likely to result in widespread problems. “Experts predict giving states less than two years to set up complicated verification systems is inviting disaster and will result in many people getting wrongly kicked off Medicaid,” the article notes. Critics argue that the shortened timeline combined with the technical challenges involved will inevitably cause eligible recipients to be mistakenly removed from the rolls.

Supporters of the bill maintain that work requirements will encourage employment and reduce dependency on government programs. But opponents point to the experiences of Arkansas and New Hampshire—two states that piloted work requirement programs—as cautionary tales. In Arkansas, more than 18,000 people lost Medicaid coverage within months due to non-compliance, many because they didn’t understand or weren’t properly notified about the new rules. In New Hampshire, the policy was suspended before it could take full effect amid concerns about its implementation and fairness.

The bill also includes a freeze on provider taxes, a source of revenue that some states use to fund their share of Medicaid costs. By freezing these taxes, the federal government aims to prevent states from using them to draw down more federal dollars than intended. This measure, while technical, is part of the broader effort to rein in federal spending on the program.

Additionally, the bill targets states that offer Medicaid benefits to undocumented immigrants, proposing to cut federal funding for those jurisdictions. This aligns with broader Republican efforts to tighten immigration policies and ensure that federal resources are directed solely toward legal residents and citizens.

While the House vote represents a major step forward for Republican priorities on health care reform, the bill’s future remains uncertain. Senate negotiations are expected to be contentious, especially as moderate Republicans and Democrats push back against the more drastic provisions. Still, the inclusion of work requirements has emerged as a relatively unifying concept, one that may serve as a starting point for any eventual compromise.

In summary, the legislation passed by the House represents a bold effort by Republicans to reshape Medicaid by imposing stricter eligibility standards and reducing federal expenditures. Although pitched as a cost-saving initiative, the plan’s success hinges on excluding millions from coverage. The rush to legislate before a full CBO analysis and the shortened implementation timeline raise concerns among experts and advocates alike about the feasibility and fairness of the proposed changes.

As the debate moves to the Senate, the central question will be whether these changes can gain enough support without significantly undermining the basic function of Medicaid—to provide health coverage for those most in need.

Trump Administration Revokes Harvard’s Certification to Enroll International Students Amid Compliance Dispute

Harvard University has been stripped of its Student and Exchange Visitor Program (SEVP) certification, a decision that now prevents the institution from enrolling new international students and forces current international students to transfer or risk losing their legal immigration status in the United States. This immediate action by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) was confirmed in a letter from Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem to Harvard, as first reported by The New York Times.

The DHS announcement marks a significant escalation in tensions between Harvard and the federal government, particularly under the Trump administration. According to the press release from the department, Harvard’s certification has been revoked “effective immediately,” which means the prestigious university no longer has the legal authority to host international students.

This punitive measure stems from Harvard’s refusal to comply with a recent government request for detailed information about its international student body. Specifically, the Trump administration sought records tied to “criminality and misconduct of foreign students on its campus.” Harvard declined to provide the requested data, leading to the current crackdown.

Jason Newton, Harvard’s director of media relations and communications, responded strongly to the move in a statement to Forbes. “The government’s action was unlawful,” he asserted. Newton emphasized that the university is “fully committed to maintaining Harvard’s ability to host our international students and scholars,” and warned that the “retaliatory action threatens serious harm to the Harvard community and our country, and undermines Harvard’s academic and research mission.”

The Trump administration, however, has signaled that it may reconsider the revocation if Harvard complies with its conditions within 72 hours. According to the letter from Noem, the university must provide extensive documentation including audio and video recordings of “any illegal, dangerous or violent activity,” along with evidence of “threats to other students or university personnel” committed by international students over the past five years. The DHS has also demanded access to disciplinary records and video footage of any protest activity involving international students on Harvard’s campus within the same timeframe.

The backdrop to this conflict involves a broader federal investigation. Harvard is among roughly 60 universities under scrutiny for alleged antisemitism. On April 11, the administration accused the school of failing to meet both “intellectual and civil rights conditions that justify federal investment.” In response to earlier demands, the Trump administration called for “meaningful governance” reforms at Harvard and requested ongoing federal oversight of the institution. Harvard pushed back, stating through its legal counsel that it could not “allow itself to be taken over by the federal government” and refused to “accept the government’s terms as an agreement in principle.”

Following this refusal, the administration froze an estimated $2.2 billion in federal grants to Harvard. The university responded by suing the federal government, arguing that the freeze was “unlawful and beyond the government’s authority.”

Harvard’s international student population is substantial and diverse. According to official university figures, 6,793 international students are enrolled at Harvard during the 2024-25 academic year. This accounts for nearly 27% of the student body. The revocation decision, therefore, has far-reaching implications not just for the university but for thousands of students from around the globe.

Abdullah Shahid Sial, an international student from Pakistan and co-president of Harvard’s undergraduate student body, described the atmosphere on campus to the Boston Globe. “People are more scared than ever…This is a story which is way bigger than an individual. It’s not just about internationals at Harvard,it’s about internationals everywhere…we want to make sure that people put up an opposition.”

In defending the federal government’s action, Noem stated in the DHS release, “Harvard had plenty of opportunity to do the right thing. It refused. Let this serve as a warning to all universities and academic institutions across the country.”

The backlash has been swift and vocal. Lawrence Summers, a former U.S. Treasury Secretary who served as Harvard’s president from 2001 to 2006, criticized the administration’s decision in an interview with Bloomberg. “This is vicious, it is illegal, it is unwise, and it is very damaging,” he said. Summers added, “Why does it make any sense at all to stop 6000 enormously talented young people who want to come to the United States to study from having that opportunity? Why is punishing them the right thing to do?”

The revocation of Harvard’s SEVP certification, if not reversed, could also trigger broader academic and diplomatic consequences. The university’s international students, many of whom contribute to research, innovation, and the global reputation of American higher education, now face uncertainty about their futures. For Harvard, the move is not just a legal or financial issue, but a fundamental challenge to its identity as a global educational institution.

The administration’s action also sends a chilling message to other academic institutions that might find themselves at odds with federal policies or demands. With the warning issued by Noem, it is clear that the Trump administration is willing to use immigration and funding mechanisms as leverage in disputes with universities.

Harvard now faces a complex and urgent dilemma: whether to comply with the federal demands and potentially compromise its principles of academic independence and student privacy, or to continue its legal battle with the risk of permanent damage to its international programs and funding.

The next 72 hours will be crucial. If the university fails to meet the DHS requirements within that period, the fate of thousands of international students will remain in jeopardy. Meanwhile, Harvard’s lawsuit over the $2.2 billion in frozen grants continues to unfold, adding legal complexity to an already explosive political and academic confrontation.

This conflict between Harvard and the Trump administration underscores a larger national debate over academic freedom, government oversight, and the rights of international students. As this story develops, the outcome may well set a precedent for how the U.S. government interacts with institutions of higher education and how those institutions defend their autonomy in a politically charged environment.

Coca-Cola Faces Global Boycott Over Plastic Pollution Concerns

One of the world’s leading beverage giants, Coca-Cola, is facing a wave of consumer backlash due to its environmental practices, particularly its role in plastic pollution, according to a recent report by Screenshot Media.

Coca-Cola has earned the notorious distinction of being the worst plastic polluter on the planet for six years in a row. The company reportedly distributes over 100 billion single-use plastic bottles every year, many of which are discarded in landfills or end up polluting the world’s oceans.

In a stark projection, the conservation group Oceana warned that by the year 2030, Coca-Cola products alone could be responsible for introducing around 602 million kilograms—or roughly 1.32 billion pounds—of plastic waste annually into the world’s oceans and waterways.

Environmental organizations, including Greenpeace, have been vocal critics of Coca-Cola’s ongoing dependence on single-use plastics and its entanglement with fossil fuel-based materials. Activists have turned to social media to spotlight the company’s environmental footprint and are encouraging people to participate in boycotts.

The broader concern of plastic pollution is pressing due to its significant impact on human health and the natural world. When single-use plastic bottles degrade, they break down into microplastics. These tiny plastic fragments eventually infiltrate ecosystems and enter the human food chain. Alarming studies have discovered microplastics in human lungs, bloodstream, and even in placental tissue.

Plastic pollution is equally devastating for wildlife. Marine creatures often mistake plastic waste for food, leading to fatal consequences such as starvation or internal injuries. Additionally, some bird species have been observed incorporating plastic debris into their nests, inadvertently exposing their chicks to toxic substances.

Beyond its physical dangers, plastic production contributes massively to climate change. The process of manufacturing and distributing plastic bottles releases vast amounts of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases. Every phase—from production to transportation—adds to the environmental cost of each beverage bought in a plastic bottle.

To its credit, Coca-Cola has acknowledged the issue and pledged to take action. The company has initiated several programs aimed at curbing its plastic footprint. These include investments in recycling infrastructure and a public commitment to collect and recycle the equivalent of every plastic bottle it sells by the year 2030. In an attempt to curb cap litter, Coca-Cola has also started using attached bottle caps in certain markets. Despite these efforts, critics argue that the pace of change remains insufficient.

Meanwhile, environmental advocacy groups continue to ramp up pressure on major corporations to take full responsibility for the pollution caused by their products. Consumer-led boycotts have emerged as an effective way to push companies toward adopting more sustainable alternatives and packaging options.

Consumers are being encouraged to make conscious choices when it comes to beverage purchases. Opting for drinks in aluminum cans or glass bottles is recommended, as these materials are more likely to be recycled effectively. Individuals can also reduce their environmental impact by using refillable water bottles rather than purchasing single-use beverages.

Legislative change plays an essential role in addressing plastic waste on a larger scale. Supporting local, state, and national policies that restrict the use of single-use plastics can lead to meaningful improvements. Across the United States, many communities have enacted bans on plastic bags and plastic straws, demonstrating how even modest regulatory shifts can result in significant environmental benefits.

Recycling remains one of the most accessible actions consumers can take. Ensuring that plastic bottles and other containers are properly sorted and recycled helps prevent them from ending up in natural habitats and waterways, where they pose the greatest risk.

The question of whether the U.S. has a plastic waste problem is increasingly on people’s minds. Public sentiment varies, with some believing the problem is widespread, others seeing it as localized, and a few uncertain about the extent of the issue. Nonetheless, environmental groups stress that every action, from conscious purchasing to proper disposal, contributes to a larger solution.

Plastic pollution is not only a pressing ecological concern but also a public health issue. The long-term consequences of microplastics in the body are still being researched, but the presence of these particles in vital organs is an alarming sign. In the words of Greenpeace and other activists, the continued use of single-use plastics by corporations like Coca-Cola shows a disregard for the long-term wellbeing of both people and the planet.

The conversation surrounding plastic pollution has evolved from an environmental issue to one of social responsibility and corporate ethics. With growing awareness, consumers are using their voices—and their purchasing power—to demand real change. Social media has played a pivotal role in spreading information and organizing collective action, amplifying calls for sustainability and accountability.

As the Oceana report starkly illustrates, Coca-Cola’s environmental impact is not merely a hypothetical concern for future generations but a current and ongoing contributor to oceanic and global plastic waste. “By 2030, Coca-Cola products will contribute approximately 602 million kilograms of plastic waste to the world’s oceans and waterways yearly,” the report warned, emphasizing the urgency of the situation.

Although Coca-Cola has introduced measures to combat the crisis, such as collecting and recycling the equivalent of every bottle it sells by 2030 and attaching bottle caps to reduce litter, many environmentalists feel these actions fall short of what is necessary. “Greenpeace has criticized the corporation’s continued reliance on single-use plastics and its connections to fossil fuels,” underscoring persistent doubts about the company’s commitment to genuine environmental reform.

While Coca-Cola remains one of the most recognizable brands globally, this recognition now comes with increasing scrutiny. Environmental organizations and everyday consumers alike are questioning whether the convenience of a plastic bottle is worth the long-term damage it causes.

By making thoughtful choices—choosing glass or aluminum containers, reusing water bottles, backing local legislation, and recycling properly—consumers can be part of the solution. These small changes, multiplied across millions of people, have the potential to push even the largest corporations to reconsider their role in plastic pollution.

Ultimately, the responsibility does not lie with consumers alone. True progress requires companies like Coca-Cola to not only pledge change but to demonstrate measurable, transparent efforts toward sustainable packaging and reduced environmental harm.

As the global call for environmental responsibility grows louder, Coca-Cola now faces a defining challenge: will it rise to meet the moment, or continue to be seen as a symbol of the plastic pollution crisis?

India Launches New User-Friendly Portal to Simplify OCI Card Application Process

On May 19, 2025, the Indian government introduced a redesigned online portal aimed at simplifying the process for applying for Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) cards. The new system features an upgraded user interface that promises to make the registration procedure easier and more efficient for applicants worldwide. With over 5 million current OCI cardholders, the revamped portal now supports more than 180 Indian diplomatic missions abroad and 12 Foreigners Regional Registration Offices (FRROs), making it a significant step toward streamlining global access to OCI services.

Understanding the OCI Designation

The OCI designation is meant for individuals with Indian ancestry or heritage who previously held Indian citizenship but have since acquired citizenship in another country. These individuals are registered under Section 7A of the Citizenship Act, 1955. OCI status provides a lifelong visa to India and other benefits, although it does not equate to full citizenship.

Distinction Between OCI and NRI

There is often confusion between Non-Resident Indians (NRIs) and Overseas Citizens of India (OCIs). An NRI is someone who is still an Indian citizen holding an Indian passport but resides abroad for reasons such as work, education, or business. Unlike OCIs, NRIs retain full political rights in India, including the right to vote. OCI cardholders, by contrast, are foreign nationals who once held Indian citizenship or have Indian roots. They do not hold Indian passports but are permitted to live in India indefinitely without requiring a visa.

Key Features of the New OCI Portal

According to a press release by the Press Information Bureau (PIB), the newly launched portal incorporates several modern features designed to enhance user experience. These include a more intuitive user sign-up process and a segmented registration menu to help applicants navigate more easily. One notable improvement is the automatic filling of user profile information in the registration forms, reducing manual data entry.

Applicants will now be able to view both completed and in-progress applications through a personalized dashboard. For those filing their applications through FRROs, an integrated online payment gateway is now available. Additional enhancements include detailed Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) and smoother navigation across different stages of the application.

Another improvement is the classification of required documents based on the application type, making it easier for users to upload the correct documents. Applicants will also be able to make edits to their forms at any point prior to final submission. The portal sends reminders to verify the provided information before submitting the application, thereby reducing errors.

To assist applicants in meeting format requirements, the portal features a built-in tool to crop images of their photographs and signatures. This addition is especially helpful for those who previously faced issues with image specifications.

Additionally, the portal will clearly display eligibility criteria and required documentation based on the type of application selected, thereby improving transparency and reducing confusion.

Who Is Eligible to Apply for an OCI Card?

As outlined on the official OCI portal, any individual of full legal age and capacity who meets one of the following criteria can apply for an OCI card:

(i) A person who currently holds citizenship of another country but was an Indian citizen at the time of or at any point after the Constitution of India came into effect on January 26, 1950.

(ii) A foreign national who was eligible to become an Indian citizen when the Constitution commenced on January 26, 1950.

(iii) Someone who is a citizen of another country but whose place of origin became part of India after August 15, 1947.

(iv) A child, grandchild, or great-grandchild of any such individual.

In all these cases, the applicant must provide documentary evidence proving their lineage or earlier Indian citizenship.

Required Documents for OCI Card Application

To apply for an OCI card, applicants must submit a variety of documents. Although the list is not exhaustive, the essential items include:

  1. Proof of Present Citizenship: This can be a copy of the applicant’s current valid foreign passport or a certificate of registration or naturalisation in the new country of citizenship. If the applicant once held an Indian passport, they must also submit a copy of the cancelled or surrendered Indian passport along with the official Surrender Certificate.
  2. Proof of Address at the Place of Application: Acceptable documents include a utility bill, such as an electricity or telephone bill. These can be in the name of the applicant or their parent, grandparent, or spouse.
  3. Proof of Indian Ancestry: This includes documentation that demonstrates the applicant, or their parents, grandparents, or great-grandparents were Indian citizens at any time after the Constitution came into effect on January 26, 1950. Alternatively, they can provide evidence showing eligibility for Indian citizenship at that time.
  4. Proof of Relationship: If the applicant is claiming Indian origin through a parent, grandparent, or great-grandparent, they must also provide documents that establish that familial connection.
  5. Proof of Spousal Relationship: In cases where the applicant is married to a citizen of India or to an OCI cardholder, documents confirming the spousal relationship must be provided. These may include marriage certificates and the spouse’s OCI or Indian citizenship documents.

These requirements help ensure that only eligible individuals can obtain OCI cards while preserving the integrity of the application process.

Conclusion

The overhaul of the OCI portal marks a crucial step in enhancing digital accessibility for millions of individuals with Indian heritage across the globe. The government’s initiative simplifies the registration process by introducing user-centric features and robust tools to guide applicants. As more than five million OCI cardholders benefit from the updated system, the portal’s integration with over 180 Indian missions and 12 FRROs ensures broad and efficient access to vital consular services.

With the introduction of features such as automatic data population, built-in image cropping, categorized document uploads, and an application tracking dashboard, the revamped portal is poised to reduce errors, streamline approvals, and deliver a smoother experience for overseas Indians seeking to maintain a connection with their ancestral homeland.

As the PIB release states, “The new portal offers new features like user sign-up and segregation of the registration menu, along with auto-fill of user profile details in registration forms.” This underscores the government’s commitment to leveraging technology for more transparent and citizen-friendly governance.

BBC’s Bold Digital Leap Marks the End of Traditional TV Era

There was a time when the television set was the focal point of every household, a glowing screen around which families would gather to connect, be entertained, and stay informed. Whether it was soap operas or urgent news reports, television played a central role in shaping how generations engaged with content. However, that golden period now seems like a distant memory in a world dominated by rapid digital progress. The dominance of traditional TV is waning, giving way to streaming and digital platforms that better align with today’s fast-paced, on-demand lifestyle.

In a major announcement that reverberated through media industries around the globe, the British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC), long viewed as a paragon of trustworthy journalism and historic broadcasting, has unveiled a radical new strategy. Tim Davie, the BBC’s Director General, has announced that the broadcaster plans to discontinue all of its conventional television channels by the 2030s, transitioning completely to digital and online platforms.

“It’s a seismic shift,” said media analysts, highlighting the historic nature of this development. The BBC itself sees this as an unavoidable transformation. The reality is stark: fewer than one in four viewers from its previous audience base now rely on traditional television broadcasting. Even for a media giant like the BBC, which has stood for integrity and masterful storytelling since the early 1900s, the linear TV model has become increasingly unsustainable.

This shift isn’t happening in isolation. It is emblematic of a broader worldwide trend, and its effects are being felt keenly in countries like India. Television was once a cultural glue in India, with millions tuning in simultaneously to watch iconic serials or nightly news broadcasts. Today, while television sets still occupy physical space in many Indian homes, they are often left untouched. The proliferation of smartphones has drastically changed how people consume media. Now, news updates, entertainment programs, and even live sports events are being watched on mobile devices.

The familiar tradition of families sitting down together in the evening to watch the news has largely disappeared, replaced by instant news alerts, social media feeds, and video clips shared online. With younger viewers abandoning conventional TV, Indian broadcasters are facing growing financial strain. Advertising revenues are plummeting, and maintaining traditional channels has become increasingly difficult. To stay afloat and relevant, many local and regional TV networks are now making substantial investments in digital-first strategies.

The shift currently underway recalls past transitions in the media landscape — like the shift from radio to television. Older generations still recall the wonder of early radio broadcasts, often heard during the early morning hours, or the painstaking process of adjusting rooftop antennas to get a clear television picture. But today’s younger viewers, raised on mobile phones and Wi-Fi, are unlikely to even recognize an antenna, let alone experience the anticipation of waiting for a weekly episode to air at a specific time.

Now, over-the-top (OTT) platforms, YouTube channels, podcasts, and short-form videos dominate the media environment. Today’s audiences crave immediate access to content that is interactive, tailored, and available on demand. In contrast, traditional television, with its fixed schedules and passive viewing model, has become increasingly obsolete in the eyes of digital-native consumers.

Still, this does not mark the end of storytelling or content creation. Rather, it signals a profound evolution in how stories are told and shared. While the television set may no longer be the centerpiece of the household, storytelling remains as powerful as ever — just adapted to newer, smaller, and more portable screens. As the medium evolves, the essence of narrative continues to thrive, offering fresh ways to inform, inspire, and bring people together.

The BBC’s move toward a fully digital future can be seen as both a warning and a tribute. On the one hand, it underscores the rapid and inevitable decline of traditional television; on the other, it honors the legacy of TV’s transformative impact over the decades. By recognizing this shift and adapting accordingly, the BBC is not abandoning its mission but reshaping it for the realities of a connected, mobile-first generation.

“The platform may change, but the message endures: storytelling, in any form, still has the power to shape the world,” a poignant reminder that while technology may shift, the core human desire for narrative remains undiminished.

In the years ahead, as other global broadcasters observe and perhaps follow suit, this shift may redefine how entire populations engage with news and entertainment. But one thing is clear: television, once a powerful unifier of societies, is moving into its next chapter — not vanishing, but transforming. The audience is still there; it’s just watching from a different screen.

Memorial Day Gas Prices Hit 20-Year Low, Encouraging More Road Trips

If you’re gearing up for a Memorial Day road trip, there’s good news on the horizon: when adjusted for inflation, gas prices this year could be the lowest for the holiday weekend since 2003. According to the gas price tracking service GasBuddy, the national average price of gasoline is expected to hover around $3.08 per gallon, a notable drop from last year’s $3.58 per gallon during the same period.

“This year’s relatively lower prices are influenced by lower crude oil costs amid an increase in oil production from OPEC+, the potential for a nuclear deal with Iran, and some economic uncertainty,” GasBuddy stated in a press release. The company also noted that as summer advances and seasonal refinery maintenance comes to a close, the average national gas price might dip below $3 per gallon at certain points.

While the national average stands at $3.08, some locations are seeing even more favorable prices. Quartz identified rates as low as $2.33 per gallon in Horn Lake, Mississippi, and $2.41 in Spartanburg, South Carolina. On the other end of the spectrum, gas prices reached $3.73 per gallon at a Sam’s Club in Pearl City, Hawaii.

AAA’s current fuel price index shows a slightly higher national average of $3.17 per gallon. The highest statewide average belongs to California at $4.89 per gallon, followed closely by Hawaii at $4.48. The most affordable prices are predominantly in the southern states, with Mississippi leading the pack at an average of $2.66 per gallon.

Travelers across the U.S. are taking notice of these lower fuel costs. According to data from GasBuddy.com, 69% of Americans are planning road trips over the coming months. The company’s survey also revealed that most people aren’t limiting themselves to just one excursion—32% plan to take at least two trips this season. Additionally, many of these travelers are going the distance, with 40% anticipating drives of more than five hours to reach their destinations.

Memorial Day stands out as the most preferred summer holiday for road trips, followed by the Fourth of July and Labor Day weekend, according to GasBuddy’s findings.

Mercedes Zach, a travel expert affiliated with ASAP Tickets, believes that the decline in fuel costs is giving road travel a significant advantage over air travel this summer. “As fuel prices remain quite favorable, many see this as an additional motivation to travel by car; that’s especially valid for larger traveler groups, such as larger families, where flying gets expensive fast,” Zach said.

Zach further explained that trip durations may vary based on regional fuel prices. “While on the East Coast, where the fuel is cheaper, people are probably more likely to plan longer road trips and vacations as they can afford more,” she said. Conversely, she expects that West Coast residents may opt for shorter excursions, given the comparatively high gasoline prices in that region.

The combination of lower gas prices and the desire to travel is expected to create busy highways this summer, especially during major holiday weekends. While airfare costs remain elevated for many destinations, the affordability of driving is encouraging more Americans to hit the open road.

In summary, the combination of global oil market factors, seasonal trends, and economic variables is resulting in a rare break for consumers at the pump. Memorial Day travelers in particular will be the first to benefit from what could be one of the most cost-effective driving seasons in years.

With travel habits shifting in response to these economic factors, it’sevident that Americans are eager to take advantage of every opportunity to travel more for less. And this Memorial Day, the road is calling louder than it has in decades.

Trump’s Approval Rating Drops to Second-Term Low in New Reuters/Ipsos Poll

President Donald Trump’s approval rating has dropped to one of its lowest points in his second term, according to a new Reuters and Ipsos poll released on Tuesday. This marks a significant shift in public sentiment, as Trump has frequently pointed to strong poll numbers during his presidency to bolster his political standing.

Since his inauguration in January, the polling group has consistently tracked Trump’s approval ratings. These numbers serve as a barometer of public perception and are often cited by the president at campaign rallies and press events. Trump has routinely highlighted favorable polling data throughout his political career to showcase his popularity and leadership.

The importance of these numbers goes beyond mere perception. Falling approval ratings can impact a president’s influence, especially in a deeply divided political climate. Trump, who returned to the White House in January with relatively strong approval, has seen those numbers erode amid controversial policy decisions. One significant factor was his announcement of sweeping tariffs, which drew criticism and may have contributed to the decline in support. Though Trump later announced a 90-day delay on the majority of the tariffs, the initial backlash appears to have left a mark on public opinion.

A continued dip in approval could potentially weaken Trump’s political leverage and reduce the Republican Party’s prospects in the 2026 midterm elections. In a political landscape already marked by division and intense scrutiny, approval ratings remain a crucial indicator of electoral momentum.

The Reuters and Ipsos poll, conducted between May 16 and May 18 among 1,024 U.S. adults, found that Trump’s approval rating now stands at 42 percent. This is the same level he reached in earlier polls from April 21 and April 27. Just one week ago, the same polling group had him at 44 percent. The margin of error for this latest survey is plus or minus 3 percent.

When it comes to specific issues, the numbers tell a more nuanced story. The president’s approval rating on the economy sits at 39 percent, while 53 percent of respondents expressed disapproval. On employment and jobs, Trump received a 41 percent approval rating compared to a 49 percent disapproval rate. These figures suggest that concerns about the economy and job market may be driving some of the negative sentiment among voters.

However, not all polls show the same trend. A separate survey conducted by InsiderAdvantage between May 17 and May 19 among 1,000 likely voters painted a more optimistic picture for Trump. That poll found that 55 percent approved of the job he is doing, while 44 percent disapproved. With a similar margin of error of 3 percent, the InsiderAdvantage poll indicates a net approval rating of 11 points. This marks a significant improvement from early May, when the same polling organization found Trump’s net approval rating at just 2 points, with 46 percent approval and 44 percent disapproval.

The uptick in the InsiderAdvantage numbers may be tied to Trump’s recent trip to the Middle East, which appeared to boost his standing among voters. Such trips often allow presidents to demonstrate leadership on the global stage, which can translate into short-term approval boosts.

Political analyst Craig Agranoff commented on the fluctuating numbers in a text message to Newsweek on Tuesday. He said, “His approval rating dipping to 42% in the latest Reuters/Ipsos poll signals a troubling trend for his administration, particularly as it aligns with growing public unease over economic policies like tariffs and concerns about governance amid understaffed agencies.”

Agranoff continued, “Given the consistent downward trajectory we’ve seen in recent polls, with disapproval climbing to around 51%, this negative trend could persist unless there’s a significant policy win or shift in public perception. A president typically becomes concerned with low approval ratings when they fall below 40% for a sustained period, as this erodes political capital, weakens legislative leverage, and risks alienating key voter groups; especially independents and moderates, who have shown notable disapproval in recent data.”

He concluded by saying, “For Trump, the challenge will be addressing these economic and credibility concerns swiftly to reverse the slide.”

On social media, the response to the poll numbers has also been swift and pointed. The account Republicans Against Trump posted on X, formerly known as Twitter, “NEW: Donald Trump’s approval rating drops to 42%, per Reuters/Ipsos poll, down two points since early May. Still way too high.”

Despite the varying results between different polls, the trajectory of Trump’s approval ratings remains a focal point for both political allies and critics. These numbers are reported regularly across a range of media outlets and pollsters, giving the public and political analysts alike a window into the president’s current standing.

Ultimately, polling data serves as both a reflection of and influence on the political landscape. While approval ratings can shift quickly in response to national or global events, sustained downward trends are often more telling. For President Trump, managing these numbers may prove essential not only to his current influence but also to his party’s fortunes in the next major election cycle. Whether the decline in the Reuters/Ipsos poll signals a lasting issue or a temporary dip remains to be seen. But the stakes, both political and legislative, are high.

As new polling continues to emerge, Trump’s team will likely watch the results closely and consider strategic adjustments. Whether through policy changes, messaging shifts, or public appearances aimed at boosting confidence, the pressure is on to regain ground before the midterm campaigns ramp up. Until then, the conversation surrounding Trump’s approval rating is unlikely to fade from the national spotlight.

H-1B Visa Program Criticized by Expert as Lacking Merit and Enabling Worker Exploitation

Howard University professor Ron Hira, a long-standing critic of the H-1B visa program, has once again raised concerns about how the system functions, arguing that it lacks any real basis in merit and does not reflect a genuine shortage of American workers for high-skilled jobs. According to Hira, U.S. companies are increasingly misusing the H-1B visa to hire cheaper foreign labor rather than offering those positions to qualified American graduates.

Hira, whose parents immigrated to the United States from India using similar work visas, has consistently advocated for reforms in the visa program. His criticism is deeply personal. In 2016, during a Senate testimony on immigration, Hira disclosed his familial ties to the visa system, stating that both his parents came from India and that his wife was also born in India. And hence to testify against this visa program was very meaningful to him personally.

The H-1B visa program, designed to allow U.S. companies to hire skilled foreign workers in specialized fields such as IT and engineering, has recently come under renewed scrutiny following the release of new data from the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS). The agency reported that 120,141 H-1B visa applications had been selected for the fiscal year 2026. Although this number is the lowest since 2021, it has still sparked controversy, especially among American tech workers who argue that it is excessive given the widespread layoffs occurring across the industry.

Hira pointed out that the selection of H-1B applicants is done through a random lottery system, not based on qualifications or skills. “H-1B workers get selected by a random lottery and not the best and brightest,” he said. This method of selection, he argues, undermines the original intent of the program, which was to attract top global talent to fill labor shortages in America.

Every year, the USCIS uses a lottery to choose visa recipients whenever the number of applications surpasses the annual cap. The H-1B visa cap is currently set at 65,000 per year, with an additional 20,000 visas available for applicants who have earned advanced degrees from U.S. universities.

The relatively high number of visas selected for 2026 has also confused many observers aligned with the Make America Great Again (MAGA) movement, who had anticipated stricter controls on the program under President Donald Trump’s administration. This reaction comes in the wake of a wider public debate surrounding the H-1B visa program, a debate that has included high-profile figures such as Elon Musk and Vivek Ramaswamy, who have expressed support for the program despite Trump’s tough stance on illegal immigration.

Even Trump himself has commented on the matter. While known for his hardline approach to immigration, he has at times expressed support for legal immigration and the H-1B program specifically. During a past controversy over the visa system, Trump remarked that he was “in favor of H-1B,” signaling a more nuanced position than some of his critics and supporters expected.

Republican leader Virgil Bierschwale has also voiced concerns over the 2026 visa approvals. He questioned whether these visa numbers reflect a premeditated plan by employers to replace existing U.S. workers with foreign hires, despite there being no evidence of new job creation. Bierschwale wrote, “This 2026 visa approval gets me. Over a year ahead of the current date, they already have approved visas. And they must have a job to have a visa. Which means the employer has already picked out the employee they plan on firing since they are not creating new jobs. How is this not fraud at every level?”

Critics like Bierschwale are alarmed by what they perceive as corporate abuse of the visa process, suggesting that it allows employers to sidestep American labor in favor of foreign hires who may accept lower wages and less favorable conditions. This critique is echoed by other organizations, including US Tech Workers, which focuses on defending the interests of American technology professionals.

In a strongly worded post on X (formerly Twitter), US Tech Workers stated, “A huge chunk of H-1B petitions are for jobs that don’t even exist. Indian IT body shops are notorious for hoarding H-1B workers, hoping to lease them out later. If there’s no client, they get ‘benched’—which is illegal. But exploiting desperate migrants is a business model too profitable to quit.”

This comment refers to a practice in which visa holders are recruited by consulting firms and then kept on standby—or “benched”—until a client project is found. This is not only illegal under U.S. labor law but also raises serious ethical concerns about how foreign workers are treated and how companies manipulate the system to their advantage.

The ongoing debate around the H-1B program has highlighted a deeper rift in how Americans view immigration and employment. On one side, business leaders and tech entrepreneurs argue that H-1B visas are essential for maintaining global competitiveness and accessing specialized talent. On the other, critics say the program has deviated far from its original purpose and is now being used to undercut American workers.

What is clear from the recent developments is that the H-1B program continues to be a contentious issue, with no easy consensus on how to balance the needs of American businesses, the rights of American workers, and the aspirations of foreign professionals seeking opportunities in the United States.

Ron Hira remains a central voice in this debate. With his deep personal connection to the immigration system and his academic expertise, he brings a unique perspective to the issue. His continued advocacy for reform reflects a broader concern that the visa system, if left unchecked, could erode the integrity of the U.S. labor market and damage the career prospects of homegrown talent.

As the 2026 visa selections move forward, scrutiny is likely to intensify, especially given the broader political climate and the growing unease about job security in the tech sector. Whether or not reforms are introduced in response to these concerns remains to be seen, but the pressure on lawmakers and federal agencies to reevaluate the H-1B program is only increasing.

Heart Lamp by Banu Mushtaq Becomes First Short Story Collection to Win International Booker Prize

At a prestigious live ceremony held at the Tate Modern in London on May 20, 2025, the International Booker Prize was awarded to Heart Lamp, a collection of short stories by Indian author Banu Mushtaq. This win marked a historic moment as Heart Lamp became the first short story collection ever to receive the renowned literary award, which honors works of fiction translated into English. The £50,000 prize will be equally split between Mushtaq and her translator Deepa Bhasthi, ensuring both receive equal acclaim for their contribution.

This momentous win also places Mushtaq in an exclusive category of Indian writers who have achieved the International Booker Prize. She follows Gitanjali Shree, who won the award in 2022 for her Hindi novel Ret Samadhi, translated into English as Tomb of Sand. However, Mushtaq has set a new benchmark by becoming the first Indian author to win the award with a work originally written in Kannada, a language spoken by approximately 65 million people. The Booker Prize Foundation noted the significance of this milestone. Moreover, Deepa Bhasthi has made her own history by becoming the first Indian translator to win the International Booker Prize.

Chair of the 2025 judging panel, Max Porter, announced the award and praised the book and its translation, saying, “Heart Lamp is something genuinely new for English readers. A radical translation which ruffles language, to create new textures in a plurality of Englishes. It challenges and expands our understanding of translation.”

Porter elaborated on what makes Heart Lamp stand out, noting, “These beautiful, busy, life-affirming stories rise from Kannada, interspersed with the extraordinary socio-political richness of other languages and dialects. It speaks of women’s lives, reproductive rights, faith, caste, power and oppression.”

Describing the judging process, Porter added that the collection quickly became a favorite. “This was the book the judges really loved, right from our first reading. It’s been a joy to listen to the evolving appreciation of these stories from the different perspectives of the jury. We are thrilled to share this timely and exciting winner of the International Booker Prize 2025 with readers around the world.”

Banu Mushtaq, a passionate advocate for women’s rights, explained the inspiration behind her stories. “My stories are about women – how religion, society, and politics demand unquestioning obedience from them, and in doing so, inflict inhumane cruelty upon them, turning them into mere subordinates. The daily incidents reported in the media and the personal experiences I have endured have been my inspiration. The pain, suffering, and helpless lives of these women create a deep emotional response within me. I do not engage in extensive research; my heart itself is my field of study,” she said.

Heart Lamp comprises 12 short stories that delve into the everyday struggles and experiences of women and girls living in patriarchal communities in southern India. The Booker Prize Foundation described Mushtaq not only as a writer but also as a lawyer and activist who has fought against caste and religious discrimination. Her stories, which span over three decades, were written in Kannada and published between 1990 and 2023. Despite having begun her literary journey in the 1970s, Heart Lamp is the first full-length English translation of her work.

The foundation praised her writing style, saying, “Mushtaq’s writing is at once witty, vivid, moving and excoriating, building disconcerting emotional heights out of a rich spoken style.” It further highlighted her remarkable character development, stating, “It’s in her characters – the sparky children, the audacious grandmothers, the buffoonish maulvis and thug brothers, the oft-hapless husbands, and the mothers above all, surviving their feelings at great cost – that she emerges as an astonishing writer and observer of human nature.”

Mushtaq was actively involved in the Bandaya Sahitya movement, a literary initiative that gave voice to marginalized Dalit and Muslim writers. Over the years, she has authored six collections of short stories, a novel, a poetry collection, and a volume of essays. Still, Heart Lamp remains the first full-length work of hers to be translated into English.

The translator of Heart Lamp, Deepa Bhasthi, is a prominent literary translator and writer based in Kodagu, located in southern India. Her work has been featured both in India and internationally through essays, columns, and cultural critiques. She previously translated a novel by Kota Shivarama Karanth and a collection of short stories by Kodagina Gouramma, both originally written in Kannada.

Bhasthi’s work on Heart Lamp received the English PEN’s ‘PEN Translates’ award, a recognition of excellence in literary translation. She described her method of working on Mushtaq’s stories as “translating with an accent.” Speaking about her unique process, Bhasthi said, “For me, translation is an instinctive practice, and each book demands a completely different process. With Banu’s stories, I first read all the fiction she had published before I narrowed it down to the ones that are in Heart Lamp. I was lucky to have a free hand in choosing what stories I wanted to work with, and Banu did not interfere with the organised chaotic way I went about it.”

Her intimate engagement with the author’s broader body of work allowed her to handpick stories that would resonate both culturally and emotionally with a global audience. Bhasthi’s collaborative yet autonomous process highlights the artistic freedom that contributed to the collection’s impact.

Indian authors have a proud history of recognition in Booker awards over the decades. Previous recipients include literary giants such as V.S. Naipaul, Salman Rushdie, Arundhati Roy, Aravind Adiga, and Kiran Desai. Banu Mushtaq and Deepa Bhasthi now join this illustrious lineage, with their victory signaling not just a personal triumph but a broader celebration of linguistic diversity, cultural representation, and the power of translation in bringing local stories to the world stage.

In celebrating the first short story collection to win the International Booker Prize and the first from the Kannada language, Heart Lamp is not just a milestone for Indian literature, but a turning point for global storytelling. It underscores the value of narratives rooted in regional realities and told in native tongues, made universally accessible through the skillful art of translation.

India Launches Revamped OCI Services Portal to Simplify Access for Overseas Citizens

Indian Home Minister and Minister of Cooperation Amit Shah officially unveiled a redesigned version of the Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) services portal on May 19 in New Delhi. Shah emphasized that the enhanced platform is expected to significantly improve the experience for over five million OCI cardholders across the globe and will help make the registration process for overseas citizens more seamless.

The inauguration event took place in the National Capital and was attended by senior officials, including the Union Home Secretary and the Director of the Intelligence Bureau. The updated portal, which maintains the existing URL at https://ociservices.gov.in, introduces a modernized interface and added features that are aimed at simplifying the registration and application procedures for OCI cardholders.

Speaking at the launch, Shah stated, “Under the leadership of Prime Minister Narendra Modi, India is continuously striving to provide world-class immigration facilities to its OCI cardholder citizens.” He further noted, “A revamped OCI portal with an updated user interface has been launched to simplify the registration process for Overseas Citizens.”

Reiterating the government’s dedication to supporting the Indian diaspora, Shah highlighted that people of Indian origin living abroad should not encounter any difficulty when they travel to or stay in India. “Many Indian-origin citizens reside in various countries worldwide, and we must ensure they face no inconvenience when visiting or staying in India,” he said.

The OCI scheme, which was introduced via a 2005 amendment to the Citizenship Act of 1955, provides an opportunity for individuals of Indian origin to register as Overseas Citizens of India. This eligibility extends to those who were citizens of India on or after January 26, 1950, or were eligible to become citizens on that date. However, those with ancestry linked to Pakistan or Bangladesh are excluded from the program.

The original OCI services portal, which was launched in 2013, currently handles around 2,000 applications per day. It is active in more than 180 Indian diplomatic missions worldwide and 12 Foreigners Regional Registration Offices (FRROs) within India. According to officials, the need for the updated portal stemmed from both advancements in digital technology over the last ten years and the feedback collected from users seeking improvements.

The redesigned platform brings a host of new features that are intended to enhance usability and overall efficiency. These improvements include a more streamlined sign-up and registration process, automatic population of user details in forms, a personalized dashboard for tracking application progress, and an integrated online payment option for those submitting through FRROs.

Additionally, the portal allows users to edit their application forms anytime before the final submission. Applicants also benefit from automatic reminders prompting them to verify their information. Furthermore, the portal features in-built frequently asked questions (FAQs) and document submission guidelines specific to each application category. To assist with document submissions, there’s a built-in tool that enables users to crop and upload photographs and signatures directly on the platform.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi acknowledged the development as a substantial improvement in India’s digital public service delivery. Sharing his views on social media platform X (formerly Twitter), he said the overhaul of the portal represents meaningful progress in enhancing digital governance for citizens. “With enhanced features and improved functionality, the new OCI Portal marks a major step forward in boosting citizen friendly digital governance,” Modi posted.

The government’s initiative to revamp the portal is in line with its broader push for digital transformation in public services, especially those serving the global Indian community. By addressing long-standing user concerns and streamlining the end-to-end experience, the new system reflects India’s commitment to remain connected with its diaspora and offer them world-class digital infrastructure.

Officials stressed that the changes are not merely cosmetic but reflect substantive improvements in service delivery. The portal has been redesigned with a focus on convenience, speed, and transparency, all while maintaining high standards of security and data integrity.

With these updates now in place, both new applicants and existing OCI cardholders can look forward to an easier, more accessible, and user-friendly digital platform. It is expected that these upgrades will result in faster application turnaround times, better communication with users, and increased satisfaction across the board.

Overall, the revamped OCI services portal stands as a testament to India’s ongoing efforts to simplify and modernize government processes for its global citizens. The launch marks a significant milestone in India’s digital public service journey, especially for those of Indian origin seeking to maintain strong ties with their heritage and homeland.

House Republicans Clear Key Hurdle for Trump’s Legislative Agenda Amid Internal Tensions

Republican leaders scored a significant procedural victory late Sunday night when the House Budget Committee narrowly voted to advance President Donald Trump’s sweeping legislative package, dubbed the One Big Beautiful Bill Act. This bill, which extends Trump-era tax cuts, boosts border funding, and reforms safety-net programs like Medicaid and food assistance, managed to clear the committee in a 17-16 vote — a crucial step toward broader passage.

The unusual timing of the vote, which began after 10 p.m. EDT, reflected the high-stakes negotiations among Republicans and the pressure to reach an agreement. The breakthrough came after four GOP lawmakers — Reps. Ralph Norman of South Carolina, Chip Roy of Texas, Andrew Clyde of Georgia, and Josh Brecheen of Oklahoma — who had previously blocked the bill on Friday, agreed to vote “present,” allowing the legislation to advance.

Their shift was attributed to progress made on two key conservative demands: moving up the implementation date for new Medicaid work requirements and accelerating the phase-out of green energy incentives. Roy confirmed this development, stating that changes were underway to address some of the group’s concerns.

In a reflection of the vote’s importance, high-ranking officials including Speaker Mike Johnson and White House Legislative Affairs Director James Braid were spotted near the hearing room during the late-night session. Johnson celebrated the moment, calling it “a big win tonight.”

“There’s a lot more work to do; we’ve always acknowledged that towards the end there will be more details to iron out. We have several more to take care of,” Johnson said. “But I’m looking forward to very thoughtful discussions, very productive discussions over the next few days, and I am absolutely convinced we’re going to get this in final form and pass it in accordance with our original deadline, and that was to do it before Memorial Day.”

The Speaker added, “So this will be a victory out of committee tonight. Everybody will make a vote that allows us to proceed, and that was my big request tonight.”

With the bill now out of the Budget Committee, it heads to the House Rules Committee. That panel will consider final tweaks to the package to reflect additional compromises between conservative deficit hawks and moderates from high-tax states, many of whom are focused on raising the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap.

Although leadership was celebrating the advancement, conservative members emphasized that the bill is still a work in progress. Roy noted that his vote was more of a strategic move than an endorsement.

He stated, “Out of respect for the Republican Conference and the President,” he had voted present, but cautioned that the bill “does not yet meet the moment.” According to Roy, the modified measure does “move Medicaid work requirements forward and reduces the availability of future subsidies under the green new scam.” Still, he remained critical of elements in the legislation, particularly provisions related to green energy tax credits and Medicaid.

In a statement on social platform X, Roy wrote, “This all ultimately increases the likelihood of continuing deficits and non-Obamacare-expansion states like Texas expanding in the future. We can and must do better before we pass the final product.” His remarks suggested he wants more aggressive reforms, such as reining in the provider tax mechanism that states use to obtain increased federal Medicaid funding.

Norman echoed similar sentiments, suggesting that although some progress had been made, more revisions are needed. “We had some great changes, got a lot more work to do. We’re excited about what we did. We wanted to move the bill forward, and it went like I thought,” Norman said.

He also emphasized the broader fiscal concerns that are motivating conservative Republicans. “We’ve been downgraded three times, we have problems with the money in this country, the debt, the FMAPs gotta be dealt with,” Norman said, referencing the Federal Medical Assistance Percentages (FMAP), the federal share of Medicaid costs.

Despite the committee advancement, Roy — who is also a member of the Rules Committee — would not commit to supporting the bill in the next round of voting. When asked whether Trump had reached out to him following the president’s Friday call for Republicans to “STOP TALKING, AND GET IT DONE!” Roy declined to respond.

The initial rejection of the bill by these four conservatives stemmed from the belief that its cost-saving measures were insufficient. Their objections focused on delays in implementing new Medicaid work requirements for able-bodied adults and the slow elimination of green energy incentives. They feared that because the projected savings are back-loaded over a ten-year period, the full financial benefits may never materialize.

On the other side of the Republican spectrum, moderates representing districts in high-tax states are pushing for a much larger increase in the SALT deduction cap. The current version of the bill proposes a $30,000 cap — triple the current limit — but moderates insist that it still falls short of what’s needed to secure their support. Accommodating these demands will necessitate additional adjustments elsewhere in the bill to keep it fiscally viable.

For now, the changes already made were enough to satisfy the holdouts temporarily, at least to allow the legislative process to continue. Norman acknowledged this by stating, “In an effort to move this bill forward, and I’m excited about the changes we’ve made, I vote present.”

Democrats on the committee expressed frustration and skepticism about these last-minute compromises and the lack of transparency. As the vote proceeded, some could be heard asking, “What changes?” Ranking member Brendan Boyle of Pennsylvania raised concerns about the undisclosed “side deals” being negotiated behind closed doors. He argued that lawmakers and the public alike deserve to know what changes are being considered and who is making them.

Boyle’s remarks highlighted the Democratic view that the legislative process is becoming increasingly opaque, especially when major overhauls to social safety-net programs are being crafted without public scrutiny or committee debate.

Even as the bill advances, the path ahead is uncertain. The Republican Party remains divided between conservatives who want more drastic reforms and moderates seeking protections for their constituents. The coming days will involve intricate negotiations and political maneuvering to reconcile these opposing demands and deliver a final product that satisfies enough lawmakers to pass the full House.

With Memorial Day looming as the target deadline, Republican leaders must navigate internal divisions, broker further deals, and maintain momentum to push the bill through Congress — a challenging task, even with Trump’s vocal support.

In sum, while the advancement of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act represents a procedural success for GOP leadership, it also exposes deep rifts within the Republican ranks that will need to be bridged in the coming weeks.

Patients Raise Alarms Over Ozempic’s Potential Link to Irreversible Vision Loss

Weight loss medications like Ozempic have surged in popularity in recent years, prescribed for managing both diabetes and weight loss. However, a rising number of patients now claim the drug may come with an alarming and potentially permanent side effect—vision loss that cannot be reversed.

One such patient is Edward Fanelli, a former contractor from Freehold, New Jersey. Fanelli was prescribed Ozempic to help manage his diabetes. But within months of starting the medication, he says his vision began to deteriorate rapidly, ultimately ending his ability to work in his chosen field. “Not even six to eight months later, I, out of nowhere, I could not see out of my right eye,” Fanelli recalls. “I couldn’t take a chance do the contracting work, worried about cutting my fingers off.”

Fanelli was later diagnosed with a condition called non-arteritic anterior ischemic optic neuropathy (NAION), which strikes suddenly and has no available cure. He is now the first patient in New Jersey to initiate legal proceedings in state court against the makers of Ozempic, alleging that he was never informed of the potential risk of permanent vision loss associated with the drug. “If they would have told me a chance I could lose my vision, I would not have taken it. Don’t care – weight loss would have done on my own,” he states.

Fanelli is far from alone in raising these concerns. Attorney Jason Goldstein, based in Long Island and affiliated with the firm Parker Waichman LLP, represents more than a dozen clients, including Fanelli, who are filing lawsuits related to semaglutide. Semaglutide is the primary active compound found in Ozempic and other similar medications, and recent medical literature has drawn connections between this compound and the onset of NAION.

Goldstein contends that drug manufacturers failed in their responsibility to adequately warn consumers about the risks. “That’s the crux of this case, people are not warned about this. What did the doctor know? What did the patient know? No one knew,” he explains.

He intends to push not only for financial compensation for the affected patients but also for updated warning labels on drugs that contain semaglutide. Goldstein emphasizes that his aim is to ensure future patients do not unknowingly suffer consequences from drugs that were meant to improve their health.

In response to the growing concerns and lawsuits, Novo Nordisk, the pharmaceutical company behind Ozempic, issued a formal statement addressing the allegations and defending the safety profile of their product. “NAION is a very rare eye disease, and it is not an adverse drug reaction for the marketed formulations of semaglutide (Ozempic®, Rybelsus® and Wegovy®) as per the approved labels,” a spokesperson from Novo Nordisk said.

The company insists that after thoroughly examining both external studies, such as those from the University of Southern Denmark, and its own internal safety reviews, there remains no indication that semaglutide is responsible for causing NAION. “Novo Nordisk is of the opinion that the benefit-risk profile of semaglutide remains unchanged,” the spokesperson said.

Furthermore, Novo Nordisk reported that it has conducted its own analysis across several randomized controlled clinical trials involving GLP-1 receptor agonists—a class of drugs that includes semaglutide. These analyses incorporated evaluations by independent, blinded ophthalmologists who confirmed NAION diagnoses. The company asserts that the findings did not suggest a causal link between the use of GLP-1 receptor agonists and the development of NAION.

Despite the growing number of legal claims, Novo Nordisk has reiterated its commitment to patient safety. “Patient safety is a top priority for Novo Nordisk, and we take all reports about adverse events from use of our medicines very seriously. This also relates to eye conditions, which are well-known comorbidities for people living with diabetes,” the spokesperson said.

The company also emphasized that treatment decisions involving prescription-only drugs should always be made in partnership with a medical professional. “Any decision to start treatment with prescription-only medicines should be made in consultation with a healthcare professional who should do a benefit-risk evaluation for the patient in question, weighing up the benefits of treatment with the potential risks,” the company stated.

The legal complaints surrounding Ozempic and its active ingredient are surfacing at a time when the drug is being prescribed more widely than ever. Initially developed and approved to help manage blood sugar levels in people with type 2 diabetes, semaglutide’s effectiveness in promoting weight loss has made it one of the most sought-after medications on the market. Ozempic, along with other semaglutide-based medications like Wegovy and Rybelsus, has been credited with helping many patients achieve significant weight loss and better overall health.

However, the emerging concerns around irreversible vision damage threaten to cast a shadow over the drug’s widespread success. Attorneys like Goldstein argue that transparency and proper warnings are critical, especially when the potential consequences are as severe as losing one’s sight.

As the legal process unfolds, cases like Fanelli’s are likely to receive increased attention from both the medical and legal communities. His experience underscores the need for rigorous safety communication between pharmaceutical companies, healthcare providers, and patients. Whether or not the courts determine that the drug is directly responsible for NAION, the growing scrutiny may eventually lead to revised labeling and greater awareness of rare but serious risks.

While Novo Nordisk maintains that no definitive causal relationship has been found between semaglutide and NAION, the issue highlights the complex balance of risk and benefit in modern medicine. For patients like Fanelli, the potential benefits were outweighed by a life-altering outcome they say they never saw coming.

Pope Leo XIV Begins Papacy with Call for Unity, Humility, and Missionary Spirit

Pope Leo XIV delivered his first homily as pontiff on Sunday, marking the start of a new era in the Catholic Church. In his address, he acknowledged the gravity of the moment, expressing humility as he assumed his new role. “With fear and trembling,” he said, he would take on the immense responsibility before him, striving to serve with “faith and joy.”

The homily came during the Holy Mass for the Beginning of the Pontificate, held in St. Peter’s Basilica at the Vatican. Earlier that morning, Pope Leo was driven in an open-top popemobile through St. Peter’s Square, where approximately 100,000 people had gathered to see him, according to the Vatican’s press office.

In his homily, Pope Leo spoke candidly about the pressing challenges facing the world. He highlighted the divisions and suffering seen globally, stating, “Too much discord, too many wounds caused by hatred, violence, prejudice, the fear of difference, and the economic paradigm that exploits the Earth’s resources and marginalizes the poorest.”

Addressing the Catholic faithful worldwide, now numbering around 1.4 billion, the pope called on them to embrace a broader vision. He urged believers not to isolate themselves in exclusive circles but to instead foster outreach and compassion. “We are called to offer God’s love to everyone, in order to achieve that unity which does not cancel out differences but values the personal history of each person and the social and religious culture of every people,” he declared.

He also warned against attitudes of superiority, encouraging a humble and inclusive missionary spirit. “Let us not shut ourselves in our small groups,” he said. Instead, the Church should aim to connect with all humanity, leaving behind any sense of being “superior to the world.”

The inaugural mass brought together not only high-ranking Church officials but also a notable array of international dignitaries and political leaders. Among those in attendance were U.S. Vice President JD Vance and Secretary of State Marco Rubio. Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney and Australian Prime Minister Anthony Albanese also participated in the historic ceremony.

In a show of global religious unity, representatives from various faiths attended the event. The Vatican’s Holy See press office reported the presence of delegates from the Ecumenical, Jewish, Muslim, Hindu, Buddhist, Sikh, Zoroastrian, and Jain communities.

Before the mass began, Vance and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy exchanged greetings and shook hands. Later in the day, Pope Leo held a private audience with Zelenskyy and his wife, according to the Vatican. Additionally, the pope met with Peruvian President Dina Boluarte prior to the mass.

Pope Leo, previously known as Cardinal Robert Prevost, is 69 years old and hails from Chicago, Illinois. His election on May 8 marked a historic moment, as he became the first American ever chosen to lead the Catholic Church.

During the ceremony, Filipino Cardinal Luis Antonio Tagle presented Leo with the Ring of the Fisherman. This symbolic ring commemorates Saint Peter, the Church’s first pope, and will be worn by Pope Leo throughout his time in office.

The newly installed pope also paid tribute to his predecessor, Pope Francis, who died on April 21 following a prolonged hospital stay. Reflecting on his passing, Leo stated, “His death filled our hearts with sadness.”

Pope Leo also offered a glimpse into the papal conclave that culminated in his selection earlier this month. As he described the momentous gathering in the Sistine Chapel, he remarked, “We could feel the working of the Holy Spirit.” He likened the spiritual harmony among the 133 cardinals to a musical composition, saying the Holy Spirit “was able to bring us into harmony, like musical instruments, so that our heartstrings could vibrate in a single melody.”

Expressing a deep sense of humility, Leo said, “I was chosen, without any merit of my own, and now, with fear and trembling, I come to you as a brother, who desires to be the servant of your faith and your joy, walking with you on the path of God’s love, for he wants us all to be united in one family.”

As the mass neared its end and the Regina Caeli Prayer was about to be read, the Vatican reported that the crowd had grown significantly, with an estimated 200,000 people filling the square and surrounding streets.

In his final remarks before the prayer, Pope Leo warmly greeted the multitude, thanking those who had journeyed from distant places to witness the occasion. He acknowledged the emotional weight of the moment, stating that he had “strongly felt the spiritual presence of Pope Francis accompanying us from heaven.”

Turning attention to global suffering, Leo reminded the faithful of their duty to care for those in pain and crisis. “In the joy of faith and communion, we cannot forget our brothers and sisters who are suffering because of war,” he said.

He spoke of several ongoing global conflicts, highlighting the devastation in Gaza. “In Gaza, the surviving children, families and elderly are reduced to starvation,” he said. He also drew attention to the renewed violence in Myanmar, lamenting that “new hostilities have cut short innocent young lives.”

On the situation in Ukraine, Pope Leo expressed a longing for peace, noting, “Finally, war-torn Ukraine awaits negotiations for a just and lasting peace.”

As his first day as pope came to a close, Leo XIV had already begun to establish a clear tone for his papacy—one of humility, inclusiveness, and concern for the marginalized and suffering. His message was both a personal pledge and a call to action for the global Church: to walk together in faith, never forgetting those in need, and to offer love that transcends divisions.

GOP Budget Bill Raises Alarms with Provision Undermining Court Contempt Powers

Buried within the vast pages of a multi-trillion-dollar budget proposal currently advancing through the Republican-led U.S. House of Representatives lies a brief but powerful clause that could significantly limit the judiciary’s ability to compel government compliance through contempt rulings. This paragraph would weaken one of the courts’ key enforcement tools—contempt findings—against the federal government.

Although the fate of the bill remains uncertain—it recently failed a committee vote and may face opposition in both the full House and the Senate—the inclusion of this provision reveals growing anxiety among lawmakers over judicial authority as conflicts between courts and the Trump administration intensify.

Tensions reached a new high on Friday when Republican President Donald Trump lashed out at the U.S. Supreme Court after it blocked his administration from resuming swift deportations under an old wartime statute. Posting on Truth Social, Trump declared, “THE SUPREME COURT WON’T ALLOW US TO GET CRIMINALS OUT OF OUR COUNTRY!”

Escalating Conflict with Lower Courts

The most contentious legal battles have emerged in the lower federal courts. One judge found that Trump administration officials may be subject to contempt after defying an order to halt deportation flights authorized under the Alien Enemies Act of 1798. In another case, the administration ignored a ruling—upheld by the Supreme Court—to “facilitate” the return of a man wrongly deported to El Salvador.

There have been other incidents where the government proceeded with deportations despite judicial orders or failed to comply with judicial instructions. Dan Bongino, now serving as Trump’s deputy director of the FBI, fueled the defiance on his radio show in February when he encouraged Trump to ignore court directives. “Who’s going to arrest him? The marshals?” he asked rhetorically, before adding, “You guys know who the U.S. Marshals work for? Department of Justice.”

Administration Testing Boundaries

Despite heated rhetoric, the Trump administration has largely complied with most court rulings—especially those tied to his executive orders. Trump himself has often insisted he will follow court decisions, even as he publicly criticizes judges who oppose his policies.

Still, legal scholars note the unusually aggressive tone of the administration’s pushback. “It seems to me they are walking as close to the line as they can, and even stepping over it, in an effort to see how much they can get away with,” said Steve Vladeck, a Georgetown University law professor. “It’s what you would expect from a very clever and mischievous child.”

Mike Davis, leader of the Article III Project advocating pro-Trump judicial appointments, believes the courts’ resistance will ultimately strengthen Trump’s hand. “The more they do this, the more it’s going to anger the American people, and the chief justice is going to follow the politics on this like he always does,” Davis said.

Supreme Court Showdown and Judicial Skepticism

These tensions were on full display during an unusual Supreme Court session the day before the deportation ruling. Trump’s legal team sought to limit lower courts’ power to issue sweeping nationwide injunctions, a tactic not unique to his presidency but one that has increasingly drawn criticism. Several justices have previously questioned the frequency and scope of such injunctions.

During the session, Justice Amy Coney Barrett challenged Solicitor General D. John Sauer on whether the administration would obey an unfavorable ruling from an appeals court. “Really?” Barrett asked, highlighting the court’s concern. Sauer replied that it was standard policy at the Department of Justice to respect such rulings and assured the justices that the administration would comply.

Mounting Judicial Concerns

Some members of the judiciary have grown more vocal about the administration’s attitude toward the courts. Justices Sonia Sotomayor and Ketanji Brown-Jackson have cautioned against ignoring court orders or threatening judges. Meanwhile, Chief Justice John Roberts publicly criticized Trump’s attempt to impeach Judge James E. Boasberg, who found probable cause of contempt after the administration defied a deportation-related ruling.

Even after the Supreme Court upheld a lower court’s order requiring the return of Kilmar Abrego Garcia to the U.S., the official White House account posted on X: “he’s NOT coming back.” Legal experts suggest this defiance could potentially lead to contempt charges.

U.S. District Judge Paula Xinis has accused the administration of acting in “bad faith” as she continues to demand updates on its efforts to comply with her ruling. While contempt proceedings against the government tend to unfold slowly and are often resolved before penalties are imposed, this case could test the limits of that tradition.

Understanding Contempt of Court

Contempt of court applies when a party disobeys a judicial order. Sanctions can include fines, civil penalties, or, in extreme cases, criminal prosecution and imprisonment. The budget provision put forth by House Republicans would significantly restrict contempt enforcement in cases involving injunctions or temporary restraining orders—the very tools used most frequently to curb Trump’s executive actions—unless plaintiffs have first posted a bond. This is uncommon in lawsuits against the government.

Yale law professor Nick Parrillo, in an in-depth review, found only 67 instances of contempt rulings being upheld against the federal government, out of over 650 cases where contempt was considered. Most were overturned by appellate courts. Still, higher courts have repeatedly signaled that a future case might withstand appeals.

David Noll, a professor at Rutgers Law School, noted, “The courts, for their part, don’t want to find out how far their authority goes, and the executive doesn’t really want to undermine the legal order because the economy and their ability to just get stuff done depends on the law.”

Exploring Uncharted Legal Territory

Some legal analysts are now questioning whether courts could appoint independent prosecutors to pursue contempt or if they’d be forced to rely on the Department of Justice, which may be reluctant to act. They also wonder whether U.S. marshals would actually arrest individuals found in contempt.

“If you get to the point of asking the marshals to arrest a contemnor, it’s truly uncharted territory,” Noll said.

There remains another avenue courts can use—civil contempt—which often leads to fines. According to Justin Levitt, a former Obama administration official now advising President Biden, civil contempt may be more effective because it bypasses the Justice Department and cannot be nullified by a presidential pardon.

“Should the courts want, they have the tools to make individuals who plan on defying the courts miserable,” Levitt said, adding that government lawyers and those executing illegal orders would face the most risk.

Beyond contempt, courts possess other ways to exert pressure. Judges can reduce the Justice Department’s credibility in future cases, potentially making it harder for the government to win. Friday’s Supreme Court order showed some justices were skeptical of the administration’s claims regarding deportations.

Furthermore, public opinion appears strongly opposed to defying court rulings. A recent Pew Research Center poll found that roughly 80 percent of Americans believe the federal government must comply with a court ruling declaring a Trump policy illegal.

Ultimately, the broader picture may be less dire than a few dramatic immigration cases suggest, according to Vladeck. “In the majority of these cases, the courts are successfully restraining the executive branch and the executive branch is abiding by their rulings,” he said.

Sundar Pichai Acknowledges AI Rivals, Jokes About Nadella’s Challenge on All-In Podcast

On May 16, Google CEO Sundar Pichai appeared on the All-In Podcast, where he addressed the growing competition in the field of artificial intelligence. During the conversation, he acknowledged several high-profile figures leading AI innovation and seemed to reference a past remark by Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella that had positioned Google in a competitive spotlight.

When asked to comment on the current dynamics within the AI sector, Pichai named several leading personalities who have been driving advancements in the field. Among those he mentioned were OpenAI CEO Sam Altman, Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg, xAI founder Elon Musk, and Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella. Pichai offered commendations for each of them and recognized the impact they have had on the AI landscape.

“They are some of the best entrepreneurs,” Pichai remarked, expressing respect for their achievements and leadership in the rapidly evolving field of artificial intelligence.

However, he followed his words of praise with a light-hearted jab, making a playful reference that seemed to allude to an earlier challenge posed by Nadella. “I think maybe only one of them has invited me to a dance, not the others,” Pichai added with a smile, prompting a moment of confusion from podcast host David Friedberg, who appeared puzzled by the metaphor.

Pichai’s comment was interpreted as a reference to Satya Nadella’s well-known remark from 2023, made during the launch event for Microsoft’s AI-enhanced Bing search engine. At that time, Nadella had boldly declared Microsoft’s ambition to disrupt Google’s long-held dominance in the search engine market, positioning Bing’s AI integration as a major competitive move.

Speaking to The Verge in 2023, Nadella described Microsoft’s foray into AI-powered search as a direct attempt to challenge Google’s supremacy in one of the most crucial areas of software. He had said, “Today’s announcement is all about rethinking the largest software category there is: search.” In that same interview, he went on to say, “At the end of the day, [Google is] the 800-pound gorilla in this. I hope that, with our innovation, they will definitely want to come out and show that they can dance. And I want people to know that we made them dance.”

The phrase quickly became a symbolic line in the ongoing competition between the two tech giants, reflecting Microsoft’s desire to unsettle Google’s hold on the search market and force a visible response through innovation.

Pichai’s recent appearance on the podcast, with his “dance” comment, seemed to indicate that he not only remembered Nadella’s words but also recognized the significance of the challenge. By referring to being invited to a dance by “only one” of his competitors, Pichai subtly pointed toward Nadella and the direct provocation that Microsoft had issued in the public domain last year.

The interaction highlights how competition in the AI field has become a matter not only of technical development but also of public narratives, strategic positioning, and CEO rivalries. Microsoft’s partnership with OpenAI and the incorporation of its GPT technology into Bing has been a central aspect of its strategy to gain ground on Google. Meanwhile, Google has been steadily rolling out its own AI features, including its Gemini model and AI-driven tools integrated into Google Search and Workspace.

Though Pichai did not directly name Nadella in his “dance” comment, the context made it clear who he was referring to. The moment added a touch of levity to what is otherwise a high-stakes technological competition between two of the world’s most powerful companies.

By bringing up the metaphor in a humorous tone, Pichai appeared to downplay any sense of hostility, instead framing the rivalry as part of the spirited and dynamic environment that characterizes Silicon Valley’s innovation ecosystem. His smile suggested that he viewed the comment more as a playful acknowledgment of the competition than as a serious rebuke.

Still, the underlying competition is very real. Microsoft’s investments in AI, including its close collaboration with OpenAI, have been widely seen as a strategic attempt to capture market share in areas historically dominated by Google. This includes not just search, but also cloud computing, office productivity, and AI infrastructure.

Google, for its part, has emphasized its long-term commitment to AI development, citing years of foundational research and technological advancements. The company has stressed that its approach is rooted in careful testing, scalability, and a focus on safety. Nevertheless, the launch of AI-powered Bing last year forced Google to accelerate its own public-facing AI initiatives, leading to the rapid development and release of tools such as Bard (now Gemini), as well as integrations into core products like Gmail and Google Docs.

The reference to Nadella’s “dance” quote also served to highlight just how memorable and symbolic that statement has become in the broader tech industry. It was not just a challenge to Google, but a declaration of Microsoft’s renewed ambition in AI, and it clearly left an impression on Pichai, who chose to reference it more than a year later during a major public appearance.

By choosing to make the comment on the All-In Podcast, a show popular among tech insiders, investors, and entrepreneurs, Pichai was likely speaking to an audience that immediately recognized the context and implications. It was a subtle nod to the ongoing back-and-forth between leading figures in the AI space and a reminder that innovation in this field is often driven not just by engineering teams, but also by the bold visions and statements of CEOs.

As the race to lead in AI continues, moments like these show how the public dialogue around technology is shaped not only by product announcements and code releases but also by the personalities who drive the industry forward. Whether through praise, rivalry, or humor, tech leaders like Pichai and Nadella play a key role in shaping how their companies—and their technologies—are perceived on the global stage.

In the end, while Pichai was gracious in acknowledging the contributions of his peers in AI, his playful “dance” remark reminded listeners that competition remains fierce—and that even lighthearted comments can carry the weight of serious strategic implications.

House Budget Committee Advances Trump’s “Big Beautiful Bill” Despite Conservative Dissent

Late Sunday night, the House Budget Committee approved President Donald Trump’s “One Big Beautiful Bill Act” following a temporary delay caused by resistance from Republican hard-liners on Friday. The bill passed with a narrow margin of 17-16, strictly along party lines. Notably, four conservative Republican members — Reps. Chip Roy, Andrew Clyde, Josh Brecheen, and Ralph Norman — who had previously opposed the bill, shifted their stance and voted “present” instead of against it.

The legislative process will now move to the Rules Committee, which is expected to meet in the middle of the week. This will set the stage for a full House vote by the end of the week.

White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt spoke on Monday, emphasizing the necessity for unity within the Republican Party. She urged GOP lawmakers to support the measure, saying, “It’s absolutely essential that Republicans unite behind the ‘Big, Beautiful Bill’ and deliver on Trump’s agenda.” Her statement reflects the administration’s growing effort to rally the party around the bill.

Addressing concerns that some Republicans have raised regarding the federal deficit, Leavitt was direct in her rebuttal. “This bill will not add to the deficit,” she said. Leavitt also noted that President Trump had been in “constant communication” with Speaker of the House Mike Johnson over the weekend. She added that Trump was prepared to take further action if needed: “The president is willing to pick up the phone to encourage Republicans to fall in line on the bill.”

Despite the push from the White House, the bill initially faced a hurdle on Friday when several Budget Committee conservatives blocked its progression. Their concerns centered primarily on the timeline for implementing Medicaid work requirements. According to the current version of the bill, these requirements would not take effect until 2029. However, conservative members have been advocating for an earlier start date, ideally in 2027. This issue has remained one of the key sticking points in ongoing negotiations.

Ahead of Sunday’s vote, Speaker Johnson expressed optimism about the talks, stating that discussions had “gone great.” However, sources from Capitol Hill informed ABC News that disagreements persisted, especially around controversial topics like the State and Local Tax (SALT) deduction cap and Medicaid reform. These points of contention had not yet been resolved as lawmakers prepared to move forward.

The core aim of the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act” is to implement sweeping tax cuts, offset by spending reductions in other areas of the budget. One of the most significant proposed cuts involves slashing hundreds of billions of dollars from Medicaid. This approach has drawn criticism from some factions within the Republican Party, particularly from the House Freedom Caucus.

In a statement released after Sunday’s committee vote, the House Freedom Caucus made it clear that they are not yet on board with the current form of the legislation. “As written, the bill continues increased deficits in the near term with possible savings years down the road that may never materialize,” the group posted on X. Their message highlighted ongoing skepticism that the proposed savings would ultimately be realized, expressing concern that short-term fiscal consequences could outweigh long-term promises.

Meanwhile, attention is also turning to how the bill will fare in the Senate. Speaker Johnson said there has been close collaboration between the House and Senate, though he hopes the upper chamber will refrain from making changes that could threaten the bill’s passage. “The package that we send over there will be one that was very carefully negotiated and delicately balanced, and we hope that they [Senate] don’t make many modifications to it, because that will ensure its passage quickly,” Johnson stated.

He underscored the urgency of passing the bill by Independence Day, warning that further delays could complicate matters related to the national debt limit. “We’ve got to get this done and get it to the president’s desk by that big celebration on Independence Day. And I’m convinced that we can,” he said.

The looming mid-July deadline to address the debt ceiling is another major factor pressuring lawmakers to act swiftly. The bill’s advancement is seen not only as a pivotal moment for Trump’s policy agenda but also as a potential turning point in the broader fiscal debate within Congress. As the process moves forward, internal GOP divisions, especially among fiscal conservatives and hardliners, continue to pose a challenge to leadership.

Trump, who had already used social media to encourage support for the bill, appears determined to see it passed. His communication strategy includes direct outreach to lawmakers and strategic public messaging through his administration. Despite the initial roadblocks and ongoing negotiations, the legislation has cleared a significant hurdle in the House Budget Committee.

The upcoming vote in the Rules Committee and the eventual floor vote in the House will determine whether the measure continues to gain momentum. Supporters hope that the changes made over the weekend, including the shift in stance by four key conservative members, will help the bill garner enough support for final approval.

In the days ahead, further discussions over key policy points such as the timeline for Medicaid work requirements and the details of SALT deductions are likely to intensify. The GOP leadership is walking a fine line between maintaining fiscal responsibility and fulfilling the promises of the Trump administration. The outcome will not only impact immediate budgetary priorities but could also influence the political landscape leading into future election cycles.

As both chambers of Congress prepare for what could be a pivotal week in legislative action, all eyes remain on the outcome of the GOP’s internal negotiations and the final shape of the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act.”

Trump Says India Offers to Drop Tariffs Amid Ongoing Trade Talks

President Donald Trump has revealed that India has proposed eliminating tariffs on American goods as part of ongoing trade discussions aimed at preventing increased import taxes. This announcement came during an event with business leaders in Qatar, where Trump shared insights into the latest developments in U.S.-India trade relations.

Speaking at the event on Thursday, Trump stated, “They have offered us a deal where basically they are willing to literally charge us no tariff.” While he did not provide any additional details about India’s proposal, the Indian Ministry of Commerce and Industry has yet to respond to requests for clarification.

India’s External Affairs Minister Subrahmanyam Jaishankar later commented on the matter, emphasizing that the talks are still underway. He advised against drawing conclusions until an equitable agreement is reached, saying that “any judgment on it would be premature” until a “mutually beneficial” deal is finalized, according to local reports.

The backdrop to these developments includes Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit to the White House in February, which laid the groundwork for a series of trade negotiations between the two nations. India was among the earliest countries to engage in trade talks with the Trump administration following that visit. Both sides had agreed to complete the first phase of a bilateral trade agreement by the fall. To further advance these discussions, India’s trade minister is scheduled to meet with U.S. officials between May 17 and 20.

Trump’s recent comments follow escalating tensions after India threatened to impose retaliatory tariffs in response to the United States increasing duties on steel and aluminum. This suggested a firmer stance by India as it continues negotiations with Washington. Despite the friction, sources familiar with the discussions have confirmed that the trade talks are progressing on schedule.

In New Delhi, analysts interpreted Trump’s remarks in two different ways. Some saw them as a signal that a deal is nearing completion, while others considered it a negotiation tactic aimed at exerting pressure on Indian officials.

Ajay Srivastava, founder of the Global Trade Research Institute in New Delhi, commented, “An India–US trade deal may be on the cards.” He also stressed the importance of fairness in the agreement, stating, “But the deal must ensure strict reciprocity, with both sides eliminating tariffs equally.”

Following Trump’s remarks, the market response in India was relatively calm. The Indian rupee regained some of its losses, and the benchmark NSE Nifty 50 index rose by 1.7% by 2 p.m. local time.

Trump has been vocal about the trade imbalance between India and the U.S. since returning to the White House, describing it as heavily tilted in India’s favor. Last year, the trade gap stood at approximately $47 billion. Trump has repeatedly criticized India for its high tariffs, arguing that they harm American businesses. He has threatened to introduce “reciprocal” tariffs of 26% on Indian goods, although those proposed tariffs have been temporarily postponed until early July.

India, in an effort to address Trump’s concerns, has implemented a series of policy changes. These include revising its tariff structure to lower import duties on key American products such as bourbon whiskey and Harley-Davidson motorcycles. These measures aim to demonstrate India’s willingness to reach a compromise.

Furthermore, Bloomberg News recently reported that New Delhi has suggested applying zero tariffs on selected goods, including auto components and pharmaceuticals. This would apply to a limited volume of imports and would be reciprocated by the United States.

Despite the cordial relationship between Trump and Modi, which has often been highlighted in public appearances and diplomatic meetings, some tensions have emerged. Indian officials have expressed irritation at Trump’s claim that he used trade as leverage to facilitate a ceasefire between India and Pakistan following a four-day military confrontation. Indian authorities have disputed that assertion, indicating that trade and diplomacy should be treated separately.

In another development that could add complexity to the ongoing trade talks, Trump disclosed that he had spoken with Apple Inc. CEO Tim Cook. During their conversation, Trump said he urged Cook not to expand Apple’s manufacturing operations in India.

“I said I don’t want you building in India,” Trump recounted about his conversation with the Apple chief. He further added, “India can take care of themselves, they are doing very well.”

According to Trump, the outcome of this exchange was Apple’s decision to increase its production capacity within the United States. “Apple will be upping their production in the United States,” he said.

These remarks suggest that Trump remains committed to reshoring manufacturing to the U.S., even as he attempts to smooth trade relations with India. The administration appears focused on both correcting the trade deficit and strengthening domestic industry, even if it means discouraging American companies from investing abroad.

India, on the other hand, has been navigating a delicate balance. It is attempting to satisfy American demands without appearing to capitulate too easily, especially as it seeks to maintain economic independence and strategic autonomy. The negotiations now hinge on whether the two sides can reach a consensus that benefits both economies without provoking further political or economic strain.

While no formal deal has been announced yet, signs of potential compromise are emerging. India’s willingness to adjust its tariff policies and the United States’ decision to delay retaliatory measures hint that both nations are interested in resolving the trade impasse amicably. However, analysts caution that much depends on the specifics of any final agreement.

Srivastava’s call for strict reciprocity underscores a key concern for Indian negotiators: ensuring that the United States does not gain disproportionately from the deal. Equal concessions on both sides will be necessary to ensure domestic support and long-term viability of any trade pact.

With the Indian trade minister set to visit the U.S. soon, the next few weeks could prove decisive in determining whether the two countries can move beyond threats and tariff hikes to forge a stable economic partnership. Until then, both sides are expected to continue their careful maneuvering, mindful of both political optics and economic realities.

The outcome of these talks will not only affect bilateral trade but could also shape broader geopolitical alignments, especially as the U.S. and India look to counterbalance other major global players. A successful trade deal would mark a significant milestone in the evolving relationship between the world’s largest and oldest democracies.

Dr. Satheesh Kathula Honored with Lifetime Achievement in Global Healthcare Leadership

Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI), was honored with Lifetime Achievement in Global Healthcare Leadership by the Global Healthcare Leaders Foundation at the 2025 Gala on May 14, 2025 held at the prestigious Harvard Club of Boston.

The Gala 2025, while celebrating the top healthcare leaders worldwide at the Global Healthcare Leaders Foundation, was an exclusive gathering of influential healthcare executives, AI Innovators, and Global Health Policymakers.

Dr. Kathula was chosen for the award along with several healthcare leaders for his contributions to the country, particularly in the healthcare field, and his dedication to his patients and the broader community.

The Award was presented to Dr. Kathula by Anya Ohavi Neizler, Co-Founder, Co-Executive Director, and Richie Hosein, Co-Founder, President of the Board, the Global Healthcare Leaders Foundation (GHLF), a mission-driven nonprofit founded by Harvard University alumni, dedicated to addressing healthcare’s most pressing challenges through innovation and collaboration.

Dr Satheesh Kathula Honored with Lifetime Achievement in Global Healthcare LeadershipDr. Satheesh Kathula is a renowned hematologist and oncologist based in Dayton, Ohio, currently serving as the President of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI). Dr. Kathula, in his response after receiving the award, said, “I am truly humbled to receive this Lifetime Achievement in Global Healthcare Leadership alongside several other remarkable individuals. This inspires not only me, but the people who are serving the community and society at large.”

Dr. Kathula strongly believes that acquiring new knowledge is crucial for professionals, especially physicians, with a changing healthcare environment. Recently, Dr. Kathula acquired a certificate from Stanford University in Artificial Intelligence in Healthcare. An alumnus of the Global Healthcare Leaders Program at Harvard University, Dr. Kathula has been instrumental in promoting global health initiatives.

Dr. Kathula recently launched a transformative campaign titled “Stop 3 and Start 3,” focused on cancer prevention through lifestyle changes and vaccination. Under his leadership, AAPI has also partnered with the Global Association of Indian Medical Students (GAIMS) to combat cervical cancer through comprehensive efforts in education, screening, and immunization.

Dr. Kathula dedicated his career to treating patients and actively supporting various nonprofit organizations and those advocating for healthcare policies that are equitable and help us provide the best care to the patients. Dr. Kathula has served AAPI in various capacities. He was the Regional Director, a member of the Board of Trustees. He was elected overwhelmingly by AAPI members as the national Treasurer, Secretary, and Vice President of AAPI, and has served as the President-Elect of AAPI during the year 2023-34, before assuming charge as the President of AAPI in July 2024.

Dr Satheesh Kathula Honored with Lifetime Achievement in Global Healthcare LeadershipUnder his leadership, AAPI has launched a program called “Million Miles of Gratitude” to honor veterans by promoting physical activity. Participants can log their walking or running miles, with each mile serving as a tribute to the veterans. The goal is to collectively reach a million miles in the coming year. In May this year, he led a highly successful AAPI Legislative Day on Capitol Hill, where AAPI sought to collectively shape the best health care for the people of US, with the physician at the helm, caring for the medically underserved.

Dr. Kathula, who graduated from Siddhartha Medical College, Vijayawada, Andhra Pradesh, India, in 1992, is a clinical professor of medicine at Wright State University-Boonshoft School of Medicine, Dayton, Ohio. Dr. Kathula is a Diplomate of the American Board of Lifestyle Medicine. He has authored several papers and articles in medical journals and is in the process of writing a book, describing his journey as an immigrant physician. “For the past 22 years, I’ve been proudly serving as a Hematologist and Oncologist in the Dayton community, considering it my home.”

Dr. Kathula was the President and founding member of the Association of Indian Physicians from Ohio, President of the Miami Valley Association of Physicians of Indian Origin, as well as the President of the ATMGUSA (Association of Telugu Medical Graduates in USA). In addition, he has worked with the Ohio State Medical Association on various issues. He has been actively involved in community service locally, nationally, and internationally for the last two decades. He was awarded ‘Man of the Year – 2018’ by the Leukemia and Lymphoma Society.

Among many others, Dr. Kathula has initiated a bone marrow drive, as the donor pool among South Asians is very limited, Dr. Kathula said. “So, we are trying to recruit potential donors for the stem cell or bone marrow transplant donations. Because people are getting affected by lymphomas and leukemias, and they need transplants. Since they do not get the matched donors in this country, we are trying to increase that pool.”

Not satisfied with his personal and professional achievements, Dr. Kathula has been active in the Indian community. Since taking office as AAPI President in July 2024, he has led three major global healthcare conferences in India and has chaired the Oncology Tracks at several international health summits organized by AAPI.

Dr Satheesh Kathula Honored with Lifetime Achievement in Global Healthcare LeadershipDr Kathula’s love for his motherland has manifested in him setting up humanitarian and medical projects in India. The most important of them is establishing a state-of-the-art pharmacy college in Warangal in Telangana, where he grew up. Named the Pathfinder Institute of Pharmacy and Educational Research (PIPER), the non-profit with Dr Kathula as the Chairman provides quality education and has already graduated over 1,000 students who are now working in different parts of India and abroad. He conducted several medical camps close to his native place and donated a defibrillator, water purification plant, and library to his native place.

GHLF is committed to advancing value-based healthcare globally. Founded by alumni of Harvard Medical School’s Global Health Care Leaders Program, GHLF excels in transforming patient outcomes, healthcare innovation, and empathy. GHLF acts as a catalyst for change, uniting leading healthcare professionals to drive compassion and excellence. Through collaboration, we pioneer transformative solutions that elevate standards and revolutionize patient care.

Among the many awards, Dr. Kathua was most recently, on May 3rd, 2025, honored with the Lifetime Achievement Award by the Indo-American Press Club in the Poconos in PA. In 2024, he was bestowed with the Inspiration Award by the Raising Awareness of Youth with Autism Foundation. In October, 2024, Dr. Katrhula received the Daniel Blumenthal Award on behalf of AAPI from the American College of Preventive Medicine (ACPM) in recognition of the efforts to promote health equity.

House Fiscal Hawks Stall Trump’s Legislative Mega-Bill in Budget Committee Setback

In a surprising turn of events, fiscal conservatives on the House Budget Committee blocked a key vote Friday on the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act,” a sweeping legislative package central to President Donald Trump’s agenda. The 16-21 vote marked a significant setback for Republican leadership, who had hoped to advance the bill to the Senate by Memorial Day. The defeat highlighted growing divisions within the GOP as lawmakers grapple with balancing demands from both fiscal hawks and moderates.

The bill, referred to as OBBB, encountered resistance from five Republican members—Reps. Chip Roy of Texas, Ralph Norman of South Carolina, Josh Brecheen of Oklahoma, Andrew Clyde of Georgia, and Lloyd Smucker of Pennsylvania. With Republicans only able to afford losing two votes to move the bill forward, Smucker’s switch from yes to no sealed its temporary collapse. His change, however, was a tactical move.

“To be clear—I fully support the One Big Beautiful Bill (OBBB). My vote today in the Budget Committee is a procedural requirement to preserve the committee’s opportunity to reconsider the motion to advance OBBB,” Smucker explained in a post on X.

House Budget Committee Chairman Jodey Arrington of Texas called a recess following the failed vote and told committee members not to expect a return Friday. “Go home,” he instructed them, adding he would notify them if a resumption would take place early Monday.

Smucker, offering further clarification, stated that despite unresolved concerns, the committee decided to proceed with the vote because negotiations were making progress. “There were continued, ongoing discussions and we were very close to having a yes,” he said. Smucker remained optimistic, expressing hope for a resolution by Monday. “We’re working through some remaining issues here, there are just a few outstanding issues I think everyone will get to yes, and we’re going to resolve this as quick as we can and hopefully have a vote, ideally on Monday, and we can advance this bill.”

Later in the day, sources informed The Hill that the committee would reconvene Sunday night at 10 p.m., signaling urgency to push the legislation forward.

Throughout the committee markup, negotiations were underway in a nearby room involving House Majority Leader Steve Scalise of Louisiana. Despite these efforts, leadership was unable to win over the dissenting members. Roy, one of the Republicans who voted against the bill, criticized its fiscal shortcomings. “This bill falls profoundly short. It does not do what we say it does with respect to deficits,” he said during the markup.

Norman echoed Roy’s sentiment, voicing his dissatisfaction with the measure. “Sadly, I’m a hard no until we get this ironed out,” he declared, calling the bill’s current state “very disappointing.”

The OBBB package merges several major components of Trump’s legislative platform. It extends the tax cuts from his 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, implements entitlement reform, and slashes food assistance programs—measures that Republicans claim will save at least $1.5 trillion over ten years. These changes include tightened work requirements for Medicaid targeting “able-bodied” adults, which are expected to cause millions to lose coverage, the repeal of green energy tax credits enacted by Democrats in 2022, and for the first time, requiring states to help fund food assistance programs.

Although House committees had completed detailed markups on these sections earlier in the week, final negotiations were still underway. Moderate Republicans were pushing for an increase in the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap, which was currently set at $30,000 in the draft. Fiscal conservatives, in contrast, wanted corresponding spending cuts to offset any tax relief expansion.

To satisfy the hawks, conservatives proposed several adjustments, including speeding up the implementation of the new Medicaid work requirements and advancing the timeline to eliminate green energy subsidies. Additionally, they proposed reducing the federal Medicaid match rate for populations covered under the Affordable Care Act’s expansion—changes likely to alienate moderates.

Norman insisted on firm commitments before backing the bill. “It’s a sticking point because it’s huge money,” he said. “I’m tired of smoke and mirrors.”

Scalise confirmed that Republicans were coordinating closely with the Trump administration on timing-related provisions of the package, which emerged as a major point of contention. “What they want to see is progress and get answers on some of the questions and expedite the timelines,” Scalise said. He emphasized the shared GOP goals: “We’re all in agreement on the reforms we want to make. We want to have work requirements, we want to phase out a lot of these green subsidies.”

Scalise added that some delays were unavoidable. “How quickly can you get it done? And it’s not as quick as saying you just turn it off tomorrow,” he explained. “Some things the administration does have to actually create a process to implement it, and we want to make sure that the Trump administration has the time they need while pushing it as fast as possible. So those are the conversations we’re having and we’re making a lot of progress.”

The stakes were underscored by the unexpected arrival of Rep. Brandon Gill of Texas at the markup, despite recently welcoming his second child. “I’m here to support the president’s agenda,” Gill told reporters as he entered the hearing.

Amid the tense negotiations, Trump directly intervened via his platform, Truth Social, urging Republicans to stop stalling and unite behind the bill. “We don’t need ‘GRANDSTANDERS’ in the Republican Party. STOP TALKING, AND GET IT DONE!” he wrote.

The post was clearly aimed at the dissenting members, though it didn’t sway Norman. When asked about Trump’s remarks, Norman responded, “I don’t need to grandstand. This is: how do you disagree with the agenda he laid out? He’s a smart guy, and he’s got so many good things [in the bill]. All we’re asking is [for] a little compromise somewhere.” He continued, “Let’s not give the farm. It’s not right. It’s not right.”

Despite the initial blow, Republican leaders are expected to continue pushing for a resolution by early next week. As negotiations continue, both sides within the GOP remain firm in their positions—fiscal hawks demanding deeper savings and accelerated reforms, and moderates seeking relief for high-tax states. The outcome will determine whether Trump’s sprawling legislative agenda can gain the traction needed to advance to the Senate and potentially reshape key federal programs.

Zelensky Awaits Putin in Turkey Amid Trump’s Push for Peace Talks

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky announced that he will be waiting for Russian President Vladimir Putin in Turkey on Thursday, responding to recent remarks by U.S. President Donald Trump urging Ukraine to engage in negotiations with Russia. Trump had emphasized the importance of talks to potentially end the conflict that has ravaged Ukraine under Putin’s command.

In a strong message delivered on Truth Social, Trump expressed his frustration over the ongoing war and stressed the urgency for peace negotiations. “President Putin of Russia doesn’t want to have a Cease Fire Agreement with Ukraine, but rather wants to meet on Thursday, in Turkey, to negotiate a possible end to the BLOODBATH,” Trump wrote. He followed this with a demand directed at Ukraine: “Ukraine should agree to this, IMMEDIATELY. At least they will be able to determine whether or not a deal is possible, and if it is not, European leaders, and the U.S., will know where everything stands, and can proceed accordingly!”

Trump further commented on the possibility of Ukraine rejecting a deal with Russia. “I’m starting to doubt that Ukraine will make a deal with Putin, who’s too busy celebrating the Victory of World War ll, which could not have been won (not even close!) without the United States of America. HAVE THE MEETING, NOW!!!”

Although it remains uncertain whether Putin himself will attend any talks in Turkey, Zelensky swiftly responded after Trump’s social media post. Taking to X (formerly Twitter), the Ukrainian leader confirmed his intention to be in Turkey for possible peace discussions. He wrote, “We await a full and lasting ceasefire, starting from tomorrow, to provide the necessary basis for diplomacy. There is no point in prolonging the killings. And I will be waiting for Putin in Türkiye on Thursday. Personally. I hope that this time the Russians will not look for excuses.”

The international community has not been informed whether representatives from the United States or the European nations commonly referred to as the “coalition of the willing” will attend the proposed talks in Istanbul. Nevertheless, the idea of direct talks between Russia and Ukraine has gained renewed attention following remarks from Putin earlier in the week.

In the early hours of Sunday, the Russian president offered a proposal for direct negotiations with Ukraine, aiming for what he called a lasting and comprehensive peace. Putin stated that the talks, planned for May 15 in Istanbul, would focus on addressing the root causes of the war, not merely establishing a temporary pause that would allow for future conflict.

“We are proposing that Kyiv resume direct negotiations without any preconditions,” Putin said. “We offer the Kyiv authorities to resume negotiations already on Thursday, in Istanbul.” He went on to emphasize that the initiative was already presented to Ukraine, placing the onus on its leadership. “Our proposal, as they say, is on the table. The decision is now up to the Ukrainian authorities and their curators, who are guided, it seems, by their personal political ambitions, and not by the interests of their peoples.”

Putin’s comments came in the aftermath of a stern demand made by European powers during a meeting in Kyiv on Saturday. Leaders from France, Germany, Poland, and the United Kingdom urged Putin to accept an unconditional ceasefire for 30 days. Failure to comply, they warned, would trigger “massive” new sanctions against Russia. However, Putin rejected what he described as “ultimatums” from Europe.

British Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer, who was among the European leaders in Kyiv, joined French President Emmanuel Macron, German Chancellor Olaf Scholz, and Polish Prime Minister Donald Tusk for discussions with Zelensky. The group also held a phone conversation with Trump, who, like them, had previously called for a short-term truce.

During his visit to Kyiv, Starmer reinforced the unity of the Western allies and their shared commitment to peace. “Together with the US,” he said, “we are calling Putin out” and pledged that if the Russian leader “turns his back on peace,” sanctions would be increased. Starmer added that the European coalition was determined to uphold the principles that were defended during World War II. “It was important to demonstrate that the values that underpin what was being fought for 80 years ago were the same values now, that we will step up and play our part to preserve the peace and bring about that ceasefire.”

In response to Putin’s Sunday announcement regarding the proposed direct talks, Macron welcomed the gesture but maintained skepticism. He labeled the Russian president’s offer as “a first step, but not enough.” Speaking to France 24 during his return journey from Kyiv, Macron explained that while Putin might be searching for an exit strategy, he was likely also trying to buy time. “An unconditional ceasefire is not preceded by negotiations,” Macron said, dismissing Putin’s plan as insufficient for a real breakthrough.

As both leaders prepare for what could be a significant diplomatic moment, questions remain about the sincerity of Putin’s offer and the likelihood of reaching any meaningful resolution. For now, Zelensky has made clear his willingness to attend and participate in the talks, awaiting his Russian counterpart’s arrival in Turkey on Thursday. The global community watches closely, hoping that diplomacy might finally offer a path toward peace after months of devastation and loss.

Trump Faces Declining Public Support on Immigration Amid Shifting Voter Sentiments

Immigration, a defining pillar of Donald Trump’s 2024 presidential campaign and a topic on which he previously enjoyed strong public support, is now emerging as a point of vulnerability. Recent polling data reveals a noticeable dip in Trump’s approval ratings on immigration, signaling possible dissatisfaction with his approach among voters and highlighting evolving public attitudes.

A new Morning Consult survey, conducted from May 9 to 11 among 2,221 registered voters, indicates that Trump’s approval on immigration has dropped to the lowest level since he began his second term. According to the poll, 51 percent of respondents approved of his immigration stance, while 44 percent expressed disapproval. Notably, enthusiasm for mass deportations as a top policy priority has waned, with only 35 percent in favor.

This shift comes as additional surveys reveal growing disapproval of Trump’s hardline immigration policies, which include widespread deportations and a reduction in legal immigration opportunities. A Fox News poll conducted in April found Trump with a negative approval rating on immigration for the first time: 47 percent approved of his performance, while 48 percent disapproved. However, Trump still received better marks for his handling of the border, where 55 percent expressed approval.

Similarly, the most recent AP-NORC poll, carried out between May 1 and 5 among 1,175 adults, reported that 49 percent approved of Trump’s immigration policies, while 51 percent disapproved. This showed a slight improvement from April, when the approval rating stood at 46 percent and disapproval at 53 percent.

Another survey, conducted in April by Atlas Intel, showed a net approval rating of minus 6 points for Trump on immigration. In that poll, 52 percent rated his performance as “terrible” or “very poor,” compared to 46 percent who said it was “excellent” or “good.” This marked a notable drop from March, when 51 percent viewed Trump’s immigration policies positively and only 43 percent negatively.

This decline in approval is occurring against a backdrop of increased legal scrutiny and mounting criticism over Trump’s deportation agenda. One case drawing particular attention is that of Kilmar Abrego Garcia, who was deported from Maryland. The Department of Justice referred to his removal as an “administrative error.” Although Trump’s administration identified Garcia as a member of MS-13, a gang now classified as a terrorist organization, Garcia’s legal team and family deny any such affiliation.

Trump’s current immigration plan calls for the deportation of millions of undocumented individuals through expanded operations by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and involvement of the National Guard. His strategy involves reviving and intensifying first-term policies, constructing large detention centers, and accelerating deportations by limiting judicial review.

What stands out about the current enforcement is that it targets undocumented immigrants without criminal records. During Trump’s first 50 days back in office, ICE arrested over 32,000 people, nearly half of whom had no prior criminal record. A report by El País also revealed that by mid-February 2025, over 40 percent of deportees had no criminal background.

Public support for deportation of non-criminal undocumented immigrants appears weak. A Pew Research Center survey found that while a slim majority—51 percent—of Americans support the deportation of at least some undocumented individuals, only around one-third support mass deportation. Notably, there is overwhelming support for removing violent criminals, but approval sharply declines when it comes to deporting individuals married to U.S. citizens or those brought to the country as children.

Trump’s declining approval on immigration mirrors broader polling trends showing a general downturn in public support since the start of his second term, even though he entered it with record-high approval levels. According to Morning Consult, Trump’s overall approval rating dropped one point since April to 45 percent, while 52 percent disapproved of his performance.

Echelon Insights also documented a one-point drop in Trump’s approval between April and May, falling to 46 percent, with disapproval climbing to 52 percent. Similarly, Big Data Poll found that Trump’s approval now stands at 48 percent, down from 56 percent in January. Meanwhile, disapproval has risen to 47 percent, compared to just 37 percent in January.

Nonetheless, some recent surveys indicate a slight rebound in Trump’s approval. Newsweek’s approval tracker currently shows Trump at 46 percent approval with 50 percent disapproval. This marks a marginal improvement over the previous week, when he had a 45 percent approval rating and disapproval was firmly in the 50s.

A compilation of various polls paints a mixed picture:

Rasmussen (May 12): 52% approve, 46% disapprove

Morning Consult (May 9-11): 46% approve, 52% disapprove

Echelon Insights (May 8-12): 46% approve, 52% disapprove

YouGov (May 6-8): 42% approve, 50% disapprove

Quantus (May 5-7): 48% approve, 48% disapprove

Big Data Poll (May 3-5): 48% approve, 47% disapprove

YouGov/Economist (May 2-5): 42% approve, 52% disapprove

AP-NORC (May 1-5): 41% approve, 57% disapprove

RMG Research (April 30-May 8): 49% approve, 49% disapprove

TIPP Insights (April 30-May 2): 42% approve, 47% disapprove

While these polls show Trump’s approval rating holding relatively steady, they also reveal a subtle but consistent uptick in disapproval. For instance, the YouGov poll conducted from May 6 to 8 among 1,143 adults showed a 42 percent approval rate—unchanged from previous polling—while disapproval rose by 2 points to 50 percent. A similar pattern was seen in the Quantus Insights poll, conducted between May 5 and 7.

Comparing Trump’s current ratings with those from his first term provides additional perspective. On May 13, 2017, RealClearPolitics recorded Trump’s approval at 42 percent and disapproval at 53 percent, a net rating of minus 11 points. This suggests Trump is marginally less popular now than he was at the same point during his first term.

In comparison to Joe Biden, Trump’s current approval rating also falls short. On May 13, 2021, Biden enjoyed a 54 percent approval rating, with 42 percent disapproving, according to RealClearPolitics.

Even though Trump began his second term with his highest approval rating to date, Gallup’s initial poll for the term—conducted between January 21 and 27—showed him as the least popular incoming president since 1953, and the only one to start with an approval rating below 50 percent. Gallup noted that Biden started his presidency with a 57 percent approval rating.

Historical data from Gallup, analyzed by The American Presidency Project, underscores Trump’s low standing compared to previous presidents at the 100-day mark. Dwight Eisenhower held a 73 percent approval rating at that point. Other presidents also fared better: John F. Kennedy had 83 percent, Richard Nixon 62 percent, Jimmy Carter 63 percent, Ronald Reagan 68 percent, George H.W. Bush 56 percent, Bill Clinton 55 percent, George W. Bush 62 percent, and Barack Obama 65 percent.

Looking ahead, Trump’s approval ratings may fluctuate depending on several critical developments, such as the outcome of the Russia-Ukraine war, changing dynamics in international trade, and increasing economic uncertainty linked to potential recession fears.

Mohanlal’s Reign Continues: A Four-Decade Superstar Still Shattering Box Office Records in 2025

In a film industry where fame often fades as quickly as social media trends rise, one actor continues to rise above generational shifts and transient popularity—Mohanlal. Affectionately referred to as Lalettan by his fans, Mohanlal isn’t just a popular actor; he is an enduring symbol of Malayalam cinema itself. Over the past four decades, his name has become inseparable from the industry’s growth and transformation. And if anyone still doubts his box office might, a look at Malayalam cinema’s top-grossing films will quickly erase that skepticism.

Among the ten highest-grossing Malayalam films of all time, Mohanlal headlines four—a distinction no other contemporary actor can match. Even more impressive is that two of these four blockbusters were released in 2025 alone. With an already illustrious career full of milestones, this new chapter confirms that Mohanlal is not merely preserving his legacy; he is boldly redefining it.

Here’s how Mohanlal ranks in the history of Malayalam cinema’s box office success in India:

  1. L2: Empuraan – Rs 105.25 crore (2025)
  2. Thudarum – Rs 101.65 crore (2025)
  3. Pulimurugan – Rs 76.67 crore (2016)
  4. Lucifer – Rs 65.21 crore (2019)

The two latest additions—L2: Empuraan and Thudarum—haven’t just entered the elite Rs 100 crore club; they’ve soared well past it. Empuraan, the much-anticipated sequel to the 2019 political thriller Lucifer, is now the highest-grossing Malayalam film of all time, collecting an enormous Rs 268.05 crore worldwide. Hot on its heels is Thudarum, a compelling social drama that has crossed the Rs 200 crore mark—a number once thought impossible for Malayalam films.

Add to this list Pulimurugan, the first Malayalam movie to surpass Rs 100 crore globally, and Lucifer, which redefined the political thriller genre in Kerala, and a clear narrative emerges: Mohanlal is the unrivaled king of the Malayalam box office.

What makes this accomplishment all the more remarkable isn’t just the revenue these films have generated but the broad variety they represent. Pulimurugan thrilled audiences with adrenaline-filled action sequences and became a festive favorite. Lucifer delved into political intrigue and treachery, carried by Mohanlal’s restrained yet magnetic performance. Empuraan expanded that world with higher stakes and darker themes. Meanwhile, Thudarum offered a modern social thriller that allowed Mohanlal to embody a deeply emotional and layered character, proving once again that he can blend substance with star power effortlessly.

While most actors rely on one genre for their commercial success, Mohanlal’s true strength lies in his versatility. He effortlessly transitions between intense thrillers, emotional dramas, and grand-scale action films. This ability to adapt while staying true to his artistic roots is part of what sustains his enduring appeal.

A particularly noteworthy aspect of Mohanlal’s recent success is his role in creating Malayalam cinema’s first full-fledged franchise. With Lucifer and Empuraan, he has ignited a level of fan excitement usually reserved for big-budget franchises like Baahubali or KGF. These aren’t just films; they have become cultural spectacles. The anticipation is already high for the third installment, L3: The Beginning, which will also feature his son, Pranav Mohanlal. In many ways, the Lucifer universe is Kerala’s homegrown reply to the epic cinematic universes crafted in other Indian film industries.

Beyond his superstar image, Mohanlal holds a special place in the hearts of Keralites. He’s more than a celebrated actor; he’s like family. His roles resonate with people from all walks of life—from college youth to elderly viewers. Whether he’s playing a rebellious youngster, a tormented father, a humble village savior, or a strategic political player, his performances always strike a chord with the Malayali audience.

Even now, young audiences are discovering his classic films like Kireedam, Bharatham, Chithram, and Vanaprastham, and finding the same depth and magic that captivated their parents’ generation. This generational bridge is what keeps his fandom both loyal and ever-expanding.

Mohanlal’s lasting relevance doesn’t come from blindly chasing modern trends. While Malayalam cinema evolves with new-wave, content-rich films like 2018, Manjummel Boys, and Premalu, Mohanlal continues to deliver massive hits that cater to both mass and niche audiences. His 2025 filmography is testament to this balance. Alongside massive commercial hits like Empuraan and Thudarum, he’s also set to appear in a wide range of upcoming projects that span different genres and character arcs.

His journey is nothing short of a textbook example in how to stay relevant in an ever-changing industry. Mohanlal collaborates with new-age directors, explores fresh storytelling methods, and yet never lets go of the core essence that made him a beloved figure in the first place.

Even with the rise of OTT platforms and younger stars making their presence felt, Mohanlal’s films still manage to attract packed theatres, pre-release fan celebrations, and phenomenal ticket sales on a global scale. His screen presence and popularity remain untouched by age or changing audience dynamics.

As 2025 unfolds, Mohanlal has not only secured four positions in the list of the highest-grossing Malayalam films of all time, but also delivered two of the biggest hits in the same year. That achievement alone cements his status not just as a superstar but as a symbol of Malayalam cinema’s legacy, evolution, and promise for the future.

Mohanlal’s continued success is more than just a nostalgic celebration of a beloved actor; it’s a reaffirmation that genuine talent, adaptability, and emotional connection with the audience can withstand the test of time. As Malayalam cinema continues to grow and diversify, Mohanlal remains its most towering, enduring figure—someone who doesn’t merely represent its history but actively shapes its future.

GOP’s Tax Bill Sparks Internal Rift as House Moderates Clash Over SALT Cap and Trump Priorities

The House Ways and Means Committee on Monday unveiled a more comprehensive version of its section of the Republicans’ extensive legislative package, dominated by priorities associated with President Donald Trump. This 389-page document sets the stage for an intense debate over the tax provisions embedded in the sweeping bill, which serves as the GOP’s legislative centerpiece.

Among the bill’s most anticipated components is the revision of the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap. The measure proposes raising the cap from $10,000 to $30,000 for both single and joint filers. However, this increased threshold would begin to phase out for higher income levels. Notably, this proposal falls short of the levels that some key stakeholders had earlier recommended.

Just prior to the bill’s release, a group of moderate Republicans representing high-tax blue states proposed that the SALT deduction cap should be elevated to $62,000 for single filers and $124,000 for joint filers. These lawmakers had rejected an earlier offer to raise the cap to $30,000, making it clear that they considered the figure insufficient.

These moderates were quick to voice their dissatisfaction with the latest proposal. Rep. Nick LaLota (R-N.Y.), a vocal advocate for increasing the SALT cap, made his stance clear, stating, “Still a hell no.”

The SALT deduction cap, originally implemented as part of the 2017 Trump tax cuts, remains one of the most divisive issues in the broader tax reform debate. Republicans from states like New York, New Jersey, and California have been campaigning to raise the cap, while fiscal conservatives, often referred to as deficit hawks, have strongly opposed such changes.

The full text of the legislation had been eagerly awaited since Friday night, when a partial version of the bill was made public. With the committee set to debate and potentially advance the bill during a meeting scheduled for Tuesday at 2:30 p.m. EDT — a session expected to extend into the night — all eyes are now on how the internal disputes will play out.

In addition to modifying the SALT deduction, the legislation includes several other tax-related initiatives that were part of Trump’s campaign promises. These include eliminating taxes on tips and overtime income — though these changes would sunset at the end of 2028 — and offering a temporary exemption on interest payments for car loans, subject to specific conditions.

Another major feature of the bill is the permanent extension of the 2017 income tax rate reductions. The tax rates defined in that law include marginal rates of 10 percent, 12 percent, 22 percent, 24 percent, 32 percent, 35 percent, and 37 percent.

Although some lawmakers had discussed letting the top tax rate expire — which would have caused the highest income bracket to revert to 39.6 percent — this provision was ultimately excluded from the bill. Conservative tax advocacy groups had strongly opposed any such increase, even though Trump reportedly considered it earlier in the week. According to sources, he lobbied against the rate hike in private discussions. Nevertheless, he offered a more ambiguous public stance. In a Truth Social post Friday morning, Trump said he would be “OKAY if they do” increase taxes on the wealthy, though he expressed reservations due to potential political consequences.

As the legislation takes shape, House Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) is determined to keep the process moving according to schedule. Johnson aims to pass the full legislative package by Memorial Day and appeared confident when asked about the deadline, saying, “Yes, I think we’re going to meet it.”

Meanwhile, Trump has taken to social media to urge GOP lawmakers to support the bill. On Monday morning, he posted on Truth Social, calling on Republicans to “UNIFY” behind the committee chairmen overseeing the markup process and described the legislation as “GREAT.” He concluded with, “We have no alternative, WE MUST WIN!”

The legislation also proposes increasing the deduction for pass-through businesses from 20 percent to 23 percent. These businesses include sole proprietorships, partnerships, S-corporations, and LLCs, which are typically taxed at the individual income level. Most American businesses fall into this category.

The National Association of Manufacturers (NAM) welcomed this provision. NAM CEO Jay Timmons commented, “For the 96% of manufacturers that are organized as pass-through businesses, this bill is more than policy—it’s a path to growth. It means the ability to buy equipment, hire workers, increase pay and expand operations with greater certainty and confidence.”

However, critics argue that the bill exemplifies a form of trickle-down economics. This theory posits that benefits provided to businesses and wealthy individuals will eventually reach ordinary workers and consumers — a claim often challenged by economists and progressives.

Amy Hanauer, director of the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy, voiced her concerns, saying, “So far this costly bill appears to double down on trickle down, with huge tax cuts that will further enrich the rich and not much for the rest of us.”

Another provision in the bill temporarily increases the child tax credit to $2,500 through 2028. While that might appeal to a broader group of taxpayers, it is only one part of a larger package that may be contentious in both chambers of Congress.

The committee’s text also proposes a $4 trillion increase to the national debt ceiling — a component that could provoke strong opposition if left unchanged in the Senate. The Senate’s budget resolution has already laid out plans for a $5 trillion ceiling hike, signaling a possible clash ahead.

Several provisions in the bill target climate and renewable energy programs championed by Democrats in their 2022 Inflation Reduction Act. The GOP proposal would eliminate certain renewable energy incentives and drastically cut funding for the Department of Energy’s loan office, which supports the development of low-carbon energy technologies.

Additionally, the bill revokes a grant program designed to reduce air pollution and emissions in underserved communities, directly challenging climate justice initiatives. It also includes clawbacks for various Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) programs, including a $20 billion lending fund aimed at supporting environmentally friendly projects.

The bill also reinstates several business-friendly tax provisions from the 2017 Trump tax law that had since expired. These include immediate expensing for research and development, bonus depreciation, interest deductibility, and key components of the international tax regime. The latter has been a topic of global debate, with alternative proposals emerging from both the United Nations and the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD).

One notably unchanged aspect of the legislation is the preservation of the so-called carried interest loophole. This tax provision allows hedge fund and private equity managers to classify a portion of their earnings as capital gains, which are taxed at lower rates than regular income. Although Trump had criticized this loophole in the past, it remains untouched in the current bill.

As debate begins, the Republican Party faces the dual challenge of aligning internal factions while pushing forward a legislative agenda that remains closely tied to Trump’s economic vision. With deep divisions still unresolved, particularly over SALT and deficit spending, the coming days will determine whether the GOP can present a united front.

Virat Kohli Announces Shock Retirement from Test Cricket After 14-Year Career

Veteran Indian cricketer Virat Kohli has announced his immediate retirement from Test cricket, just ahead of India’s scheduled five-match tour of England in June. The unexpected decision marks the end of a remarkable red-ball career that lasted 14 years and featured numerous milestones and accolades.

Kohli made the announcement on Monday through his Instagram handle, sharing an emotional message that reflected on his journey in the longest format of the game. “It’s been 14 years since I first wore the baggy blue in Test cricket. Honestly, I never imagined the journey this format would take me on. It’s tested me, shaped me, and taught me lessons I’ll carry for life,” he wrote. He concluded the post with a simple but poignant sign-off: “#269, signing off.”

The 36-year-old cricketer from Delhi debuted in Test cricket on June 20, 2011, against the West Indies in Kingston. Since then, he has gone on to become one of the most celebrated Indian batters in the modern era, widely regarded for his consistency and intensity in the game. Over the course of 123 Test matches, Kohli accumulated 9,230 runs at an average of 46.85, placing him fourth on the list of highest Test run-scorers for India. He trails only behind cricketing legends Sachin Tendulkar (15,921 runs), Rahul Dravid (13,265), and Sunil Gavaskar (10,122).

During the decade from 2010 to 2019, Kohli stood out as India’s most prolific Test batter. His record during that period was exceptional—he scored 7,202 runs at an impressive average of 54.97, including 27 centuries, the most by any batter during that time frame. This era also marked Kohli’s rise to global prominence as a dominant force in world cricket.

However, Kohli’s performance dipped significantly following the COVID-19 pandemic. From 2020 onwards, he struggled to maintain his usual form, scoring only 2,028 runs across 68 innings. He managed just three centuries and nine fifties during this time, and his average plummeted to 30.72. Among the 24 Test batters who have scored at least 2,000 runs since 2020, Kohli holds the lowest average, a stark contrast to his earlier dominance.

Despite this late-career slump, Kohli’s overall contributions to Indian Test cricket remain substantial. In addition to his achievements as a batter, Kohli was also an extremely successful Test captain. After taking over the role from MS Dhoni in 2014, he led India for eight years and achieved a record 40 wins in 68 Test matches. This record makes him the most successful captain in India’s Test history. On the global stage, only Graeme Smith of South Africa (53 wins), Australia’s Ricky Ponting (48), and Steve Waugh (41) have led their sides to more Test victories.

As a captain, Kohli continued to shine with the bat. He scored 5,864 runs in 113 innings while leading the team—an achievement that places him fourth on the all-time list of most runs scored by a Test captain. His 20 centuries as a captain are second only to Graeme Smith’s 25, reinforcing Kohli’s reputation as a player who thrived under responsibility.

In 2024, Kohli began the Border-Gavaskar Trophy with promise, scoring a century against Australia in the opening Test in Perth. However, the series quickly turned difficult for him. He finished the tour with just 193 runs, as his vulnerability to deliveries outside the off stump became increasingly evident. In eight innings, Kohli was dismissed seven times to balls pitched in that channel, leading to repeated caught-behind dismissals.

Reflecting on the mental pressures he faced during the Australian tour, Kohli had spoken candidly at a recent event. “Once you start taking on the energy and the disappointment from the outside, then you start burdening yourself way more… And then you start thinking about things, like ‘I’ve got two or three days left on this tour, I need to make an impact now’. And you start getting more desperate. That’s something I’ve surely experienced in Australia as well,” he said.

He further elaborated on the emotional toll of the series and how it impacted his mindset. “Because I got a good score in the first Test. I thought, ‘right, let’s go’.There’s going to be another big series for me. It doesn’t turn out that way. For me, it’sjust about the acceptance of ‘okay fine, this is what happened. I’m going to be honest with myself. Where do I want to go? What are my energy levels like’,” he had remarked.

Kohli’s decision to retire from Test cricket at this point in time appears to be influenced by a combination of form, fatigue, and self-reflection. The psychological burden of not meeting his own high standards, particularly in a format that demands sustained mental resilience, may have played a key role in his choice to step away.

While the timing of his announcement—just weeks before India’s next Test assignment in England—might seem abrupt, Kohli’s legacy in red-ball cricket is firmly intact. From his aggressive batting style and impeccable cover drives to his passionate leadership on the field, Kohli has left a lasting impression on Indian cricket.

As India prepares for the future without one of its most iconic Test players, fans and fellow cricketers alike are expected to pay tribute to a career that combined talent, determination, and an unwavering commitment to excellence. Kohli’s influence on the current generation of Indian players, many of whom flourished under his leadership, is likely to remain for years to come.

With the curtains drawn on his Test career, Kohli now shifts his focus to the shorter formats of the game, where he continues to be a vital figure. The cricketing world will watch closely to see what the next chapter holds for one of the modern greats of the sport. But in the realm of Test cricket, Virat Kohli has well and truly signed off—leaving behind a record that will be remembered with admiration and respect.

India’s Total Fertility Rate Holds Steady at 2.0, Reports Show Demographic Shifts

India’s Total Fertility Rate (TFR), which represents the average number of children a woman is expected to have during her lifetime, remained unchanged at 2.0 in 2021, mirroring the figure from the previous year, according to the latest Sample Registration System (SRS) report released by the Registrar General of India (RGI) on May 7.

The findings of the report show significant demographic patterns across Indian states and reveal trends such as the aging of the population and delays in the average age of marriage. Notably, Bihar stood out for having the highest fertility rate in the country at 3.0, while the national capital Delhi and the state of West Bengal reported the lowest fertility rates, both standing at 1.4.

The SRS report also noted a significant demographic shift over the past five decades. The share of India’s population within the 0-14 age bracket has steadily declined from 41.2% in 1971 to 24.8% in 2021. Conversely, the proportion of the working-age population, defined as those between 15 to 59 years, has grown markedly during the same period. “Proportion of the economically active population between 15-59 years has increased from 53.4% to 66.2% during the same period,” the report stated.

India’s elderly population has also seen a notable increase. The share of the population aged 65 and above rose from 5.3% to 5.9%, and those aged 60 and above grew from 6% to 9% over the same time frame. These changes suggest the country is undergoing a demographic transition marked by an aging population and a shrinking youth cohort.

In this context, Kerala emerged as the state with the highest proportion of elderly people. According to the report, 14.4% of Kerala’s population is aged 60 and above. Tamil Nadu followed with 12.9%, and Himachal Pradesh with 12.3%. On the opposite end of the spectrum, Bihar had the smallest proportion of elderly citizens, with only 6.9% of its population being aged 60 or more. Assam and Delhi were also at the lower end, with 7% and 7.1% respectively in this age group.

In terms of social changes, the report documented a considerable increase in the average age at which women are getting married. It found that the mean age at effective marriage for females has gone up from 19.3 years in 1990 to 22.5 years in 2021. This shift suggests improvements in women’s education, employment opportunities, and growing awareness about reproductive health and family planning.

With the national census typically conducted every ten years, the SRS plays a vital role in filling the information gap in the interim. It stands as the largest demographic survey in India and is tasked with providing annual estimates of fertility and mortality statistics at both state and national levels. For this particular edition of the survey, data was collected from 8,842 sample units spread across all Indian states, encompassing approximately 84 lakh people.

While presenting the interim budget for 2024, Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman had announced the establishment of a high-level committee to explore the challenges associated with “fast population growth and demographic changes.” This statement seemed to imply that the country was still experiencing a rapid rise in population. However, the data from the SRS paints a more nuanced picture, indicating that the population growth may not be as steep as previously assumed. As the Census—delayed since 2021—has not yet been conducted (the last one being in 2011), a fuller understanding of these trends is still awaited.

The report also highlights that India has achieved replacement-level fertility, a crucial demographic milestone where a population exactly replaces itself from one generation to the next. Replacement-level TFR is usually pegged at 2.1. This rate has now been reached or even fallen below in numerous states.

“It is noteworthy that the replacement level TFR, viz. 2.1, has been attained at the national level, along with Delhi 1.4, West Bengal 1.4, Tamil Nadu 1.5, Andhra Pradesh 1.5, Jammu and Kashmir 1.5, Kerala 1.5, Maharashtra 1.5, Punjab 1.5, Himachal Pradesh 1.6, Telangana 1.6, Karnataka 1.6, Odisha 1.8, Uttarakhand 1.8, Gujarat 2.0, Haryana 2.0 and Assam 2.1,” the report stated.

The implications of these findings are multifold. On the one hand, a lower TFR aligns with aspirations for a smaller and more manageable population, which can reduce stress on resources and infrastructure. On the other hand, continued declines in fertility—especially below the replacement level—can pose long-term challenges, such as labor shortages and increasing dependency ratios due to a growing elderly population.

States like Bihar, with a TFR still significantly above replacement level, may need to focus on educational and reproductive health initiatives, while others with below-replacement rates may eventually confront issues tied to workforce shrinkage and elderly care.

Furthermore, the variations in elderly population proportions across states point to uneven aging processes in the country. States like Kerala and Tamil Nadu, with larger elderly populations, may face increased demand for healthcare services, age-friendly infrastructure, and social security programs. In contrast, states like Bihar and Assam, which still have a relatively young demographic, might focus more on education, job creation, and economic development.

Meanwhile, the rising mean age at marriage for females highlights evolving social norms and potentially positive trends in gender equality. Delaying marriage often correlates with better health outcomes for both mothers and children, as well as greater female participation in higher education and the labor market.

In conclusion, the latest SRS data underscores that India’s population dynamics are undergoing a significant transformation. While the overall fertility rate remains stable, the country is seeing a demographic shift characterized by declining youth populations, growing working-age groups, and an expanding elderly segment. These findings suggest that population-related policy planning will need to be tailored to the unique challenges and opportunities facing each state. The upcoming national census, whenever it occurs, will be critical in providing a complete and updated picture of these ongoing changes.

Gulf Powers Race to Leverage Trump Visit for Strategic Gains

Three energy-rich Gulf nations—Saudi Arabia, Qatar, and the United Arab Emirates—are moving swiftly to transform their influence over U.S. President Donald Trump into tangible advantages as he prepares to visit the region this week. The leaders of these nations have fostered personal relationships with Trump, collectively committed trillions of dollars to American investments, and positioned themselves as indispensable players in conflicts that Trump aims to address, including those in Gaza, Ukraine, and Iran.

In return, they’re being rewarded with the prestige of hosting Trump’s first official state visits since beginning his second term. The trip kicks off in Saudi Arabia on Tuesday, with scheduled stops in Qatar and the UAE, extending through May 16.

Given Trump’s transactional approach to diplomacy, the Gulf nations hold considerable appeal.

“In Trump’s book, the Gulf states tick all the right boxes,” said Hasan Alhasan, senior fellow for Middle East policy at the International Institute for Strategic Studies in Bahrain. “They pledge to invest trillions in the US economy and spend colossal amounts on US weapons systems.”

This well-orchestrated strategy to win Trump’s favor stems from a desire among Gulf leaders to entrench their status as crucial security and economic partners to the United States, while also maximizing their own gains.

Relations between the US and Gulf nations have markedly improved since Trump’s return to the White House. Under President Biden, Gulf leaders had grown disillusioned with what they perceived as waning U.S. interest in their concerns. During that period, Saudi Arabia and the UAE actively diversified their military, technological, and economic alliances. Now, Trump’s leadership presents what a Gulf official described as a “once-in-a-lifetime opportunity” to realize long-standing goals.

“This is the time to consolidate ties with Washington,” said EbtesamAlKetbi, founder and president of the Emirates Policy Center in Abu Dhabi, “and even secure greater privileges in their relationship with the world’s most powerful nation.”

Each of the three countries on Trump’s itinerary has distinct objectives for his visit, and each is employing a tailored strategy to achieve its goals.

Saudi Arabia Seeks a Security Agreement

Saudi Arabia’s top priority is clear: bolstering its security partnership with the United States.

“Security, security and security,” said Ali Shihabi, a commentator and author on Saudi politics and economics, when asked about what Riyadh expects from Trump’s trip. “Gulf States are looking for reassurance of the US security commitment to the Gulf’s stability. Trump has many priorities and has been known to lose interest quickly … and they want to keep him engaged.”

Last year, Washington and Riyadh nearly completed a major defense and trade agreement. However, negotiations stalled due to Saudi Arabia’s demand that Israel make a formal commitment toward establishing a Palestinian state.

Firas Maksad, managing director for the Middle East and North Africa at Eurasia Group, suggested that Trump may push ahead with significant deals regardless of progress on Israeli-Palestinian normalization, which he declared “dead.”

Saudi Arabia is also pursuing U.S. support for its civil nuclear ambitions. Yet its insistence on enriching uranium within its borders has caused concern in both Washington and Tel Aviv due to the potential for nuclear weapons development. High-grade uranium can be weaponized, making this a contentious point.

Despite these hurdles, a U.S.-endorsed Saudi nuclear initiative could be a windfall for American companies in terms of lucrative contracts.

Riyadh appears eager to frame its dealings with the United States as mutually beneficial. In March, Trump said, “They’ve agreed to do that, so I’m going to be going there,” referencing a proposed $1 trillion Saudi investment in the U.S.

Though Saudi Arabia did not confirm that specific amount, in January it did announce plans to boost trade and investment with the United States by $600 billion over four years, with potential for further increases.

At the same time, Saudi Arabia’s efforts to diversify its economy away from oil still depend heavily on oil revenues. Recent price drops, partly driven by Trump’s trade tariffs, have undercut Saudi efforts. Trump has made his preference for lower oil prices clear, a stance that conflicts with Riyadh’s need for high oil revenues to bankroll its economic transformation.

UAE Aims for Technological Leadership

Of the Gulf states, the United Arab Emirates is perhaps the most focused on leveraging investment to cement its relationship with the U.S. and generate substantial returns. Backed by vast financial resources and holding one of the highest per capita incomes in the world, the UAE has pledged trillions in American investments. Its capital, Abu Dhabi, even brands itself as “the capital of capital.”

“Expanding trade and investment is a way to reinforce this strategic partnership,” said AlKetbi. “The US remains a critical security guarantor for the Gulf region, while also offering a dynamic economy full of opportunities and capabilities that align with the long-term Gulf development plans.”

In March, the UAE revealed a $1.4 trillion investment plan over the next decade focused on artificial intelligence, semiconductors, manufacturing, and energy. Its existing American investments already amount to $1 trillion, according to its embassy in Washington.

“The UAE sees a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to become a significant contributor in AI and advanced technology,” said Anwar Gargash, diplomatic adviser to the UAE president. “The commitment to invest $1.4 trillion… aligns with the UAE’s goal to diversify its economy away from its over reliance on hydrocarbons to ensure prosperity for the country in the future.”

However, realizing its ambition to lead globally in AI by 2031 will be difficult without access to advanced U.S. microchips. Toward the end of President Biden’s term, the U.S. enacted tighter restrictions on AI exports to prevent sensitive technologies from reaching adversaries such as China. These restrictions, set to take effect on May 15, include limits that also affect the UAE.

On Thursday, the U.S. announced that Trump will rescind some of those Biden-era restrictions, potentially removing a significant obstacle for the UAE.

Qatar Focuses on Strategic Diplomacy

Qatar stands out for having the most formalized security arrangement with the United States among the Gulf states. It hosts the largest U.S. military base in the Middle East, which the State Department has labeled “indispensable” for regional operations.

Last year, the U.S. discreetly extended its military presence at the base for another decade. Washington also updated its 1992 defense cooperation agreement with Qatar to further strengthen bilateral security ties.

In 2022, the Biden administration granted Qatar the status of Major Non-NATO Ally, a title reserved for nations with close military cooperation with the U.S.

Qatar has also played mediator in several global conflicts—from Gaza to Afghanistan—partly as a means of maintaining its relevance in Washington’s eyes.

“The Gulf states view conflict mediation as a source of influence and prestige,” said Alhasan. “They have managed to use their role as mediators to position themselves as indispensable partners for Trump’s political agenda.”

Doha also maintains ties with Syria’s new president, Ahmed al-Sharaa, and is pushing for a U.S. review of sanctions imposed under the Caesar Act. An official familiar with the matter told CNN that Qatar will raise this issue with Trump during his visit, though Doha is reluctant to offer financial support to Syria without U.S. approval.

Ultimately, Trump’s trip is seen by experts as an opportunity for all sides to finalize substantial agreements.

“He’s coming here because he believes it is in the interest of the US economy, perhaps his interest and those around him, to have those deals here with Saudi Arabia, the UAE and Qatar,” said Maksad. “So expect big announcements.”

Pope Leo XIV Urges Peace in Ukraine and Gaza in First Sunday Blessing as Pontiff

In his first Sunday noon blessing as the newly elected pope, Leo XIV called for a sincere and equitable resolution to the war in Ukraine and demanded an immediate ceasefire in Gaza. His address also included symbolic acts pointing to a message of unity in a deeply divided Catholic Church.

“I, too, address the world’s great powers by repeating the ever-present call ‘never again war,’” Leo declared to an estimated 100,000 people gathered in St. Peter’s Square. The appearance marked his return to the central loggia of St. Peter’s Basilica, where he had first introduced himself to the world on Thursday evening following his historic election as the first pope from the United States. Like then, his focus remained centered on peace.

Continuing a long-standing papal tradition, Leo delivered the Sunday blessing at noon. However, he introduced a notable change. Rather than speaking from the window of the Apostolic Palace, which faces one side of the piazza, he stood at the heart of the basilica, symbolically placing himself at the center of both the Church and the faithful.

Part of this was due to necessity, as Leo did not gain access to the papal apartments until later that day. The apartments had been sealed since the death of Pope Francis and were only reopened on Sunday.

Another unique touch came when Leo chose to sing the Regina Caeli prayer, a Latin hymn traditionally said during the Easter season. Previous popes had typically recited it, but Leo’s decision to sing it evoked memories of the traditional Latin Mass, a liturgical style often appreciated by conservative Catholics.

Those who felt alienated by Pope Francis’ modern reforms and relaxed approach to liturgy have been watching Leo for signs of a return to tradition. Some were encouraged on Thursday evening when he wore the formal red papal cape that Francis had declined during his papacy. Leo furthered that impression during a Saturday visit to a Marian shrine south of Rome, where he donned a richly embroidered papal stole, knelt at the altar in reverence, and appeared with priests wearing long cassocks typically favored by traditionalists.

Aldo Maria Valli, a conservative Italian journalist and blogger, expressed appreciation for these gestures. Urging fellow traditionalists to remain hopeful, he wrote, “Don’t shoot Leo,” emphasizing that he liked much of what he had observed so far.

On Sunday, however, Leo appeared in the simple white cassock of the papacy and switched back to a modest silver pectoral cross. On Thursday, he had worn a more elaborate cross that contained relics of St. Augustine and St. Monica, gifted to him by his Augustinian religious order.

In addressing global crises, Leo quoted his predecessor Pope Francis, who once described the current state of the world as a “third world war in pieces.” Referring to the ongoing war in Ukraine, Leo stated, “I carry in my heart the sufferings of the beloved Ukrainian people. Let everything possible be done to achieve genuine, just and lasting peace as soon as possible.”

Before becoming pope, Leo—then Bishop Robert Prevost in Chiclayo, Peru—had criticized Russia’s 2022 invasion of Ukraine in strong terms. In a clip from a Peruvian television interview recently recirculating in Italian media, Prevost referred to the war as “an imperialist invasion in which Russia wants to conquer territory for reasons of power given Ukraine’s strategic location.”

On Sunday, Leo also addressed the violence in Gaza, urging a ceasefire and calling for urgent aid to civilians. “Humanitarian relief must be provided to the exhausted civilian population and all hostages be freed,” he said.

In a lighter moment, Leo acknowledged that Sunday marked Mother’s Day in many countries, extending heartfelt wishes to all mothers, “including those in heaven.” The crowd responded with cheers and music as the bells of St. Peter’s rang out across the square, where marching bands had gathered for a special Jubilee celebration.

Among the thousands present was Angela Gentile from Bari, who had arrived three hours early to secure a good spot. Though initially disappointed that another non-Italian pope had been elected, she was moved by Leo’s appearance at the central balcony. “What’s good for the Holy Spirit works for me,” she said. “I have trust.”

More than 50 pilgrims from Houston, Texas, were also in attendance, proudly waving three large American flags. They were already in Rome for a previously arranged Holy Year pilgrimage and were thrilled to witness such a historic moment. “Words cannot express my admiration and gratitude to God,” said the Rev. Dominic Nguyen, who led the Vietnamese American group. He expressed hope that Pope Leo would appreciate not only the sight of the Stars and Stripes but also flags from Peru and other countries, symbolizing the global nature of the Church.

Later that day, Pope Leo held a private Mass near the tomb of St. Peter and prayed in the grottoes beneath the basilica, pausing at the tombs of several past popes. His stops included figures from across the ideological spectrum: Pope Paul VI, associated with the reforms of the Second Vatican Council, as well as more conservative popes like Pius XII and Benedict XVI.

The Mass was a private, intimate affair attended by the head of Leo’s Augustinian order and his brother, John, who sat in the pews. During his homily, Leo pointed out that the Church was celebrating the World Day of Prayer for Vocations. He highlighted the issue of declining religious vocations—a concern raised by cardinals during pre-conclave discussions—and offered encouragement to clergy to lead by example.

“Living the joy of the Gospel, not discouraging others, but rather looking for ways to encourage young people to hear the voice of the Lord and to follow it and to serve in the church,” he said.

Pope Leo also took part in the ceremonial unsealing of the papal apartments, which had been closed following the death of Pope Francis on April 21. It remains uncertain whether Leo will move into the traditional papal quarters or continue Pope Francis’ practice of residing elsewhere. Francis had chosen to live in the Domus Santa Marta, a Vatican hotel, instead of the Apostolic Palace and gradually took over its second floor for his work and living arrangements.

Until now, Leo has been sleeping in his former Vatican apartment, located in a nearby palazzo. His agenda for the coming week is full, with several audiences scheduled ahead of his official installation Mass next Sunday.

At 69, Leo becomes the 267th pope and the first American to hold the position, stepping into the role with a clear call for peace and a tone that blends tradition with global inclusivity.

Tense Calm After India-Pakistan Ceasefire Amid Violations, Blackouts, and Global Diplomacy

Just hours after India and Pakistan agreed to an immediate ceasefire to halt military engagements along the Line of Control and the international border, renewed violations and continued hostilities have raised doubts over the sustainability of the truce. On Saturday night, Indian Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri urged Pakistan to address repeated border violations and warned that India’s armed forces, maintaining high vigilance, were delivering “appropriate and adequate responses” to any breaches of the understanding.

The situation quickly deteriorated after the announcement. Explosions and sirens were reported in multiple locations including Srinagar and Anantnag in Jammu and Kashmir, Barmer in Rajasthan, and Kutch in Gujarat. These incidents were accompanied by power blackouts in Punjab cities such as Amritsar, Ferozepur, Pathankot, and Barnala, with officials describing the measures as “precautionary.” In Gujarat’s Kutch, State Minister for Home Harsh Sanghavi cited drone sightings as the cause for a complete blackout and urged citizens not to panic.

Jammu and Kashmir Chief Minister Omar Abdullah voiced concern over the violations, writing on X, “What the hell just happened to the ceasefire? Explosions heard across Srinagar!!!” Such reactions reflect a widespread sense of unease and disbelief in the truce’s credibility.

While the ceasefire was formally described by both nations as a mutual agreement, U.S. President Donald Trump claimed early credit, stating that he would work with India and Pakistan toward resolving the long-standing Kashmir issue. In a post on Truth Social, Trump praised the leadership of both countries, saying, “I am very proud of the strong and unwaveringly powerful leadership of India and Pakistan… Millions of good and innocent people could have died!” He added that he intends to “substantially” boost trade with both nations and to “work with you both to see if, after a ‘thousand years,’ a solution can be arrived at concerning Kashmir.”

Despite Trump’s framing, India has firmly stated that the ceasefire was a bilateral decision, denying any third-party mediation. However, the U.S. State Department referred to the agreement as a “US-brokered ceasefire,” underscoring the role of diplomatic outreach over the prior 48 hours by top U.S. officials including Secretary of State and National Security Advisor Marco Rubio. Rubio revealed that he and Vice President Vance had spoken to Prime Ministers Narendra Modi and Shehbaz Sharif, India’s External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar, Pakistan’s Chief of Army Staff Asim Munir, and both countries’ National Security Advisors.

Pakistan’s Deputy Prime Minister and Foreign Minister Ishaq Dar announced on X that the two nations had agreed to a ceasefire “with immediate effect.” He emphasized Pakistan’s commitment to regional peace without compromising sovereignty—a pointed reference to India’s earlier airstrikes deep inside Pakistani territory targeting alleged terror bases.

From Delhi’s standpoint, the ceasefire was not just a tactical pause but also a signal of red lines. Indian sources emphasized that any future act of terrorism would be viewed as an act of war. Measures such as suspension of the Indus Water Treaty, previously used as diplomatic leverage, remain in abeyance. India claims it had achieved strategic superiority by defending itself against drone and missile attacks, despite incurring losses among civilians, infrastructure, and military personnel.

On the ground in Jammu province, reporter Arun Sharma noted that the ceasefire understanding appeared to be holding along both the international border and the LoC, with no reported drone activity. Nevertheless, a tense calm prevailed, with many residents voluntarily switching off lights amid lingering fear of attacks.

Further complicating the narrative, India’s External Affairs Minister Jaishankar reiterated that terrorism in any form would not be tolerated. “India has consistently maintained a firm and uncompromising stance against terrorism in all its forms and manifestations. It will continue to do so,” he posted on X. His statement was a clear signal that while India may have paused hostilities, it remains ready to respond to provocations.

Meanwhile, Congress MP Shashi Tharoor posted a poetic yet pointed dig at Pakistan’s reliability, writing in Hindi, “Uski fitrat hai mukar jaane ki… uske vaade par yakeen kaise karu?” or “It’s their nature to turn back on their word. How do I trust their promise?” He used the hashtag “ceasefire violated,” reflecting widespread skepticism in Indian political circles.

Internationally, the ceasefire attracted attention from key global players. Jaishankar and NSA Ajit Doval reportedly held talks with ministers from China, Saudi Arabia, and the European Union. The Chinese Foreign Ministry confirmed that State Councillor Wang Yi spoke with Doval and expressed hope that both countries would manage their differences through dialogue. Wang condemned the terrorist attack in Pahalgam that triggered the recent escalation and emphasized China’s support for peace and stability in South Asia. “Peace and stability in the Asian region is hard-won and deserves to be cherished,” said Wang.

The uneasy calm also spread to migrant communities in India. In Gujarat’s Bhuj region, migrant workers scrambled to return to their home states after hearing delayed reports of the ceasefire. Highways echoed scenes reminiscent of the 2020 COVID-19 lockdown as workers boarded trucks and buses, fearing further escalation. Patrol units continued enforcing blackout orders into the evening, even as ceasefire news made its slow way to remote villages.

In Jammu and Kashmir’s Rajouri district, fresh shelling was reported within hours of the truce. The Sunderbani and Nowshera sectors saw renewed firing Saturday night, with six casualties, including a JKAS officer and a BSF sub-inspector. Sirens blared in Udhampur, leading to another round of blackouts and panic among civilians. Earlier that day, the BSF destroyed a terrorist launch pad in Pakistan’s Sialkot district, even as Pakistan reportedly targeted civilian areas with artillery and loitering munitions.

The fragile ceasefire now sits precariously between diplomatic optimism and ground-level volatility. With major world powers watching closely and domestic pressures mounting in both India and Pakistan, the coming days will test whether this truce can evolve into lasting peace or merely remain a brief pause in long-standing hostilities.

Congress Rejects Trump’s Kashmir Mediation Remark, Calls Conflict a Modern One, Not a ‘Biblical’ Crisis

Following U.S. President Donald Trump’s remarks offering to mediate on the Kashmir issue, Indian opposition party leaders have pushed back strongly, rejecting any suggestion of international intervention. Congress MP Manish Tewari was direct in his response, emphasizing that the Kashmir dispute is not an ancient, biblical-era conflict, but a contemporary issue that dates back just 78 years.

“Someone in the US establishment needs to seriously educate their President that Kashmir is not a biblical 1000-year-old conflict,” Tewari wrote in a post on X (formerly Twitter). He traced the genesis of the issue to October 22, 1947, when Pakistan invaded the then-independent princely state of Jammu & Kashmir. Maharaja Hari Singh formally acceded to India on October 26, 1947, ceding the territory in full, including areas currently under Pakistani control. Tewari questioned why this “simple fact” was difficult to grasp.

Congress leader Jairam Ramesh also criticized the Trump administration’s comments, especially a reference made by U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio regarding the possibility of using a “neutral forum” to mediate between India and Pakistan. Ramesh raised key questions in response: “Have we abandoned the Shimla Agreement? Have we opened the door for third-party mediation?”

In a press statement, Ramesh called on the Indian government to convene an all-party meeting chaired by Prime Minister Narendra Modi to discuss a range of issues including “Operation Sindoor,” the Pahalgam terror attack, and the recently announced ceasefire between India and Pakistan. He also advocated for a special session of Parliament to allow a comprehensive discussion on these developments.

Meanwhile, U.S. President Donald Trump, in a social media post, lauded both India and Pakistan for agreeing to a ceasefire. “I am very proud of the strong and unwaveringly powerful leadership of India and Pakistan for having the strength, wisdom, and fortitude to fully know and understand that it was time to stop the current aggression,” he stated. Trump claimed millions of innocent people could have died had the hostilities continued. He added, “While not even discussed, I am going to increase trade, substantially, with both of these great Nations,” and expressed willingness to work with both sides on a long-term solution for Kashmir.

The U.S. President’s framing of the Kashmir issue as a “thousand-year” conflict, however, appeared to undermine his credibility in the eyes of Indian lawmakers, who view the statement as historically inaccurate and diplomatically inappropriate.

Security developments on the ground also played into the larger narrative. The Sri Guru Ram Das Jee International Airport in Amritsar was placed under heightened security on Sunday. Authorities restricted access to the gurdwara located within the airport premises, sparking concerns among devotees. However, Assistant Commissioner of Police (Airport), Yadwinder Singh, assured the public that there was no drone activity and urged against spreading unverified rumours. “The situation is peaceful… there is adequate security,” he said.

Despite the tensions, the situation in areas like Srinagar, Akhnoor, Rajouri, and Poonch remained calm. No reports of drones, shelling, or cross-border firing were received during the night of May 10-11. Nevertheless, Amritsar District authorities maintained a red alert, advising residents to stay indoors and avoid windows or balconies. The alert followed intense shelling from across the border a day earlier.

Political reactions in Jammu and Kashmir to the ceasefire were largely positive. Leaders across the spectrum, including Mehbooba Mufti of the People’s Democratic Party, National Conference president Farooq Abdullah, and Hurriyat chairman Mirwaiz Umar Farooq, welcomed the pause in hostilities. They called it a necessary step toward meaningful peace and political dialogue.

“Terrorism is unacceptable, but it should not dictate when India and Pakistan go to war,” said Mufti, adding that a political resolution is the only viable path forward. Mirwaiz remarked that “better sense has prevailed,” while Abdullah emphasized the toll the conflict has taken on border communities. “Our people have borne the brunt of this deteriorating situation. This pause will offer them some much-needed relief,” he said.

The Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), on the other hand, held a ‘Tiranga Yatra’ in Bengaluru to express support for the Indian armed forces following Operation Sindoor — a retaliatory strike on nine terrorist sites in Pakistan and Pakistan-occupied Kashmir in response to the April 22 Pahalgam attack. Union Minister Shobha Karandlaje led the rally, urging citizens to remain united in support of the military and government.

“India is fighting terrorism. Pakistan sent terrorists to Pahalgam. Innocent people were killed after being asked about their religion. Our jawans retaliated. We must stand united with the country,” she said. The BJP Minority Morcha also launched a nationwide campaign titled “Nagrik Tiranga Yatra for National Security” to bolster public support under the broader “Operation Sindoor” initiative.

As the military dimension grabbed attention, the Maharashtra government began focusing on its under-resourced civil defence force. Following nationwide mock drills, the state’s civil defence directorate announced new efforts to revamp the agency, including introducing a civil defence course in the University of Mumbai’s engineering curriculum from the upcoming academic year. “Students who wish to serve the nation while pursuing their education will get an opportunity through this course,” said Director Prabhat Kumar.

Meanwhile, divergent opinions about the ceasefire emerged on social media and among analysts. Foreign affairs expert Brahma Chellaney questioned whether Prime Minister Modi had decided against pursuing Operation Sindoor to its “logical conclusion” — ending Pakistan’s decades-long strategy of cross-border proxy warfare. Some critics argued that the ceasefire prematurely let Pakistan off the hook following the Pahalgam attack.

Congress leader Sachin Pilot, however, praised the Indian military for what he called a “precise and adequate” strike on terror camps. Speaking to The Times of India, Pilot emphasized that the response avoided civilian casualties and directly targeted terrorists. He also reminded that Pakistan has a history of harbouring terrorists, citing Osama bin Laden’s hiding in Abbottabad and the activities of Masood Azhar and Hafiz Saeed.

As tensions ease and the public digests a flurry of official statements, military operations, and international commentary, the road ahead remains uncertain. With diplomacy back on the table and domestic voices urging a mix of vigilance and political dialogue, India’s next moves — both at the border and on the global stage — will be closely watched.

IAPC 10th Annual International Media Conference Held In Pennsylvania

The 10th annual International Media Conference and the 12th anniversary celebrations being organized by the Indo-American Press Club (IAPC), the largest organization representing media professionals of Indian origin in North America, was organized at The Woodlands Inn and Resort in Poconos, Pennsylvania from May 3-5, 2025 with the lighting of the Traditional Lamp by honored dignitaries, guests, IAPC leaders, Chapter leaders, and, media and community leaders from across the world.

The theme for this year’s conference was “Media at the Crossroads: Truth, Technology, and Global Responsibility” a topic that holds immense significance in today’s interconnected and rapidly changing media world. Dozens of media persons from the United States, Canada and India participated at the power packed conference, which included workshops and panel discussions on social media influence.

Attended by renowned journalists, media professionals, writers, and community leaders, the conference provided a perfect setting for discussions on media excellence, role of media in a fast changing media landscape, innovation and challenges faced by the mainstream media, and global collaboration. Marking a decade of fostering connections among media professionals, the conference provided a vital platform for networking, knowledge-sharing, and building meaningful collaborations.

IAPC 10thIMC 20 scaledParticipants at the Conference were part of insightful panel discussions, keynote speeches, and interactive sessions led by media experts, offering valuable perspectives on the evolving world of journalism. With digital transformation and press freedom remaining critical global issues, the conference facilitated discussions on key challenges and potential solutions shaping the future of journalism.

Dr. Indranil Basu Ray, Chair of IAPC BOD, shared with the audience his many plans for the organization that he has been chosen to lead. He said, “I am planning to start a new channel magazine every week called Indian American News with the objective of sharing news as well as to advertise IAPC and generating funds to manage IAPC needs,” Dr. Basu Ray shared his plans to organize a larger IMC in the United States and a media conference in India.

In his inaugural address, Dr. Babu Stephen highlighted the role of media, the challenges faced by journalists across the globe, and the contributions and achievements of the Indian American Diaspora in the United States.

In his felicitation remarks, former Chairman of IAPC, Mr. Kamlesh C. Mehta, a respected media entrepreneur, philanthropist, and community leader, reiterated his commitment to create a News Agency by IAPC members which will keep IAPC and its members in the limelight and bring in revenue.

Romy Mathew, a journalist at the Manorama News; Gopikrishnan, a renowned cartoonist and social commentator at 24 News; Smuruthy Paruthikad, Executive Editor and author at Reported TV; and, Madhu Saji, Senior News subeditor at Mathrubhumi News, shared with the IAPC delegates their perspectives on the Role of Media in the modern world, in the face of many headwinds faced by journalists to be objective and authentic in reporting.

These famed journalists, who came all the away from India to be part of the IMC, led an insightful and thought provoking seminar on the challenges and opportunities faced by the media landscape today. They were joined by James Chacko and Joseph at the Seminar. Contributing to the lively discussion.

IAPC honored Romy Mathew, Gopikrishnan, Smuruthy Paruthikad, Madhu Saji , and Ilaibharthy, a dedicated media professional affiliated with the Canadian Tamil Broadcasting Corporation (CTBC Radio)with Media Excellence Awards for their contributions to the media world.

Dr. Eapen Daniel led a powerful seminar on the Influence of Digital Transformation on Mainstream Journalism. Ajay Ghosh, James Kureekatil, and Varghese Korason were other panelists at the seminar. Brain Drain was the topic discussed by a powerful panel led by Dr. Indranil Basu Ray, who was joined by Prakash Shah, Rohit Vyas, James Kureekatil, and Varghese Korason.

IAPC conferred Lifetime Achievement Award 2025 on: Dr. Satheesh Kathula, Anju Vallabhaneni, Prakash A. Shah, Dr. Vemuri S. Murthy, Sam Maddula, Madhavan B. Nair, Dr. Babu Stephen, Bob Varghese, and Rohit Vyas for their accomplishments and contributions to the larger society during the inaugural ceremony. Kimberly Pine, Director at Ignite Investments was recognized for her role in the success of the Ignite Investments through raising capitol for private equity placements and fostering investor relationships with high-net-worth clients.

IAPC 10thIMC 122 scaledDr. Vemuri S. Murthy is the co-investigator of a ground-breaking Cardiac Arrest Registry in India, “Warangal Area Cardiac Arrest Registry”. Dr. Murthy, a past President of the Chicago Medical Society and Indian American Medical Association (Illinois), has received several prestigious national and international awards and a Medal of US Congress as “Global Champion of Resuscitation” for his professional and community service contributions in the USA and India.

Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI), has dedicated his career to treating patients and actively supporting various nonprofit organizations. Dr Kathula’s love for his motherland led him to establishing a state-of-the-art pharmacy college in Warangal in Telangana. He conducted several medical camps close to his native place and donated a defibrillator, water purification plant, and library to his native place.
Anju Vallabhaneni, the national President of ITServe Alliance, a non-profit association representing over 2,500 IT companies across the United States, is a highly committed leader with extensive expertise in global delivery and a deep passion for community service. His impressive academic background and his leadership and strategic vision have been instrumental in managing businesses with revenues ranging from $5 million to over $100 million. He is deeply involved in philanthropic efforts, actively supporting over ten non-profit organizations.

Dr. Babu Stephen, a past chairman of the Board of Directors of the Indo-American Press club, was honored with the award for his contributions to the Indian American community. He is the CEO of DC Healthcare Inc, and the president of SM Reality LLC in Washington, and has been politically well-connected in both Washington DC and Kerala.

Prakash Shah, Chairman and Chief Executive of First Growth Mortgage and Realty Group, is the current President of the Global Organization for the People of Indian Origin (GOPIO) International. With over 45 years of global experience in mortgage banking, venture capital, and financial leadership, Mr. Shah has served on boards appointed by both U.S. Presidents and state governors. A founding member of several national organizations, he remains a key figure in the Indian diaspora’s growth.

Bob Varghese, an Indian entrepreneur who has created a glittering trail, Bob Varghese, stands tall among the emigrant Malayalis in the US. The fame and goodwill made by Vincente Jewelers in the last three decades is unparalleled and a story of pride for the community. His name is familiar not just among the business community in New York’s Long Island, but also the whole of the US. As proprietor of B & D Diamonds, he is well-connected with other international diamond merchants.

Sam Maddula, Founder & CEO of Bank’s Apothecary Specialty Pharmacy, is a distinguished leader, visionary entrepreneur, and dedicated philanthropist. He was born in a rural village in India, poor and legally blind, faced with a future clouded with uncertainty and with no opportunity to exist. His life story is one of purpose, impact, and a relentless commitment to building a brighter future for all. Today, Sam Maddula is on a mission to create a transformative impact on healthcare and society.

Madhavan B. Nair (MBN), widely recognized for his commitment to public service, cultural engagement, and philanthropy, has long devoted himself to advancing the well-being of the Indian-American community through diverse leadership roles and grassroots initiatives. He is the Founder and Patron of the North American Malayalee Association of Malayalees (NAMAM), and has served as President of FOKANA. In 2017, Mr. Nair established the MBN Foundation as the principal vehicle for his philanthropy.

Ginsmon Zacharia, Founder Chairman of Indo American Press Club, shared with the audience the history, the objectives and the achievements of IAPC in thew past 12 years. This was followed by a brief video presentation highlighting the history and achievements of IAPC.

During a Special Address by IAPC’s former Chairman Dr. Babu Stephen, he highlighted the importance of family staying untied and parents finding time to spend with children for closer bonds.

IAPC 10thIMC 370 scaledThe IAPC Souvenir Video edition was released after a video introduction by Dr. Mathew Joys, Chair of the Souvenir Committee and a short visual highlight of the souvenir on the screen, giving a glimpse of the beautifully curated content and memories it holds. In addition, the book “The Citizen Journalist,” written by Dr. Matthew Joys and providing guidelines for new media workers, was released by former Chairman Dr. Babu Stephen in the presence of eminent journalist Romi Mathew. The book is a compelling exploration of truth-telling in the modern world, blending insights from his rich experience in media, ethics, and civic engagement. Dr. Joys was then honored in absentia as one of the most prolific voices in the Indian American media community.

Believing in nurturing and preserving our cultural heritage – and that includes the beauty and richness of our Indian languages, Shreshta Bhasha Malayalam, a video-based Malayalam language learning series created by Prof. Joy Pallattumadom was launched during the ceremony.

A Movie Trailer, THE GREEN ALERT, was shown to the audience as way of recommitting to the preservation of the ecological balance for future generations.

Felicitation by Community Leaders included, Sunney Mattamana, President of FOKANA International – Federation of Kerala Associations in North America; Dr. Kala Shahi, a respected voice in education, community health, and the International Coordinator of FOKANA International; Shalu Punnoose (FOMAA); Vice President of FOMAA; Paul Karukappillil (FOKANA), a community leader and the past chairman and past president; Biju Chacko, a community leader known for his dedication to service and governance, currently a Senior Manager at Northwell Health; Jomy George – Chapter President, Atlanta; C G Daniel – Board of Directors; Korason Varghese – Board of Directors, IAPC; James Kurikkattil – Executive Vice President, IAPC.

IAPC presented some of the community leaders, who have played a significant role in strengthening our community ties and supporting the vision of the Indo-American Press Club with Recognition Awards. They included: Cigil Palackalody, Treasurer of FOMAA; Dr. Annie Libu, representing the World Malayalee Federation (WMF); Sudhakar Menon, Executive Director of the Indo-American Chamber of Commerce and partner at Woodlands Resort in the scenic Poconos; Kamlesh C. Mehta, founder of Forsyth Media Group and the visionary behind The South Asian Times and The Asian Era; Jacob Abraham, the CEO of Hedge Events and the publisher of Hedge News, widely recognized for his excellence in event management and financial journalism; Dr. Mathew Joys, Vice Chairman of IAPC and a respected writer and columnist across North America and one of the earliest members of the Indo-American Press Club; Able Cherian, founder and Managing Director of Geobel Exhibition Services LLC; and, Joseph John, Joseph John, a Calgary-based journalist, community leader, and cultural advocate.

IAPC Founding Chairman Ginsmon Zachariah and President Azad Jayan delivered the welcome address, and the General Secretary of IAPC Shan Justus and BOD member CG Daniel proposed vote of thanks. The event was eloquently emceed by Patricia Umashankar, Brioona Gins, and Sameera Kavanal. Jenson Kuriakose entertained the participants with melodious songs from the movie world.

Over the past 12 years, through annual conferences, networking events, and training programs, IAPC has played a key role in advocating for ethical journalism while strengthening the connection between Indian American media professionals and mainstream journalism.

As the media landscape continues to change, this conference serves as a critical forum for innovation, ethical discourse, and collaboration, ensuring that journalists remain at the forefront of truth, integrity, and impactful storytelling.

Since its inception in 2013, the Indo-American Press Club has become a leading voice for Indian-origin journalists in North America. With active chapters in multiple cities—including Alberta, Atlanta, Connecticut, Dallas, Houston, New Jersey, New York, Niagara, Philadelphia, Toronto, Vancouver, and Washington, DC—the organization continues to champion press freedom, journalistic integrity, and professional development. For details on registration, participation, and sponsorship opportunities, visit the official IAPC website at www.indoamericanpressclub.com

IAPC 10thIMC 318 scaled

Bharat Launches Precision Strikes on Pakistan in Response to Aggression

In a decisive counteroffensive, Bharat carried out a coordinated assault late Wednesday night, launching strikes from its aircraft carrier INS Vikrant. This action led to the destruction of several Pakistani fighter jets and targeted over ten strategic locations across multiple Pakistani cities. The operation was in direct response to Islamabad’s ongoing hostilities, including missile strikes on Bharatiya cities just hours before the retaliation.

Defense officials confirmed that the offensive from INS Vikrant was part of a larger tri-service military operation that integrated the efforts of the Army, Navy, and Air Force. Among the destroyed aircraft were modern F-16s and JF-17s, which were part of Pakistan’s advanced aerial fleet.

Heavy bombardments were reported in major cities including Lahore, Islamabad, Sialkot, Karachi, Rawalpindi, and Peshawar. Visual footage from the ground shows intense flames and thick clouds of smoke consuming parts of these urban areas. Widespread fear and chaos have taken hold of the Pakistani public, as the Bharatiya strikes continue into the early hours.

Adding to the internal turmoil, the political party associated with Imran Khan has mobilized on the streets in protest against the Shahbaz Sharif government. In an unexpected diplomatic turn, the United States issued a stern warning to Pakistan. A spokesperson from the White House cautioned Pakistan to halt its aggressive behavior in the Asian region, stressing the importance of peace and stability.

Amidst the escalating conflict, sightings of Turkish ships and aircraft have been reported in Pakistani territory, further adding to the uncertainty of the situation.

Bharat also successfully dismantled Pakistan’s air defense infrastructure and intercepted all incoming projectiles targeting its cities. On the night of May 7, Pakistan attempted to attack 15 key sites near Bharat’s border areas. In response, Bharat retaliated with overwhelming force. Pakistani drones and missiles were intercepted mid-air by Bharat’s sophisticated air defense systems. Numerous incoming missiles were neutralized over Jammu and Udhampur, while cross-border shelling remains ongoing. By 12:45 AM IST, Bharat had already struck over ten significant Pakistani urban centers, causing extensive destruction.

This sharp escalation comes in the aftermath of Pakistan’s failed offensive on May 7, when it sought to strike 15 Bharatiya cities. These efforts were effectively countered by Bharat’s S-400 Sudarshan missile defense systems. Although Pakistan’s Defence Minister Khawaja Asif had previously assured that his country would not provoke conflict, Bharat remained on high alert. Renewed Pakistani attacks on the evening of May 8 triggered Bharat’s forceful countermeasures. It is widely acknowledged that Pakistan has suffered a complete erosion of credibility on the global stage.

In the wake of these events, Bharat’s National Security Advisor Ajit Doval met with Prime Minister Narendra Modi to conduct a high-level security assessment. Concurrently, Home Minister Amit Shah ordered paramilitary deployments to sensitive regions. On the diplomatic front, External Affairs Minister Dr. S. Jaishankar established communication with global counterparts, including U.S. Senator Marco Rubio, providing detailed information regarding Pakistan’s provocations. “As world aware that Pakistan has provoked Bharat due to his mischievous activities since yesterday night,” emphasized the Bharatiya diplomatic outreach.

Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri addressed the media on the evening of May 8, confirming the toll inflicted by Pakistani shelling in Jammu and Kashmir. “Three civilians were killed near a gurdwara in Poonch, and 59 others injured in border villages,” he said. These civilian casualties have intensified calls within Bharat for a firm and sustained response.

Meanwhile, instability has gripped Pakistan’s military and political leadership. Sources indicate that several top-ranking officers are attempting to flee the country. Prime Minister Shahbaz Sharif is reportedly taking refuge in a military bunker, as the corridors of power in Islamabad descend into panic.

Despite the intensity of the strikes, Bharat has maintained that its military response is calculated and restrained. A government official reiterated that the operations are “calibrated, precise, and non-escalatory,” with the sole objective of neutralizing terror threats and military aggression originating from Pakistani territory.

Bharat’s strikes have drawn global attention for their scale, coordination, and rapid execution. The involvement of INS Vikrant, Bharat’s indigenously-built aircraft carrier, signifies a strategic shift in the country’s maritime and aerial capabilities. Defense analysts have observed that this may mark a new chapter in regional deterrence, signaling Bharat’s preparedness to retaliate against any breach of its sovereignty.

Pakistan’s internal political divide has only widened in the aftermath of these events. With Imran Khan’s party staging protests and Prime Minister Shahbaz Sharif under intense scrutiny, the civilian government appears increasingly fragile. The opposition has seized upon the government’s handling of security and diplomatic affairs, accusing it of dragging the country into a crisis through reckless decision-making.

Simultaneously, the appearance of Turkish military assets within Pakistani airspace and waters has sparked speculation regarding Ankara’s potential role in the unfolding conflict. While Türkiye has not issued any formal statement, international observers are closely monitoring these developments to assess any broader geopolitical implications.

The United States’ firm warning to Pakistan underscores rising global concern over the instability in South Asia. “White House spokesperson in a statement warned Pakistan to control themselves,” the report noted. The diplomatic message was clear: further escalation will not be tolerated, and peace in the region must be preserved.

Even as the situation remains fluid, Bharat has demonstrated its capacity to act swiftly and decisively in the face of unprovoked aggression. Its military operations reflect a doctrine that prioritizes national security while avoiding unnecessary escalation. The fact that Pakistan’s attempted strikes were thwarted and responded to with precision indicates a high level of preparedness and coordination across Bharat’s defense forces.

While the coming days will likely reveal more details about the extent of the damage and the geopolitical repercussions, it is evident that Bharat’s message has been delivered unequivocally. The response was neither impulsive nor indiscriminate—it was a measured show of strength aimed at restoring deterrence and regional stability.

In the current climate, all eyes remain on diplomatic efforts to de-escalate tensions. However, Bharat has made it clear that any future provocations will be met with similar resolve. As one defense official succinctly put it, “Our aim is not war, but peace through strength.”

Robert Prevost Becomes First American Pope, Takes Name Leo XIV

In a surprising and historic decision that stunned the global Catholic community, the College of Cardinals elected Robert Francis Prevost as the 267th pope on Thursday, May 8. At age 69, Prevost, a native of Chicago, became the first American citizen ever chosen as the bishop of Rome. He selected the papal name Pope Leo XIV, aligning himself with the legacy of Pope Leo XIII, a 19th-century leader remembered for embracing the modern world and placing Catholic social teachings at the heart of the Church’s mission.

Stepping onto the balcony of St. Peter’s Basilica to greet a jubilant crowd, Pope Leo XIV addressed the faithful with a message of peace. “Peace be with you all!” he proclaimed. Recognizing the Easter season, he added, “I would like this greeting of peace to reach all people, in the entire world.”

As he mentioned his predecessor, Pope Francis, who passed away on April 21, the crowd responded with loud cheers. The new pontiff reminded them of their shared faith, saying, “We are all in the hands of God. Hence, without fear, united hand in hand with God and with each other, we go forward. We are disciples of Christ. Christ precedes us!”

The election of an American pope was particularly emotional for many U.S. Catholics who witnessed the moment in person. “It feels surreal,” said Corinne Bernhard, a Chicago native in the crowd at St. Peter’s Square. Miles Redwine, a Catholic visitor from Chester, Texas, expressed disbelief, saying, “I would’ve never thought in a million years that it would’ve been an American.” His travel companion, Marie Clack, shared her emotional reaction: “I almost started crying, full body chills.”

Before his elevation to the papacy, Prevost served as the prior general of the Order of St. Augustine from 2001 to 2013, making him the only representative of the ancient religious order in the conclave. During his leadership, he traveled extensively, gaining valuable insights into the spiritual and administrative needs of the diverse regions where the Augustinians operate.

Although he studied at Villanova University and the Catholic Theological Union in Chicago, Prevost spent most of his priesthood abroad. From 2015 to 2023, he served as the archbishop of Chiclayo in Peru, a country where he also holds citizenship. This international experience contributed to his reputation as a pastor with a broad and empathetic worldview.

Reactions to his election echoed across his alma mater. “Bells are ringing. People are in shock or in various stages of excitement. Tears have been shed,” said Jaisy Joseph, an assistant professor of systematic and constructive theology at Villanova University. Joseph recalled meeting Prevost with a group of Villanova students last October, where his Augustinian values were evident. “It’s about friendship. It’s about community,” she explained. “We felt that warmth. We felt that he was really present to the individuals that were in front of him, and so I think that’s part of his formation.”

Prevost brings to the papacy not only pastoral wisdom but also a deep understanding of church law. He holds a degree in canon law from the Pontifical College of St. Thomas Aquinas in Rome, equipping him well for the complex legal and procedural responsibilities of the pontiff.

His career in Rome began when Pope Francis appointed him president of the Pontifical Commission for Latin America and later as the head of the Dicastery for Bishops, one of the Vatican’s most powerful offices. As the head of this dicastery, Prevost was responsible for evaluating and appointing bishops globally. He succeeded Cardinal Marc Ouellet, a more conservative figure, in this role.

Francis elevated Prevost to cardinal in September 2023 and, just two years later, promoted him to cardinal-bishop, the highest rank within the College of Cardinals. Under his leadership, the Dicastery for Bishops reflected a more progressive tone, including the groundbreaking move of appointing women to help in the selection process for bishops.

Though he maintained a low public profile while in Rome, Prevost’s rare comments have revealed a progressive vision of church leadership. In an interview with Vatican News, he stated, “The authority we have is to serve, to accompany priests, to be pastors and teachers,” distancing himself from hierarchical models of leadership that he believes no longer resonate. He further noted that bishops can be “preoccupied with teaching doctrine,” risking neglect of the core messages of the Gospels.

His swift election by the conclave indicated a remarkable level of consensus among the cardinals, despite perceptions of ideological divisions. In recent years, Pope Francis’ leadership style had sparked debate, particularly among conservative factions within the church. However, with 80 percent of the College of Cardinals appointed by Francis, the body was primed to choose someone aligned with his inclusive and socially engaged vision of Catholicism.

In his Vatican News interview, Prevost addressed these internal divisions, emphasizing the need for unity: “We bishops especially must accelerate this movement towards unity, towards communion in the church.”

His role in controversial church decisions also hints at a willingness to confront internal tensions. In 2023, he reportedly played a role in the removal of U.S. Bishop Joseph Strickland, a vocal critic of Pope Francis known for opposing COVID-19 vaccines. That year, Prevost met with Francis and Archbishop Christophe Pierre, the papal nuncio to the United States. Observers speculated that the conversation involved the process of encouraging Strickland’s resignation. Strickland, who maintained strong support among some right-wing American Catholics, refused to resign but was removed two months later.

As Pope Leo XIV, Prevost enters the papacy during a time of transformation and challenge for the Catholic Church. His background — rooted in theological education, global ministry, and administrative leadership — reflects both continuity with Pope Francis and a personal pastoral style shaped by humility and service.

His commitment to building bridges within the Church, prioritizing community, and emphasizing the core messages of the Gospel suggests that his papacy may continue many of the themes introduced by his predecessor, while also forging a unique path grounded in his Augustinian roots.

With the eyes of the Catholic world now on Pope Leo XIV, many will be watching to see how the first American pontiff navigates the responsibilities of spiritual leadership in an era marked by both division and hope.

Raja Krishnamoorthi Enters U.S. Senate Race, Could Become Second Indian American Elected to the Chamber

Democratic Representative Raja Krishnamoorthi has officially launched his campaign for the U.S. Senate, announcing his bid on Wednesday. If successful, he would become only the second Indian American ever elected to the Senate, joining Vice President Kamala Harris in the history books.

“I’ve made it my mission to fight for families like the ones I grew up with—people who just want a chance to work hard and realize their dreams,” Krishnamoorthi said in a video released as part of his campaign announcement. His campaign will formally begin with a series of public events scheduled to take place across Illinois starting Friday.

Krishnamoorthi currently serves as a U.S. Representative for Illinois and is looking to fill the Senate seat being vacated by long-serving Democrat Senator Dick Durbin. Durbin’s seat, located in a deeply Democratic-leaning state, presents a favorable opportunity for Krishnamoorthi to continue his political ascent on a broader platform.

The Congressman’s journey began in New Delhi, India, where he was born before relocating to the United States with his family at the age of three. His early experiences as an immigrant in America have played a pivotal role in shaping his political identity. After earning a law degree, Krishnamoorthi made his first significant political mark by working as Policy Director for Barack Obama’s successful Senate campaign. His involvement in Obama’s rise provided him with critical experience in national politics and helped position him for his own eventual run for office.

Krishnamoorthi was elected to the House of Representatives in 2016. He gained national attention not only for his legislative work but also for his role in creating a cultural and political identity for Indian Americans in Congress. That same year, he coined the term “Samosa Caucus” to refer to the then-small group of Indian American lawmakers in Congress. At the time, the group included Reps. Ami Bera, Ro Khanna, and Pramila Jayapal, all of whom shared a similar heritage and political outlook.

Since its informal founding, the Samosa Caucus has grown to include newer members like Shri Thanedar and Suhas Subramanyam. It represents not just a symbolic coalition of Indian American legislators but also a growing political force advocating for issues related to immigrant communities, economic equality, and global diplomacy, particularly between the U.S. and India.

If Krishnamoorthi wins the Senate seat, he will follow in the footsteps of Kamala Harris, who became the first Indian American elected to the U.S. Senate when she won her seat in California in 2016. That year was a landmark moment for Indian American representation in politics. Alongside Harris, Krishnamoorthi, Khanna, and Jayapal were elected to the House, solidifying a significant moment for the Indian American community in U.S. governance. Harris briefly participated in the Samosa Caucus before she stepped down from the Senate to run for Vice President on Joe Biden’s ticket.

The historical resonance of Krishnamoorthi’s candidacy is expected to be a key component of his campaign narrative. His life story—from a young immigrant arriving in the United States to a rising figure in national politics—reflects the broader American dream. He is likely to emphasize his legislative accomplishments, advocacy for working families, and dedication to expanding economic opportunities for all Americans.

Over the years, Krishnamoorthi has built a reputation as a pragmatic and effective legislator. He has supported legislation focusing on workforce development, national security, and public health, while also pushing for stronger oversight and transparency in government. His work has made him a recognizable figure not just within Illinois but on the national stage as well.

In his campaign video, Krishnamoorthi highlighted the values that have driven his public service. “I’ve made it my mission to fight for families like the ones I grew up with—people who just want a chance to work hard and realize their dreams,” he said, underscoring a message that is likely to resonate with working-class voters, immigrants, and minority communities throughout Illinois and beyond.

Krishnamoorthi’s campaign is also expected to reflect his long-standing commitment to issues like education, job creation, and economic fairness. His personal background and professional experience offer him a unique vantage point from which to address complex policy challenges and advocate for inclusive growth.

As he embarks on his Senate campaign, Krishnamoorthi is expected to draw on his deep ties to the Illinois electorate, his fundraising network, and the support of the growing South Asian American political community. His candidacy not only marks a pivotal moment in his own career but also adds to the increasing visibility of Indian Americans in American politics.

His supporters view his Senate bid as a natural next step for a politician who has spent years building a solid legislative track record and a strong presence in both local and national political circles. With Senator Durbin stepping down, Krishnamoorthi’s move has been seen as both strategic and timely.

The race for the Illinois Senate seat is likely to draw considerable attention, particularly given Krishnamoorthi’s potential to break another barrier for Indian Americans in the U.S. government. As one of the most prominent South Asian voices in Congress, his campaign will serve as a litmus test for the evolving role of minority communities in American politics.

In addition to promoting his legislative accomplishments, Krishnamoorthi is expected to emphasize his background as an immigrant and his understanding of the American middle class’s struggles. His campaign will likely focus on building a more equitable economy and securing opportunities for future generations, all while maintaining his consistent support for democratic values and civil liberties.

His announcement video and upcoming campaign events across Illinois mark the beginning of what could be a significant chapter in U.S. political history. If elected, Raja Krishnamoorthi would not only continue his own political journey but also help further diversify the upper chamber of Congress.

As he takes the first steps in his Senate bid, Krishnamoorthi’s story is poised to inspire a wide range of voters who see in him a reflection of their own aspirations and challenges. His campaign will likely underscore how a child who arrived in America from New Delhi at age three can rise to help shape the nation’s future from one of its highest legislative offices.

Rohit Sharma Bids Adieu to Test Cricket After 12 Glorious Years, Tributes Pour In

The cricketing world came together on Wednesday to pay emotional tributes to Indian captain Rohit Sharma, who announced his retirement from Test cricket. The 38-year-old cricketer, known for his stylish batting and composed captaincy, has brought down the curtain on a remarkable 12-year-long journey in the longest format of the game.

One of the earliest tributes came from the Mumbai Cricket Association (MCA), a body that played an instrumental role in Rohit’s rise through the ranks. The MCA, which proudly watched the Mumbai-born player evolve from a promising youngster into a stalwart of Indian cricket, expressed its admiration through a heartfelt social media post. “Mumbai cha Raja (The King of Mumbai) hangs up his Test whites,” the MCA declared. “From pulling fast bowlers into the stands to leading with calm authority — Rohit Sharma’s Test journey was worth every watch, every roar, every rise.”

The Board of Control for Cricket in India (BCCI) followed closely with a touching message, describing Rohit’s departure as the “end of an era in whites.” In its tribute, the board confirmed that while he will no longer feature in Tests, he will continue to lead the Indian side in One Day Internationals. “Thank you, Captain. We are proud of you, Hitman,” the BCCI posted, referring to Rohit by his well-known nickname.

Within hours, tributes started pouring in from current and former cricketers who shared their experiences and appreciation for Rohit’s contributions to Indian cricket. Wicketkeeper-batter Rishabh Pant emphasized the emotional and lasting influence Rohit has had on the team. “Your presence and impact will echo in that dressing room forever. Much love, @rohitsharma45 bhai,” Pant wrote on Instagram, reflecting the close bond between the players.

Young Test cricketer Dhruv Jurel, who earned his Test cap during the 2024 series against England under Rohit’s leadership, expressed his gratitude and respect. “Always my first skipper, Happy Retirement Rohit Bhaiya,” Jurel shared, underlining the role Rohit played in mentoring younger players stepping into the challenging format.

Rohit wraps up his Test career with impressive numbers: 4,301 runs from 67 matches at an average of 40.57. His record includes 12 centuries and 18 half-centuries, cementing his place as a dependable top-order batter. After Virat Kohli stepped down in 2022, Rohit took over the reins as Test captain and led India in 24 matches, securing 12 wins and enduring 9 losses. One of his key assignments as skipper included leading the side in the 2023 World Test Championship final against Australia.

Former all-rounder Irfan Pathan reminisced about Rohit’s exceptional performance during the 2021 Test series in England, widely considered a turning point in his red-ball career. “Congratulations @ImRo45 on your Test career. The 2021 series in England will be remembered for your heroics. Go well in your next phase,” Pathan said, pointing to the consistency and flair Rohit displayed on foreign soil.

Ex-wicketkeeper Parthiv Patel echoed the general sentiment of a generation witnessing the exit of a cricketing icon. He termed the moment the “end of an era,” praising Rohit for displaying “grit, grace, and leadership” in a format that tests the very core of a cricketer’s abilities. Patel’s words underscored how Rohit managed to blend elegance with effectiveness in the most traditional form of the game.

Adding his voice to the chorus of admiration, spinner Amit Mishra described Rohit’s career as “legendary,” and acknowledged the pride he brought to the country through his performances. “Congratulations on a legendary Test career, @ImRo45. You’ve made India proud. All the best for your ODI journey,” Mishra posted, highlighting how Rohit’s journey continues in other formats.

Rohit’s Indian Premier League franchise, the Mumbai Indians, also joined in to pay tribute to their long-serving captain. Rohit has been one of the most successful leaders in IPL history and has become synonymous with the Mumbai-based team. Recognizing his contributions in Tests, the franchise wrote, “Cap 280, Jersey 45, Bowing out from Test cricket. It was a privilege watching you in India whites, Ro!” The statement reflected the pride and affection the team and fans have long held for him.

Rohit Sharma’s Test retirement marks the conclusion of a chapter that saw him evolve into one of the finest players in Indian cricket. His approach at the crease—marked by elegant stroke play, timing, and effortless six-hitting—won him admiration from fans and experts alike. Yet it was not just his batting but also his temperament and calm leadership that stood out, especially in pressure situations.

As he moves away from the Test format, the respect and love shown by his peers, cricketing bodies, and fans across the globe demonstrate the profound impact he has had on the sport. He departs with his legacy firmly intact—a cricketer who brought poise, passion, and leadership to a demanding format, while also nurturing the next generation of Indian cricket.

Rohit Sharma’s journey in Tests may be over, but the echoes of his cover drives, patient centuries, and unflinching decisions as captain will continue to inspire young cricketers for years to come. His contribution has not only been in runs and wins, but in the way he carried the spirit of Indian cricket forward—quietly, gracefully, and with an unwavering commitment to the game.

India Launches Missile Strikes on Pakistan Following Kashmir Attack, Triggering Sharp Escalation

Tensions between nuclear-armed neighbors India and Pakistan dramatically intensified on Wednesday after India launched missile strikes into Pakistani territory, just two weeks after a deadly terrorist assault in Indian-administered Kashmir left 26 people dead.

Pakistan labeled the missile strikes as an “act of war” and said they targeted nine locations across Pakistan’s Punjab province and in Pakistan-administered Kashmir. Pakistani officials reported 26 fatalities and 46 injuries, including six individuals who died at two separate mosques and two teenagers killed elsewhere.

India defended its actions by asserting that the attacks specifically targeted “terror camps” and refrained from hitting civilian or military sites. Emphasizing its careful approach, India’s defense ministry released a statement saying, “Our actions have been focused, measured and non-escalatory in nature.”

Following the strikes, multiple buildings were engulfed in flames, and power outages occurred in various parts of the affected regions, according to verified videos circulating on social media. One video captured a blast landing just feet from a group of bicyclists, following a distinct hissing sound. In other footage, ambulances were seen rushing the injured to hospitals.

India has blamed Pakistan for orchestrating the April 22 massacre of 26 civilians—mainly tourists—in Indian-controlled Kashmir. The region, claimed in full by both nations, has long been a flashpoint for violence and military confrontation. India has repeatedly accused Pakistan of fostering cross-border terrorism, a charge Pakistan denies. Islamabad has instead called for a “neutral” probe into the Kashmir attack, which is considered the deadliest assault on Indian civilians in nearly 20 years.

In response to growing international scrutiny, the Indian Embassy in Washington issued a strongly worded statement: “It was expected that Pakistan would take action against terrorists and the infrastructure that supports them. Instead, during the fortnight that has gone by, Pakistan has indulged in denial and made allegations of false flag operations against India.”

In retaliation to the strikes, Pakistani security sources claimed they had already downed five Indian Air Force jets and one drone. India has yet to confirm these reports. Meanwhile, the Indian army reported that three civilians were killed by Pakistani shelling in the Indian-administered part of Kashmir.

According to Indian army officer Col. Sofiya Qureshi, the missile attacks began at 1:05 a.m. local time on Wednesday and lasted approximately 25 minutes. Indian Air Force Wing Commander Vyomika Singh stated that India employed “precision capability” during the strikes to minimize “collateral damage.”

Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri explained during a press briefing that India had intelligence suggesting “further attacks against India are impending.” He said the strikes were intended as both retaliation for the earlier massacre and a preventive measure against future aggression.

Pakistan’s Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif condemned India’s actions, vowing a firm response. “Pakistan has every right to give a robust response to this act of war imposed by India, and a strong response is indeed being given,” he stated. Sharif also called an emergency meeting of Pakistan’s National Security Committee for Wednesday morning.

International leaders quickly weighed in, calling for calm and diplomacy to avoid further deterioration of the situation. United Nations Secretary-General António Guterres urged both countries’ militaries to avoid further escalation. “The world cannot afford a military confrontation between India and Pakistan,” he warned.

In Washington, the U.S. National Security Council revealed that Secretary of State Marco Rubio had reached out to both Indian and Pakistani officials. NSC spokesperson Brian Hughes said, “He is encouraging India and Pakistan to reopen a channel between their leadership to defuse the situation and prevent further escalation.”

President Donald Trump also addressed the crisis, describing the conflict as “a shame” and adding, “I just hope it ends very quickly.”

China, which shares borders with both nations, expressed regret over the military actions and called on India and Pakistan to prioritize regional stability. “Regrettable,” was how the Chinese government described the strikes, adding that both sides should “act in the larger interest of peace and stability.”

Indian leaders, meanwhile, celebrated the strikes as a justified and precise response to terrorism. Defense Minister Rajnath Singh exclaimed, “Glory to mother India!” while Foreign Minister S. Jaishankar echoed the sentiment by saying, “The world must show zero tolerance for terrorism.”

In anticipation of further conflict, Pakistani authorities ordered the closure of all schools in Punjab and the Islamabad Capital Territory. Air travel was also disrupted, with some airports reportedly shut down.

The operation has been dubbed Operation Sindoor, referencing the red vermilion worn by married Hindu women as a symbol of love and devotion. Details from the Kashmir attack that preceded these strikes reveal the brutality of the act: the attackers reportedly identified non-Muslims among the tourists, separating the men from women and children, and then executed the men in front of their families.

The Kashmir conflict remains a deeply entrenched source of hostility between the two nations. India and Pakistan have already fought two out of their three wars over this region. Kashmir is the only Muslim-majority region in India and is among the world’s most heavily militarized zones. Prime Minister Narendra Modi, a Hindu nationalist, had previously argued that his government’s 2019 decision to revoke Kashmir’s semi-autonomous status helped end separatist violence and boost tourism. However, the April attack has seriously undermined that narrative.

Since that incident, India has ramped up pressure on Pakistan. It has threatened to disrupt Pakistan’s water supply and shut down the sole operational land border crossing. Within Kashmir, authorities have carried out sweeping crackdowns, arresting hundreds and demolishing homes belonging to families of suspected militants.

The diplomatic fallout continues to deepen. Both countries have closed their airspaces to each other’s airlines, suspended or revoked visas for each other’s citizens, and frozen bilateral trade. In a sign of growing concern about a larger confrontation, India has initiated civil defense drills while Pakistan has conducted missile tests in response.

The region and the world now anxiously await the next move in this rapidly evolving conflict, as leaders weigh their options between military escalation and diplomatic resolution.

New Era Begins: Vatican Conclave Underway to Elect Successor to Pope Francis

The Catholic Church has officially begun its sacred and secretive process of selecting a new pope following the death of Pope Francis last month. This event, known as the conclave, is taking place within the Sistine Chapel in Vatican City, where 133 cardinal electors have gathered to decide who will become the next leader of the Roman Catholic Church.

The voting commenced this afternoon, and if any of the cardinals secures more than two-thirds of the votes, a new pope will be elected. Otherwise, the voting will continue into Thursday. The conclave is not just a significant religious event but a carefully orchestrated tradition that blends centuries-old rituals with modern precautions.

The Sistine Chapel is now sealed off from the outside world. No outsiders are permitted once the doors are closed, and the area is under a total lockdown to ensure strict confidentiality. In a measure reflecting the times, the Vatican has deployed signal jammers to prevent any form of electronic surveillance or external communication during the voting process. A Vatican spokesperson explained that cardinals were required to surrender all their electronic devices, including mobile phones, which will only be returned once the conclave concludes.

In accordance with tradition, the order “Extra omnes,” meaning “everybody out” in Latin, was issued by Archbishop Diego Giovanni Ravelli, Master of Papal Liturgical Celebrations. This declaration marked the final moment when non-voting individuals exited the chapel, leaving only the 133 cardinal electors behind. The conclave officially began once the doors were locked behind them.

Each cardinal, in order of seniority, has pledged an oath of secrecy, ensuring they will not disclose any aspect of the election process to the public. Among the first to swear the oath was Cardinal Pietro Parolin of Italy, who led the cardinals into the chapel. He was followed by other prominent figures considered “papabile” — a term used for cardinals seen as potential future popes — including Cardinal Luis Antonio Tagle of the Philippines, Cardinal Gérald Lacroix of Quebec, and Cardinal Joseph Tobin from the United States. Despite speculation, no clear favorite has emerged.

The collective oath, which all cardinals took before the individual ones, binds them to maintain absolute secrecy regarding all matters related to the election. The phrase they recited was solemn: “And I… do promise, pledge and swear. So help me God and these Holy Gospels which I touch with my hand.”

As the conclave commenced, visitors gathered in St. Peter’s Square, watching the cardinals’ procession to the Sistine Chapel on large screens. The 133 cardinal electors, under Michelangelo’s iconic fresco ceiling, are now responsible for choosing the Church’s next spiritual leader. Before the vote, the cardinals chanted the “Litany of the Saints” and sang two traditional prayers. One of the most significant hymns they will sing is “Veni, creator Spiritus,” a centuries-old plea for divine guidance from the Holy Spirit.

The responsibility of overseeing the conclave typically falls on the Dean of the College of Cardinals. However, the current Dean, Cardinal Giovanni Re, is 91 and ineligible to vote due to age. Instead, Cardinal Pietro Parolin, a longtime ally of Pope Francis and current Vatican Secretary of State, is presiding over the proceedings.

At 70, Parolin is the highest-ranking cardinal under 80 and therefore eligible to vote and be elected. He began the conclave with an opening prayer in the Pauline Chapel and then led the procession with the other 132 voting cardinals into the Sistine Chapel. Once inside, he administered the oath of secrecy. If a candidate secures the required two-thirds majority, it will be Parolin’s duty to ask two key questions: “Do you accept your canonical election as Supreme Pontiff?” and “By what name do you wish to be called?”

Parolin’s experience makes him a significant figure in this conclave. He was instrumental in Pope Francis’ foreign policy and worked extensively to strengthen the Church’s relationships, especially in Asia. His prior service includes 30 years as a Vatican diplomat, giving him a deep understanding of the Curia — the Church’s central administration. While he is presiding over the election, Parolin is also considered one of the leading contenders for the papacy.

As the cardinals moved from the Pauline Chapel to the Sistine Chapel, they did so accompanied by solemn rituals. They sang the “Litany of the Saints,” invoking the intercession of over 100 Catholic saints. The ceremonial procession was led by a cross flanked by two candles, while Archbishop Diego Giovanni Ravelli followed at the rear, signifying the sacredness of the journey.

Although the conclave operates in secrecy, attempts have been made to influence the cardinals’ decisions. In the days leading up to the vote, the electors were provided with a publication titled “The College of Cardinals Report.” This document includes detailed profiles on approximately 40 possible candidates for the papacy. It covers their views on critical issues such as same-sex blessings, the ordination of female deacons, and contraception — all controversial topics that marked Pope Francis’ progressive tenure.

While the report is publicly available online, a printed version has also been circulated. According to CNN, one retired cardinal, who is not eligible to vote, confirmed receiving a hard copy of the report. Two church lawyers told CNN that the document appears to be a biased attempt to steer the conclave away from continuing Pope Francis’ direction. As one source described it, the report sends a clear message: “Choose a pope who will take the church in a different direction from the views of Pope Francis.”

The conclave’s blend of ancient ceremony and modern concerns underscores the magnitude of the task at hand. As cardinals deliberate in the Sistine Chapel, Catholics around the world await the outcome — a decision that will shape the direction of the Church for years to come. The smoke rising from the chapel’s chimney will provide the only signal to the outside world: black for no decision, white for the election of a new pope.

Until that white smoke appears, the world watches and waits.

Critics Slam Elon Musk’s Government Efficiency Drive as Destructive and Ineffective

As Elon Musk exits his position leading the so-called Department of Government Efficiency (Doge), a growing number of experts in public administration are voicing concern that the initiative has failed to enhance government services—and may have, in fact, harmed them.

“Doge is not offering any solid claims that it has improved services in any way,” said Donald Moynihan, a professor of public policy at the University of Michigan. “Rather, it has made the quality of some government services worse.”

Musk, currently the world’s wealthiest individual, was tapped by Donald Trump in January to oversee the administration’s efficiency efforts. Appointed as a “special government employee,” Musk was restricted from serving more than 180 days. With his tenure now over and ongoing challenges in his business empire demanding attention, Musk is stepping away—but not without making some bold claims.

Despite widespread skepticism, Musk has declared that Doge achieved $150 billion in savings. However, numerous budget analysts dispute this figure, citing a pattern of Musk making inflated and inaccurate claims. The touted savings also fall significantly short of Musk’s originally stated goal of trimming $1 trillion from government expenditures.

Public policy specialists like Moynihan argue that Musk and Doge focused more on applying a cutthroat, private-sector mindset of slashing payrolls than on actually making government work better for citizens. Rather than investing in long-term service improvements, they accuse Doge of resorting to mass layoffs and quick budget cuts.

Martha Gimbel, executive director of the Yale Budget Lab, described the project as reckless. “They were the ‘department of government slash and burn’,” she said. “There doesn’t seem to be an approach to dig in on places where government services could really be improved. Any improvement in government services takes time. You have to invest. You have to build it out. You have to figure out how to fix it.”

Asked whether Doge had improved any services, Gimbel laughed before replying: “No. There has clearly been a degeneration of government services.”

Indeed, both experts and everyday citizens have reported worsening conditions in several areas. Veterans’ hospitals now require longer wait times for appointments. Calls to the Internal Revenue Service take longer to be answered. Social Security offices are increasingly crowded, and the departure of many experienced workers has left less-qualified staff giving out advice on benefits.

At a White House press conference on May 1, Musk defended his tenure. “In the grand scheme of things, I think we’ve been effective. Not as effective as I’d like. I think we could be more effective,” he said. “But we’ve made progress.”

Musk admitted, however, that achieving his $1 trillion savings goal proved far more difficult than anticipated. “It’s sort of, how much pain is the cabinet and the Congress willing to take?” he said. “It can be done, but it requires dealing with a lot of complaints.”

Despite Musk’s claims of progress, the White House declined to answer questions from the Guardian about deteriorating services or to offer examples of improved outcomes due to Doge’s efforts.

Gimbel warned that conditions are likely to worsen as the full impact of Doge’s job cuts plays out in the coming months. “Things will definitely get worse,” she said, pointing to the administration’s ongoing efforts to eliminate 80,000 positions at the Department of Veterans Affairs as just one example.

While Trump and Musk have frequently alleged widespread waste and fraud across government agencies, Gimbel said there’s a clear difference between targeted reform and indiscriminate cutting. “There is waste, and you can go after it,” she said. “People who have been in government know where those places are. There is a ton of tech that needs modernizing. Doge doesn’t seem interested in that. There’s a lot of Medicare and Medicaid overbilling. Doge doesn’t seem interested in that either. What you have is a relatively expensive exercise in slash-and-burn that sometime in the future will cost a lot to fix.”

Max Stier, president of the Partnership for Public Service, a nonprofit focused on government effectiveness, also expressed alarm. He likened Doge’s approach unfavorably to the strategies of former General Electric CEO Jack Welch, known for cost-cutting. “Jack Welch would be appalled by the approach that Doge has taken,” Stier said. “It’s not actually about cost-cutting. It’s about capability destroyed. Jack Welch would never, ever have fired people without having a real understanding about the way the organization worked and about the qualities of people who were being fired. This is an arbitrary exercise that has moved out employees who are often by far the most qualified rather than the least qualified.”

Stier dismissed Trump’s portrayal of Doge as a model of efficient reform. “That’s just not the case,” he said. “It’s hard to offer any rational basis for the decisions that are being made. There certainly aren’t any improvements that the American public will see.”

He warned of deeper consequences. “It’s burning down government capability,” he said. “It’s unquestionably clear that they are firing people willy-nilly and are disrupting government services without any understanding of the consequences or concern about the consequences. It’s a break-it-is-to-fix-it mentality. It isn’t a mentality that predominates in Silicon Valley. It’s sheer reckless behavior in the public sector because real people get hurt.”

Musk’s $150 billion savings figure, according to Stier, ignores the true costs of the upheaval. His organization estimates that Doge’s moves—through layoffs, rehirings, severance packages, paid leave, and lost productivity for over 100,000 workers—will ultimately cost taxpayers $135 billion in the current fiscal year. The broader public’s increased wait times and reduced service quality should also be factored in, experts argue.

Moynihan asserted that Musk’s entire philosophy was flawed. “His vision is that there is no way that government employees can produce anything of value,” Moynihan said. “So the idea of tools that makes government services better is completely alien to the Musk mindset.”

He added, “I think he believes that nothing public employees do has any real value, that they are not capable employees and therefore cutting them will do no harm. It’s a vision that doesn’t understand what public services are, why they exist and how they benefit people.”

Moynihan was especially critical of Musk for dismantling key initiatives designed to modernize government services, including gutting efforts to use technology more effectively and ending the Direct File program, which allowed citizens to file their taxes simply and at no cost.

Liz Shuler, president of the AFL-CIO, said Doge’s budget slashing would deeply harm workers. She highlighted cuts to the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, an agency that conducts crucial research to ensure the safety of firefighters’ equipment. “There’s this notion that Doge is just cutting line items on a spreadsheet. It’s hurting real lives and real people,” Shuler said. “They’ve treated federal workers with blatant disregard and have been nothing short of dehumanizing and insulting toward them.”

Gimbel also cautioned about future public health risks tied to Doge’s actions. “Part of what government does is mitigate risk,” she explained. “Take food safety. Government inspectors decrease the risk that you will get listeria or salmonella. But when they reduce the number of food inspectors, will you get listeria or salmonella tomorrow? No. Will it probably increase the chances of people getting listeria and salmonella over the next five years? Yes.”

In the end, while Musk and Trump have promoted Doge as a bold effort to streamline government, many experts see it as a destructive campaign that has caused real damage with few, if any, public benefits.

Buddha’s Sacred Relics Arrive in Vietnam for Historic Public Display During UN Vesak Celebrations

The sacred relics of Lord Buddha have been ceremoniously brought from India to Vietnam, marking the start of a major spiritual and cultural occasion tied to the United Nations Vesak Day observances. Upon arrival, the relics were received with deep reverence at the Vietnam Buddhist University and later transported in a ceremonial procession to the Thanh Tam Pagoda, where they will remain on display for public veneration until May 21.

Heading the Indian delegation was Kiren Rijiju, Union Minister of Minority Affairs, who described the experience as profoundly spiritual. “Carrying the Holy Relics of Lord Buddha to Vietnam is a deeply spiritual experience, one that embodies peace, compassion, and harmony,” Rijiju stated on X, previously known as Twitter. He added, “These relics bring with them His timeless message of unity to the people of Vietnam.” On social media, he further shared his sentiments, saying the journey was “an experience that touches the soul,” and expressed his honor at accompanying the sacred relics alongside a delegation that included senior monks, Andhra Pradesh’s Minister for Tourism, Culture & Cinematography Kandula Durgesh, and various other dignitaries.

Before their departure for Vietnam, a solemn ceremony took place at the National Museum in New Delhi. The event was attended by monks, bhikkhunis, members of the Buddhist Sangha, diplomats, and other guests, all of whom participated in chanting and offering prayers in preparation for the relics’ journey. These relics hold immense historical and religious significance, having been originally excavated from Nagarjunakonda in Andhra Pradesh and later enshrined at the Mulagandha Kuti Vihara in Sarnath. They are believed to be more than 2,200 years old, dating back to a period before 246 CE.

Among the notable participants in the New Delhi ceremony were Nguyen Thanh Hai, Vietnam’s Ambassador to India, and Priyanga Wickramasinghe, Sri Lanka’s Acting High Commissioner to India. Their presence underscored the shared reverence for Lord Buddha’s teachings and the cultural unity that Buddhism fosters across national borders.

This initiative is being organized by the Ministry of Culture of the Government of India in partnership with the International Buddhist Confederation (IBC). It marks the first time a public exposition of these sacred relics is being held across four cities in Vietnam. The exhibition serves as a powerful symbol of the enduring cultural and spiritual ties between India and Vietnam, which have been cultivated through centuries of Buddhist exchange and cooperation.

Over the years, the spiritual connection between the two nations has only deepened. Vietnamese pilgrims and scholars regularly make visits to Buddhist heritage sites in India, including the Vietnamese pagoda in Bodh Gaya, one of the most sacred locations in the Buddhist world. These visits and exchanges help strengthen cultural understanding and mutual respect, further reinforcing the long-standing bonds between the two countries.

The public exposition of the relics is seen not only as a religious occasion but also as a cultural event with significant diplomatic weight. The act of bringing these sacred objects to Vietnam underlines India’s commitment to nurturing its civilizational relationships with its Southeast Asian neighbors. It also reflects the role of Buddhism as a bridge of peace and cooperation in the region.

Rijiju, in his role as Union Minister of Minority Affairs, has been a prominent figure in promoting cultural diplomacy through such initiatives. His participation in this event highlights the Indian government’s broader goal of reinforcing spiritual links that extend beyond borders, with Buddhism playing a central role in these diplomatic engagements.

The relics’ display at Thanh Tam Pagoda is expected to attract a large number of devotees, both local and international. With the relics being accessible to the public until May 21, the event offers a rare opportunity for the Vietnamese people to engage closely with an essential part of Buddhist history and heritage. The ceremonial procession that transported the relics from the Vietnam Buddhist University to the pagoda was marked by deep solemnity and respect, reflecting the importance of the occasion.

For many Vietnamese Buddhists, the arrival of the relics is not just a cultural highlight but a deeply emotional and spiritual moment. It is an opportunity to honor the memory and teachings of Lord Buddha in a tangible and immediate way. The display of the relics also coincides with the Vesak Day celebrations, making the event even more meaningful as it commemorates the birth, enlightenment, and passing of the Buddha.

The initiative also aligns with Vietnam’s growing role in the global Buddhist community. By hosting this international religious exposition, the country reinforces its identity as a center of Buddhist thought and practice in Southeast Asia. At the same time, it affirms the shared heritage that links Vietnam and India, two nations with deep historical ties rooted in their common reverence for the teachings of Lord Buddha.

The event is also significant for the International Buddhist Confederation, which has played a key role in facilitating the journey and display of the relics. The IBC continues to work as a global platform uniting Buddhist organizations and leaders, fostering dialogue and cooperation across borders. Its partnership with the Indian Ministry of Culture on this initiative highlights the collaborative efforts underway to promote global Buddhist heritage.

India’s decision to share these sacred relics with Vietnam reflects its broader cultural diplomacy efforts, where ancient spiritual ties are being reactivated to enhance modern-day relationships. The relics, though historical objects, are viewed as carriers of living spiritual energy—symbols of the Buddha’s message of peace, compassion, and unity, which remain deeply relevant in today’s world.

By making these relics available for public veneration, the Indian government, in collaboration with Buddhist institutions, is offering a powerful reminder of the timeless teachings of the Buddha. In doing so, it not only strengthens its ties with Vietnam but also contributes to a larger dialogue on interfaith respect and regional cooperation.

The arrival of Lord Buddha’s relics in Vietnam for the Vesak celebrations is more than a ceremonial gesture. It is a reaffirmation of shared values, a tribute to centuries-old cultural bonds, and a call for continued spiritual collaboration between two nations that have long walked the path of Buddhism together.

Representation Debate Rises as 2025 Conclave Begins with Uneven Cardinal Distribution

The 2025 Conclave is set to commence on Wednesday, May 7, with the inaugural vote also scheduled for the same day. Out of the 133 Electors eligible to cast votes, a significant 108 were appointed as Cardinals by Pope Francis. A noticeable pattern among these appointments is that many of the chosen Cardinals hail from regions far removed from Rome and represent dioceses and Catholic communities that are smaller in terms of numbers. These more remote or “peripheral” areas benefitted from Pope Francis’ preference for diversity in geographical and social representation. His emphasis on including voices from the margins reflects a consistent theme throughout his papacy.

Pope Francis’ approach has led to a broader global inclusion, where communities once overlooked now find themselves with a voice in one of the Church’s most significant proceedings. This shift stems from the Pope’s belief in recognizing the value of these peripheral regions. As a result, “the ‘peripheral’ aspect played in favour of these individuals and their communities, because Pope Francis saw value in this factor.”

However, this emphasis on geographical and numerical diversity has not been without criticism. Larger dioceses that serve vast numbers of Catholics have not only been passed over for a Cardinal appointment but are also entirely unrepresented in the upcoming Conclave. This situation has led to a sense of exclusion among some of the world’s largest Catholic communities. Despite the widely accepted understanding that the elevation of a Cardinal does not strictly correlate with the size of a diocese’s Catholic population, the absence of representation can still leave many believers feeling marginalized. The feeling of connection and spiritual representation at such a global event often hinges on whether someone from one’s own country or region is among the decision-makers.

The article notes, “Although it is understood that the appointment of a Cardinal does not stem from the number of Catholics in a diocese, it can also be seen that many Catholics may or may not feel represented in a Conclave precisely for this reason: because a particular Cardinal represents them in some way.” When looking at global representation through the lens of Catholic population figures, the imbalance becomes evident. The logic follows that the more Catholics in a region, the more the need for representation in a decision-making process as consequential as the papal election.

Yet the numbers paint a different picture. Based on current data, some countries with modest Catholic populations enjoy a higher representation in the Conclave. For instance, France and Spain each have five Cardinal Electors. Argentina and Portugal both have four, while Canada also has four. Meanwhile, the United Kingdom has three and Japan has two. These numbers stand in contrast to the actual Catholic populations in these countries, which are significantly smaller than in other nations with fewer or no Cardinal Electors.

The disparity becomes even more glaring when one considers the global Catholic population rankings. The top seven countries with the largest Catholic populations are Brazil, Mexico, the Philippines, the United States, Italy, Congo, and Colombia. Given these figures, the U.S. having 10 Cardinals, Brazil with 7, and Poland with 4 appears more consistent with their demographics. However, Mexico, ranked second in global Catholic population, has just two Cardinal Electors. Even more concerning is that both Colombia and Congo have only one Cardinal each, despite their substantial Catholic communities.

Other predominantly Catholic countries also face similar underrepresentation. Nations like Chile, Cuba, Peru, Kenya, and Nigeria each have only one Cardinal Elector. Moreover, there are countries with strong Catholic roots and traditions that find themselves with no representation at all in the Conclave. These include Lebanon, Venezuela, Ireland, the Dominican Republic, Vietnam, Austria, Bolivia, El Salvador, and the Czech Republic. Such absence at a time when major decisions about the Church’s future leadership are being made can lead to feelings of neglect and exclusion among their Catholic populations.

Beyond countries, entire dioceses that are influential both historically and demographically have also been overlooked. Major global dioceses such as Monterrey in Mexico, Paris in France, Havana in Cuba, Milan in Italy, Vienna in Austria, Santo Domingo in the Dominican Republic, Medellin in Colombia, and Kiev in Ukraine have not been granted any Cardinal Electors. Their absence underscores a growing gap between population-based representation and the current selection pattern.

This situation has triggered a wider discussion on the balance between representation and spiritual strategy in the Church. While Pope Francis’ appointments reflect his pastoral vision of inclusivity, diversity, and attention to the margins, the downside is a growing sense among larger Catholic communities that they have been left behind. The Pope’s choice to uplift often underrepresented communities has brought visibility and voice to many, but it has also fueled debate about whether global representation is now skewed too heavily in one direction.

Those advocating for population-based representation argue that with the world’s largest Catholic communities not adequately represented, the decisions made during the Conclave could feel disconnected from the lived realities of millions. On the other hand, supporters of Pope Francis’ approach contend that spiritual leadership and representation should not solely depend on numbers but should reflect a commitment to equity, diversity, and outreach to the peripheries.

Ultimately, the makeup of the 2025 Conclave reflects Pope Francis’ unique vision for the Church—one that values voices from overlooked regions and seeks to include them in the heart of decision-making. However, as the Conclave begins, the debate over who gets a seat at the table—and why—remains unresolved. The deep divide between symbolic and numerical representation underscores the complex challenge of governing a global faith of over a billion members.

As the Cardinals prepare to gather under the Sistine Chapel’s frescoed ceiling to elect the next Pope, the conversation surrounding fairness and representation is likely to persist. The outcome of this Conclave will not only shape the future direction of the Catholic Church but also reflect the evolving values of representation in an increasingly interconnected world.

Star Power and Style Reign at the 2025 Met Gala: A Night of Glamour, Statements, and Black Elegance

Fashion’s most iconic night returned with a flourish on May 5, 2025, as the Metropolitan Museum of Art welcomed celebrities and designers from around the world for the annual Met Gala. This year’s event celebrated Black fashion with the theme “Superfine: Tailoring Black Style,” and it brought together an eclectic mix of familiar faces and new stars on the iconic Met steps.

The co-chairs for the 2025 gala reflected a dynamic range of talent and influence. Veteran fashion enthusiast and actor Colman Domingo, Formula 1 champion Lewis Hamilton, music artist A$AP Rocky, fashion-forward performer Pharrell Williams, and the ever-present Vogue editor-in-chief Anna Wintour led the charge. They were joined by a prominent host committee that included gymnast Simone Biles and her husband Jonathan Owens, rapper Doechii, filmmaker Spike Lee, actress Regina King, athlete Angel Reese, and R&B legend Usher.

This year’s theme tied directly to the Met’s upcoming exhibition of the same name. According to the museum, the “Superfine” exhibit will “feature garments, paintings, photographs, and more — all exploring the indelible style of Black men in the context of dandyism, from the 18th century through present day.”

Megan Thee Stallion offered fans a forbidden behind-the-scenes look by posting a video on Instagram that featured the event’s gourmet menu. Breaking the Gala’s no-phone rule, she previewed dishes like cornbread with caviar and a decadent white truffle lobster roll. Her post added a lighthearted touch to the glamorous evening.

In a previous interview with Jenna Bush Hager of TODAY ahead of the 2024 event, Anna Wintour disclosed her influence on the food selection. “Those are three things I’m not particularly fond of,” she said when explaining her ban on garlic, onions, and chives.

One of the most anticipated arrivals was music icon Rihanna, who made a dramatic entrance and revealed she is expecting her third child with partner A$AP Rocky. Wearing a mixed-pattern suit dress that included a pinstripe skirt, she highlighted her baby bump in a striking fashion. When congratulated, Rocky responded to the Associated Press saying, “It feels amazing, you know. It’s time that we show the people what we was cooking up.” He added, “And I’m glad everybody’s happy for us ‘cause we definitely happy, you know.”

Another unforgettable moment came with Stevie Wonder’s Met Gala debut. Accompanied by his wife Tomeeka Robyn Bracy and son Kailand Morris, Wonder wore a dazzling ensemble complete with a sparkling train and jacket, black trousers, a beret, and signature sunglasses. He accessorized with jewelry from De Beers and David Yurman, matching the gala’s extravagant tone.

Kim Kardashian once again drew attention with a bold outfit. She appeared in a full-body custom leather look by Chrome Hearts, featuring a crocodile leather corset and a dramatically oversized hat. Her waist was adorned with strings of pearls and she wore an eye-catching multi-strand diamond necklace, reminding everyone of her fashion dominance.

Newlyweds Jalen Hurts and Bryonna “Bry” Rivera Burrows made their first Met Gala appearance as a married couple. Fresh off their surprise wedding last month, they wore coordinated Burberry ensembles—Hurts in a black velvet double-breasted suit and Burrows in a sparkling beaded gown, both beaming with newlywed joy.

Making her Met Gala debut, rapper Doechii made sure to stand out. She wore a custom Louis Vuitton suit designed in collaboration with Pharrell Williams, who also served as one of the evening’s co-chairs. Speaking to Vogue, Doechii said her look was inspired by Monica L. Miller’s 2009 book Slaves to Fashion: Black Dandyism and the Styling of Black Diasporic Identity, which also guided curator Andrew Bolton in designing the “Superfine” exhibit.

Actress Cynthia Erivo continued her trend of intricate fashion statements with a remarkable manicure that took two days to complete. It was crafted by 20-year-old artist Mycah Dior to match Erivo’s Givenchy Haute Couture look. “Well, it’s Superfine, so we have our pocket squares, we have a tie, we have our buttons,” Erivo explained to PEOPLE. “The process was a progression,” she said. “We started yesterday to get like the basics and then we did the rest of it this morning and then as we were putting this dress on, she was putting on all of the smaller pieces.”

One of the more talked-about reunions of the night came as exes Sabrina Carpenter and Barry Keoghan both attended, nearly a year after debuting as a couple at the previous Met Gala. Carpenter turned heads in a leggy unitard with a flowing train and voluminous hair, while Keoghan opted for a sleek Valentino suit accented with a bold red sash. Their appearance followed reports of a split five months prior. “They are both young and career-focused, so they’ve decided to take a break,” a source told PEOPLE at the time.

Supermodel Gigi Hadid, recently turned 30, graced the gala in a shimmering custom gold Miu Miu dress, accessorized with De Beers earrings. Hadid revealed her inspiration to E! News, saying, “It’s an homage to Zelda Wynn Valdes, everyone go look her up. She was an amazing dress maker who made some special pieces in the late 40s, trained by her uncle in his men’s tailoring shop and she took those codes and skills and really mixed them together in order to let people express themselves through what she made.” Hadid also reflected on her new chapter, sharing, “My intention for my 30th year is to say what I think when I think it.”

Demi Moore made a grand impression in a black-and-white off-the-shoulder gown paired with a striking headpiece resembling a crescent moon, adding a celestial touch to her elegant attire.

Pop sensation Dua Lipa and actor Callum Turner made their red carpet debut as a couple, having sparked dating rumors in January 2024. They radiated chemistry as they posed on the Met steps. Lipa wore a feather-adorned black dress with bold jewelry and an ornate up-do, while Turner kept it classic in a black suit.

Finally, Zendaya brought her fashion A-game in a tailored white three-piece Louis Vuitton suit. Topping off the look with a dramatic wide-brimmed hat, she added flair with a snake-shaped brooch on the back of her jacket—proving once again why she’s a Met Gala favorite.

From show-stopping entrances to meaningful statements of culture and fashion, the 2025 Met Gala delivered yet another unforgettable night at the intersection of art and style.

India Orders Nationwide Civil Defence Drills Amid Rising Tensions with Pakistan

As tensions between India and Pakistan surge following a deadly terrorist attack in Pahalgam, the Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) has instructed all states and Union Territories to carry out civil defence mock drills on May 7, aimed at boosting national emergency preparedness.

These preparedness exercises will take place in 244 officially notified Civil Defence districts, in accordance with the Civil Defence Rules of 1968. The MHA issued an order stating, “States and union territories have been instructed to organise and oversee the drill. It will involve local government authorities, Civil Defence wardens, Home Guards, National Cadet Corps (NCC), National Service Scheme (NSS) volunteers, Nehru Yuva Kendra Sangathan (NYKS) members, and students from schools and colleges.”

According to government sources, the mock drills will focus on several critical objectives. First, they aim to assess the effectiveness of air raid warning systems. Second, they will test the functionality and activation of Hotline and Radio Communication Links with the Indian Air Force. Third, the operation of both main and shadow control rooms will be examined. Fourth, civilians and students will be trained on civil defence measures to help them protect themselves during potential hostile attacks. Fifth, the drills will check the provision and implementation of crash blackout measures. Sixth, there will be an emphasis on early camouflage techniques for protecting vital installations and plants. Seventh, the ability and coordination of Civil Defence services—including warden services, firefighting units, rescue teams, and depot operations—will be evaluated. Eighth, the proper execution of blackout protocols will be reviewed. Finally, evacuation plans will be assessed for effectiveness and practical implementation.

In Delhi, police officials have begun preparations in line with these directives. All Deputy Commissioners of Police (DCPs) have been instructed to formulate detailed contingency plans. According to PTI sources, DCPs are conducting strategic meetings with senior officers to increase patrols and enhance security at key locations throughout the capital as part of the broader civil defence readiness initiative.

The increased emphasis on civil preparedness comes against the backdrop of escalating hostilities between India and Pakistan. Both nations have taken a series of retaliatory steps, including recalling certain diplomats and restricting airspace and port operations. India has also halted the crucial Indus Waters Treaty (IWT), a major step in bilateral relations. In turn, Pakistan reportedly violated ceasefire terms along the Line of Control (LoC) in Jammu and Kashmir, engaging in small arms fire for ten consecutive nights, significantly heightening the already volatile situation between the two countries.

Reacting to India’s suspension of the IWT, Pakistan warned of a retaliatory response using its “full force and might” if water flow from India is either stopped or diverted. The warning came as India shut all gates of the Salal Dam on the Chenab River on Monday. Officials confirmed to ANI that this led to visibly reduced water levels in the Reasi district of Jammu and Kashmir.

Under the Indus Waters Treaty, the waters of the Western Rivers—Indus, Jhelum, and Chenab—are allocated to Pakistan, while the Eastern Rivers—Ravi, Beas, and Sutlej—are allocated to India. Although Pakistan holds primary rights over the Western Rivers, India retains limited rights for domestic, agricultural, non-consumptive, and hydroelectric use under strict regulations. The Salal Dam, a run-of-the-river hydroelectric project on the Chenab, fits within these defined parameters.

In the wake of these developments, India’s Defence Minister Rajnath Singh affirmed his unwavering commitment to safeguarding the nation. “As the Defence Minister, it is my duty to stand with the armed forces and deliver a strong response to any threat against India,” he said. Following a series of high-level meetings with senior officials, Prime Minister Narendra Modi granted the Indian Armed Forces full autonomy in choosing the “mode, timing & target” of India’s response to the attack, considered the deadliest since the Pulwama incident in 2019.

According to officials quoted by PTI, the Prime Minister declared, “It is our national resolve to deal a crushing blow to terrorism.” He further pledged that India would pursue terrorists and their enablers—implicitly pointing at Pakistan—to the “ends of the earth” and ensure they are met with punishment “beyond their imagination.”

Meanwhile, Pakistan has escalated its military readiness. On Monday, it conducted its second missile test within two days, a surface-to-surface missile with a range of 120 km. The Pakistani military stated that the test was aimed at validating its operational preparedness and confirming technical specifications, including those of its advanced navigation system. Just days earlier, on May 3, Pakistan tested the Abdali Weapon System with a 450 km range, which India reportedly interpreted as a “blatant provocation.”

Pakistan’s Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif reinforced confidence in his country’s military capabilities, stating that its defence was “in strong hands.” In response, India has not remained passive. The Indian Navy successfully tested its MRSAM system aboard the newly inducted warship INS Surat in the Arabian Sea, effectively intercepting a low-flying aerial target. Additionally, the Advanced Light Helicopter (ALH) fleet has returned to operational service after a brief technical halt, further enhancing India’s defence posture.

As military activity grows more intense along the LoC, global powers have expressed grave concern and called for restraint from both sides. The United States, European Union, and China have all issued appeals for de-escalation, emphasizing the high stakes of potential conflict between two nuclear-armed nations.

However, if war were to break out, clear international alignments are beginning to emerge. China, Bangladesh, and Turkey have publicly pledged their support to Pakistan in case of an open conflict. On the other hand, countries like Russia, the United Kingdom, and Japan have extended their support to India.

The situation remains volatile and continues to evolve rapidly, with both sides taking assertive diplomatic, military, and strategic actions in response to recent events. While civil defence drills on May 7 may seem like routine emergency preparedness measures, they now serve as a stark reminder of the high-stakes climate in the region—where preparation, both civil and military, is no longer a precaution but a necessity.

Adani’s Team Presses Trump Officials to Drop Bribery Case Amid Lobbying Push

Representatives of Indian billionaire Gautam Adani and his companies have engaged in discussions with officials from the Trump administration, aiming to have criminal charges against him dismissed in an overseas bribery case, according to individuals familiar with the matter.

These discussions, which began earlier this year, have recently intensified. Some sources indicated that, if this momentum is maintained, the case might see a resolution in the coming month. One individual said Adani’s representatives are attempting to argue that the prosecution is inconsistent with President Donald Trump’s policy priorities and should be reconsidered.

A spokesperson for the Adani Group refused to comment on the matter. The White House and the Department of Justice also declined to respond to inquiries.

On Monday, the Mumbai stock market reflected the developments positively, with shares of Adani Group companies rising. Adani Enterprises Ltd., the group’s flagship company, jumped as much as 6.2%, marking its highest increase since January 16.

Following Trump’s election victory in November, the Biden administration unveiled an indictment against Gautam Adani, 62, and his nephew Sagar. Alongside it, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filed a parallel civil suit. At the time, prosecutors accused Adani of offering $250 million in bribes to regional officials in India in exchange for solar-power contracts. The Adani Group has denied all allegations.

Since the indictment, Adani—currently Asia’s second-richest individual—has taken multiple steps to influence U.S. authorities and avert a conviction, hoping to safeguard his global business interests from potential fallout. According to sources, intermediaries for the billionaire, who is known for his close association with Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, have contacted officials in India to obtain guidance on how best to approach the Trump administration, particularly as India and the U.S. seek to strengthen economic relations. Requests for comment from India’s Prime Minister’s Office and the Ministry of External Affairs went unanswered.

In the U.S., Adani has built a legal and lobbying team to champion his case. This team has been in contact with administration officials, according to the sources. One meeting reportedly took place in March involving prosecutors from both the U.S. Attorney’s Office in Brooklyn and the main Justice Department.

Adani’s growing network in the U.S., which Bloomberg first highlighted in mid-February, has continued to evolve. Mark Filip of the law firm Kirkland & Ellis has emerged as a key representative in recent negotiations, according to some individuals. Adani also engaged BGR Group, a firm noted for its strong ties to the Trump administration. Senate lobbying records confirm that BGR currently represents India in trade negotiations with the Trump administration.

Neither the law firms nor individuals representing Adani in the U.S. provided comments or responded to messages regarding the case.

President Trump has previously voiced skepticism over the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), breaking from the stance taken by past administrations. The 1977 law has historically been used to prosecute both U.S. and foreign firms involved in bribing foreign officials. However, Trump has expressed concern that such prosecutions can damage American business interests.

In a February executive order, Trump instructed Attorney General Pam Bondi to pause FCPA-related actions until she issues updated enforcement guidance. “It’s going to mean a lot more business for America,” Trump said at the time.

Following this directive, certain FCPA cases have been dropped. One example was the Justice Department’s decision to dismiss a foreign bribery case against former executives at Cognizant Technology Solutions Corp. These executives, who had denied any wrongdoing, had been set to go on trial in New Jersey over allegations they paid bribes to speed up a construction project in India.

However, the Trump administration’s efforts to interfere in another corruption prosecution—the case involving New York Mayor Eric Adams—sparked significant controversy. When the administration decided to drop charges against Adams related to alleged illegal campaign contributions from Turkish officials, it led to resignations among several career prosecutors. A federal judge eventually allowed the charges to be dismissed, but did so “with prejudice,” which prevents the administration from re-filing them in the future. Adams has consistently maintained his innocence.

Despite Gautam Adani’s substantial net worth, estimated at around $70 billion, his business operations in the U.S. remain relatively limited. Nevertheless, just after Trump’s November election win and a few days before the Justice Department announced the charges, Adani publicly congratulated Trump on X (formerly Twitter) and pledged $10 billion in U.S. investments, promising to create over 15,000 jobs.

The Justice Department had filed the criminal charges against Adani under seal in October. These included allegations of securities fraud and conspiracy to commit securities and wire fraud. Interestingly, the case does not reference the FCPA. Instead, the Justice Department and SEC allege that Adani misled U.S. lenders by falsely claiming his companies complied with anti-bribery regulations.

While there has been little movement on the criminal side, the SEC continues to pursue its civil lawsuit. In a recent filing, the SEC indicated it is seeking assistance from Indian authorities to serve Adani and his nephew with its complaint and summons. If Adani manages to resolve the criminal case while only facing civil claims from the SEC, the potential legal and financial consequences in the U.S. would be significantly diminished.

Adani’s efforts to have the charges dropped reflect a broader trend in Washington, where individuals under investigation or already convicted have approached President Trump or his associates to seek dismissals, reversals, or clemency.

Already, Adani’s appeal has gained traction among several Republican lawmakers in Congress. A group of them has formally requested that Attorney General Bondi drop the criminal case and initiate a review of why federal prosecutors pursued it in the first place.

Meanwhile, Adani’s allies in the U.S. are also advocating for his business interests. Both Mark Filip and William Burck—a seasoned white-collar defense attorney from the law firm Quinn Emanuel Urquhart & Sullivan who previously represented Mayor Eric Adams—have officially registered to lobby on behalf of Adani’s companies.

Trump’s 2026 Budget Proposal Calls for Deep Domestic Cuts, Focus on Defense and Deportations

President Donald Trump’s administration unveiled its 2026 budget proposal on Friday, presenting a sweeping reconfiguration of federal spending priorities. The budget reflects the president’s broader vision for his second term, aligning with the direction set in his first 100 days back in office and marked by abrupt terminations of federal personnel.

This proposal includes dramatic reductions, or complete eliminations, of spending in numerous domestic programs. Key targets include child care services, disease research, renewable energy initiatives, and U.S. peacekeeping efforts abroad. Many of these cuts are already in progress under the guidance of Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency. At the same time, the plan boosts funding by billions of dollars for Trump’s high-priority immigration enforcement and mass deportation policies.

Trump’s administration maintains its commitment to ending what it calls “woke programs.” This includes the elimination of preschool grants to states that run diversity programs. It also follows through on Trump’s vow to put an end to what he refers to as the “weaponization of government,” by slashing funding for the Internal Revenue Service, despite criticism that he himself is leveraging government power against perceived adversaries.

Overall, the White House estimates that the proposal reduces domestic spending by $163 billion, or 22.6 percent below current funding levels. In contrast, Trump seeks to inject $375 billion in new funding for the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Defense. This funding surge is part of what Trump calls his “big, beautiful bill” — a legislative package combining significant tax cuts with major reductions in spending. He insists this is essential to repel what he characterizes as a “foreign invasion,” even as data shows migrant arrivals at historic lows.

House Speaker Mike Johnson praised the plan, describing it as “a bold blueprint that reflects the values of hardworking Americans and the commitment to American strength and prosperity.”

Although presidential budgets are not legally binding, they often serve as guiding documents in the fiscal debates that unfold in Congress. Trump’s 2026 proposal is his first since returning to the White House and offers insight into his second-term ambitions and the broader Republican agenda on Capitol Hill.

The timing of the budget also intersects with Trump’s ongoing imposition of tariffs, which many view as a de facto tax increase. These tariffs, totaling potentially hundreds of billions of dollars, have sparked global trade tensions. Consumers, CEOs, and international leaders alike worry that this trade war could tilt the U.S. economy toward a downturn.

In an interview with NBC News’ “Meet the Press,” Trump rejected claims that a recession was looming. When host Kristen Welker brought up Wall Street analysts’ growing concerns, Trump responded, “Well, you know, you say, some people on Wall Street say. Well, I tell you something else. Some people on Wall Street say that we’re going to have the greatest economy in history.”

Democrats were quick to criticize the budget as harmful to average Americans. Senator Patty Murray of Washington, the top Democrat on the Senate Appropriations Committee, said, “President Trump has made his priorities clear as day: he wants to outright defund programs that help working Americans,” while simultaneously “he shovels massive tax breaks at billionaires like himself and raises taxes on middle-class Americans with his reckless tariffs.”

The budget outline was presented by the White House Office of Management and Budget, led by Russell Vought. A key architect of Project 2025 from the conservative Heritage Foundation, Vought provided only topline figures in a leaner, “skinny” version of the full budget.

It addresses discretionary spending, which currently totals about $1.83 trillion annually across defense and nondefense sectors. Under Trump’s plan, this amount would drop by $163 billion, bringing it down to $1.69 trillion. However, this figure represents only a fraction of the government’s nearly $7 trillion overall budget, which includes mandatory spending programs like Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid.

In recent years, federal budgets have steadily grown, as have deficits, which now approach $2 trillion annually. Interest payments on the national debt alone are nearing $1 trillion per year, driven in part by emergency COVID-19 spending, tax reforms that cut revenue, and rising costs tied to aging-related health care. The U.S. national debt currently stands at $36 trillion.

Maya MacGuineas, president of the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget, emphasized the need for a comprehensive solution. “We need a budget that tells the full story, and it should control spending, reduce borrowing, bring deficits down,” she said.

Key proposals in the budget include slashing the State Department and international programs by 84 percent, leaving them with just $9.6 billion. This includes drastic reductions to the U.S. Agency for International Development. The Department of Health and Human Services would be cut by $33.3 billion, and the Department of Education would see a $12 billion decrease. Both the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the National Institutes of Health face major funding reductions.

Conversely, the Department of Defense would receive an additional $113.3 billion, and the Department of Homeland Security would gain another $42.3 billion, subject to congressional approval of Trump’s broader legislative plan. However, this defense funding boost has not been universally embraced among Republicans.

Senator Mitch McConnell of Kentucky, the former GOP Senate Leader, labeled the defense spending hike a “gimmick.” He added, “America cannot expect our allies to heed calls for greater annual defense spending if we are unwilling to lead by example. Fortunately, Presidential budget requests are just that: requests. Congress will soon have an opportunity to ensure that American power – and the credibility of our commitments – are appropriately resourced.”

The power to determine federal spending lies with Congress, which must pass legislation to fund agencies and programs. That process often breaks down, leading to temporary funding measures to prevent government shutdowns. Lawmakers are currently working on Trump’s “big bill” that pairs tax reductions with massive spending cuts and expanded deportation efforts — unlike the budget blueprint, this package would carry legal authority.

Russell Vought is expected to appear before Congress in the coming weeks to defend the administration’s proposals. A veteran of Trump’s first term, Vought played a significant role in shaping the current vision. He also authored a detailed section in the Heritage Foundation’s Project 2025 outlining a major overhaul of the federal government.

Vought is separately preparing a $9 billion package aimed at defunding both the U.S. Agency for International Development and the Corporation for Public Broadcasting, which includes PBS and NPR. Late Thursday, Trump signed an executive order instructing the Corporation for Public Broadcasting and other agencies to halt funding for public media.

Vought has indicated that this $9 billion proposal would be only the first in a series of so-called “budget rescissions.” These measures are designed to test how willing lawmakers are to go on record supporting significant funding rollbacks.

Indian American Population Grows Sharply, Continues to Lead in Education and Income

Over the past twenty years, the Indian-origin population in the United States has seen a dramatic rise, and today, Indian Americans rank among the highest in terms of education and income within the broader Asian American community.

A new Fact Sheet released on May 1 by the Pew Research Center, a leading U.S.-based think tank, presents the latest data profile on Americans of Indian descent. Drawing from an analysis of U.S. Census data, the report highlights the demographic, linguistic, economic, and social characteristics of Indian Americans. According to Pew’s interpretation of data from the 2021–2023 American Community Survey (ACS), the Indian American population now numbers approximately 5.2 million. Of this total, those who hold U.S. citizenship represent the second-largest group of Asian origin in the country, making up 21 percent of the Asian American population.

The findings provide insight into the dynamic evolution of the Indian American community. The number of people of Indian origin residing in the U.S. rose from 1.8 million in 2000 to 3.1 million in 2023, reflecting a staggering 174 percent growth over a span of nearly two decades. This immense growth underscores the demographic and cultural shift underway within Asian American communities, particularly among Indians.

While the total population of Indian Americans has grown substantially, the proportion of Indian immigrants within the group has slightly declined. In 2000, immigrants made up 73 percent of all Indian-origin individuals in the U.S. That figure has decreased to 66 percent by 2023. However, the absolute number of Indian-born residents has surged, climbing from 1.3 million in 2000 to 3.2 million in 2023.

Another notable point from the analysis is that a significant portion of Indian immigrants have chosen to become U.S. citizens. According to the Pew Research Center, “Within the Indian community, 51 percent are naturalized citizens while 60 percent have lived here for more than 10 years.” This indicates a high degree of long-term settlement and integration among Indians in the United States.

Education continues to be one of the strongest hallmarks of Indian Americans. Pew’s data reveals that “77 percent of Indian Americans aged 25 and older have bachelor’s degrees or advanced degrees.” This figure stands well above the overall rate for Asian Americans, among whom 56 percent have attained similar educational levels. These statistics affirm the long-standing perception of Indian Americans as a highly educated demographic group, with many excelling in technology, science, medicine, academia, and business.

Language proficiency, especially in English, is also prominent within the Indian community. According to the report, “Compared to other Asians, English proficiency is much higher within the Indian community, with 84% of Indians ages 5 and older speaking the language proficiently.” This is noticeably higher than the 74 percent English proficiency rate among all Asian Americans. Additionally, several Indian languages remain commonly spoken at home. As the Pew study notes, “18 percent speak Hindi, 11 percent Telugu, 10 percent Gujarati, and 7 percent Tamil.”

When examining geographic distribution, Indians are spread across the country, but certain states and metropolitan regions stand out. California tops the list, hosting the largest population of Indian Americans with 960,000 residents. Texas follows with 570,000, while New Jersey has 440,000, New York has 390,000, and Illinois houses about 270,000. At the city level, the largest Indian populations are found in major metropolitan areas such as New York City with 710,000 people, Dallas with 270,000, and San Francisco with 260,000.

Indian Americans also continue to outperform other ethnic groups economically. In 2023, the median household income for Indian-headed households reached $151,200, far exceeding the average for Asian-headed households, which stood at $105,600. Personal earnings also reflected this trend. The Pew data found that “individual annual personal earnings of Indian Americans ages 16 and older was $85,300 in 2023,” whereas the broader Asian American group had an average of $52,400.

The religious composition of Indian Americans also presents a diverse spectrum. Hindus form the largest group, accounting for nearly half of all Indian adults in the U.S. According to the Pew analysis, “48 percent of Indian adults are Hindu; 15 percent are Christian, and 15 percent are unaffiliated.” The unaffiliated category includes people who identify as atheist, agnostic, or not aligned with any particular religion.

Lastly, the data also touches upon poverty rates within the community. Despite common assumptions that associate immigrant groups with financial struggles, Indian Americans have relatively low poverty levels. The Pew report states, “Poverty in the Indian community stood at 6 percent compared to 10 percent among Asians.” This further emphasizes the socio-economic strength of this group, who are often employed in skilled professions with stable incomes.

Overall, the Pew Research Center’s updated profile paints a picture of a growing, highly educated, economically prosperous, and culturally diverse Indian American community. Their contributions continue to shape and enrich the broader American landscape across sectors ranging from technology and healthcare to education, finance, and public life.

Jaishankar Urges Justice in Pahalgam Attack; US Calls for India-Pakistan De-escalation

External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar held a discussion with US Secretary of State Marco Rubio on Wednesday regarding the recent terrorist attack in Pahalgam, stressing the need for accountability. He underscored that those responsible for the attack, including its perpetrators, supporters, and planners, must be brought to justice. In response, Rubio reiterated the US position that India and Pakistan should work together to reduce tensions and maintain peace in the South Asian region.

Jaishankar shared the details of their conversation on the social media platform X, formerly known as Twitter. He posted, “Discussed the Pahalgam terrorist attack with US @SecRubio yesterday. Its perpetrators, backers and planners must be brought to justice.”

Marco Rubio expressed condolences for those who lost their lives in the tragic incident. According to US State Department Spokesperson Tammy Bruce, “Secretary of State Marco Rubio spoke with Indian External Affairs Minister Subrahmanyam Jaishankar today. The Secretary expressed his sorrow for the lives lost in the horrific terrorist attack in Pahalgam, and reaffirmed the United States’ commitment to cooperation with India against terrorism. He also encouraged India to work with Pakistan to de-escalate tensions and maintain peace and security in South Asia.”

The US government is actively engaging with both India and Pakistan in efforts to prevent further escalation. Bruce stated that the US has reached out to both countries urging them not to worsen the situation. “Every day action is being taken. In this case, the Secretary speaking directly to his counterparts in India and Pakistan… We expect… the impact he has usually had with the individuals he has spoken with, and certainly with President Trump’s leadership, India and Pakistan having those conversations. It’s very important for them,” she said during a press briefing.

This latest appeal for restraint is part of a broader pattern of US diplomatic efforts to reduce Indo-Pakistani tensions following terrorist incidents. Such calls have been made in past crises as well. For example, in the aftermath of the 2019 Pulwama terror attack, then-US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo reached out to the late Sushma Swaraj, India’s External Affairs Minister at the time, with a similar message. He had urged both nations to exercise restraint and focus on reducing hostilities.

Similarly, after the 2016 Uri terrorist attack, John Kerry, who was the US Secretary of State during the Obama administration, had also spoken to Swaraj. In that conversation too, the emphasis was on de-escalation and preventing further deterioration of the situation.

Despite these appeals for calm, India has responded with military action in both past cases. Following the Pulwama attack in 2019, the Indian Air Force conducted airstrikes in Balakot, targeting terrorist camps across the Line of Control in Pakistan. This marked a significant shift in India’s strategic approach and was viewed as a strong message to those sponsoring cross-border terrorism.

Likewise, in 2016, after the Uri attack that resulted in the deaths of 19 Indian soldiers, the Indian Army launched what it described as “surgical strikes” against terrorist launchpads in Pakistan-occupied Kashmir. This operation was widely publicized by Indian officials and media as a retaliatory move, demonstrating a departure from India’s previously restrained responses.

The most recent attack in Pahalgam has revived global concern about the potential for military escalation between the two nuclear-armed neighbors. The United States, while expressing solidarity with India over the terrorist incident, has clearly communicated its interest in avoiding another cycle of conflict. This approach underscores Washington’s ongoing diplomatic balancing act between supporting India’s security concerns and maintaining regional stability.

Even though the US condemned the Pahalgam attack and affirmed its commitment to fighting terrorism in partnership with India, its concurrent appeal for dialogue with Pakistan is a familiar feature of its South Asia policy. American officials have often walked a tightrope, expressing support for India’s right to self-defense while advocating bilateral talks to prevent the situation from spiraling out of control.

Bruce’s statement highlighted the urgency of high-level communication, noting that Secretary Rubio’s direct conversations with both Indian and Pakistani officials were part of a broader strategy to contain the fallout. “We expect… the impact he has usually had with the individuals he has spoken with,” she said, reflecting the confidence the US places in its diplomatic engagements in the region.

These developments come at a time when relations between India and Pakistan remain severely strained, with little formal diplomatic engagement taking place. The legacy of previous terrorist attacks, coupled with India’s assertive military posture in recent years, has only hardened positions on both sides.

India has repeatedly emphasized that it expects firm action against terrorism from across the border and has often dismissed third-party mediation efforts, preferring a bilateral framework that it argues must be free of cross-border violence. Pakistan, on the other hand, has continued to raise the Kashmir issue in international forums and has called for dialogue, although India has maintained that such talks can only resume once terrorism ceases.

In the case of the Pahalgam attack, the exact details of the group or individuals responsible have not yet been made public. However, India’s call for justice reflects a consistent stance that accountability and deterrence must go hand in hand in dealing with terrorism. Jaishankar’s firm message to Rubio, emphasizing the need to punish those behind the attack, reinforces this position.

“Discussed the Pahalgam terrorist attack with US @SecRubio yesterday. Its perpetrators, backers and planners must be brought to justice,” Jaishankar reiterated in his post on X, echoing India’s unambiguous stance on the issue.

The US, for its part, appears to be focusing on ensuring that the situation does not evolve into a wider conflict. Its repeated calls for restraint, appeals to historical precedent, and diplomatic outreach to both sides reflect its deep interest in regional stability and counterterrorism cooperation. While the sympathy extended to India is evident, so is the emphasis on engagement and dialogue as a means of crisis management.

Despite the recurring nature of these terror-related flashpoints, the challenge of ensuring long-term peace in South Asia remains unresolved. Washington’s cautious optimism, expressed through Secretary Rubio’s outreach and Bruce’s public statements, suggests that the US continues to view direct communication between India and Pakistan as essential—even if past efforts have had limited success.

As tensions remain high following the Pahalgam incident, the international community, particularly the United States, will likely continue playing a mediating role, even as India sticks to its demand for justice and Pakistan calls for dialogue. Whether these parallel positions can converge in a constructive manner remains to be seen.

End of De Minimis Exemption Signals Higher Costs for U.S. Shoppers and a Shift in Trade Policy

Many Americans may only now begin to experience the tangible impact of President Donald Trump’s broad tariff policies. That’s because a key shipping exemption known as the de minimis rule officially expired just after midnight on Friday. This rule had previously allowed goods valued at $800 or less to enter the United States without tariffs, bypassing many inspections and bureaucratic procedures.

The de minimis loophole was pivotal in transforming American shopping habits. It enabled Chinese online retailers such as Shein, Temu, and AliExpress to deliver a wide range of ultra-affordable products—from craft supplies and patio décor to clothing and camera gear—directly into American homes. With its removal, baseline tariffs as steep as 145% are now being imposed on Chinese imports, which could more than double the cost of items that bargain-hunting consumers have come to rely on.

This development is reverberating across social media platforms, where consumers are reacting with alarm. For the first time, abstract trade policy is being translated into something consumers can physically see: a higher receipt at checkout.

Shipping giants including UPS, FedEx, DHL, and the U.S. Postal Service report they are ready to handle the change. A spokesperson from U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) affirmed to CNN, “We are prepared and equipped to carry out enhanced package screenings and enforce orders effectively.”

However, whether the average American consumer is truly prepared for these changes is another story.

Earlier this year, when Trump first curtailed the de minimis exemption for shipments originating from Hong Kong and China, the consequences were immediate and disruptive. The U.S. Postal Service briefly halted parcel deliveries from China, and packages that were shipped experienced substantial delays with little to no tracking available domestically.

At the core of the disruption is the sheer volume of affected shipments. A congressional research report found that over 80% of all U.S. e-commerce shipments in 2022 were classified as de minimis imports, most of which came from China. According to CBP, the agency processes nearly 4 million of these duty-free shipments daily, and the total number of such packages in the last fiscal year reached 1.36 billion.

This enormous volume includes everything from dog accessories and kids’ bead kits to kitchen tools and trinkets. Regular users of platforms like Temu and Shein told CNN that these sites have become increasingly popular as American-made products grow less affordable.

“I can’t afford to buy from Temu now, and I already couldn’t afford to buy in this country,” said Rena Scott, a 64-year-old retired nurse from Virginia, in a comment to CNN Business.

The new policy is likely to hit lower-income households the hardest. Research from economists at UCLA and Yale in February revealed that 48% of de minimis shipments were delivered to the poorest zip codes in the U.S., while only 22% went to the wealthiest areas.

This shift might not be instantaneous but is expected to unfold gradually. Even before the exemption officially expired, retailers like Shein and Temu began adjusting their prices. CNN monitored these hikes in real time.

Shein addressed the change directly in a public notice, stating, “Due to recent changes in global trade rules and tariffs, our operating expenses have gone up. To keep offering the products you love without compromising on quality, we will be making price adjustments. We’re doing everything we can to keep prices low and minimize the impact on you.”

Temu, meanwhile, is adapting its operational model. A spokesperson told CNN that the platform is increasingly relying on domestic fulfillment and expanding its network of U.S.-based sellers. “Temu’s pricing for U.S. consumers remains unchanged as the platform transitions to a local fulfillment model,” the company said. “All sales in the U.S. are now handled by locally based sellers, with orders fulfilled from within the country.”

It remains uncertain whether further price hikes will occur among these or other online retailers.

Shipping companies are also adjusting to the change. DHL confirmed to CNN that it has “increased our staffing levels in order to support the additional volume of informal entry clearances we anticipate.”

Meanwhile, the tariff changes themselves are significant. Goods from China and Hong Kong transported by major couriers such as UPS, DHL, and FedEx are now subject to a baseline 145% tariff, in addition to specific duties based on the type of product. Items arriving via USPS face a 120% base tariff or a $100 flat fee per item. That flat fee will rise to $200 beginning June 1.

While core supporters of Trump’s “Make America Great Again” movement continue to stand by him, suggesting in social media posts and interviews that they are willing to weather short-term economic hardship, broader public sentiment is shifting.

A CNN poll conducted by SSRS last month found that 59% of Americans believe Trump’s policies have worsened the U.S. economy. The survey, held between April 17 and 24, came shortly after the White House introduced a series of expansive new tariffs on numerous countries, only to then pause several of them. Nevertheless, 60% of respondents felt Trump’s policies have led to a higher cost of living in their communities.

Now, with the end of the de minimis exemption, those cost increases could become even more noticeable.

At a Cabinet meeting on Thursday, Trump emphasized the significance of the move. “It’s a very, it’s a big deal,” he said. Describing the de minimis rule, he added, “a big scam.” He concluded with, “And we’ve ended, we put an end to it.”

With a stroke of policy, everyday consumers may now find themselves paying more for items they once bought at rock-bottom prices. What was once a behind-the-scenes matter of international trade rules has now become a kitchen table issue for millions of Americans, many of whom are confronting it for the first time not in headlines, but on their receipts.

US and India Condemn Pahalgam Terror Attack, Reaffirm Joint Stand Against Cross-Border Terrorism

On Thursday, U.S. Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth and Indian Defence Minister Rajnath Singh held a phone conversation to discuss the April 22 terrorist assault in Pahalgam, located in Jammu and Kashmir. The attack resulted in the tragic deaths of 26 people, including one citizen from Nepal. The majority of those killed were Indian tourists who had been visiting the region.

During the call, Secretary Hegseth expressed heartfelt condolences for the innocent lives lost in the brutal act of violence and condemned what he described as a “dastardly” attack. The United States emphasized its firm support for India in its fight against terrorism and reiterated that India has the right to protect its people from such threats.

The conversation reflected both countries’ ongoing concerns about terrorism in the South Asian region and their united stance against groups and states that sponsor violence. The Indian Ministry of Defence stated that Minister Singh made it clear Pakistan has a longstanding history of supporting, training, and financing terrorist entities. He also highlighted that the broader international community must not turn a blind eye to Pakistan’s role in disturbing the peace and stability of the region.

“Pakistan has been exposed as a rogue state, fueling global terrorism and threatening regional security,” Singh told Hegseth. “It is critical for the world to explicitly and unequivocally condemn such heinous acts of terrorism.”

Secretary Hegseth, for his part, assured India of America’s unwavering solidarity in combating terrorism and confirmed that the United States supports India’s right to carry out any actions necessary to protect its national security.

The Pahalgam attack on April 22 was particularly horrifying in nature. Armed militants targeted a group of Indian tourists, reportedly asking for their names before opening fire indiscriminately. The method of the assault suggested that the attackers intended to instill fear among civilians while making a political or ideological statement. Indian security forces responded swiftly by launching a high-intensity counterterrorism operation in and around the region in an effort to track down those responsible and neutralize any ongoing threats.

In the wake of the attack, military and diplomatic tensions between India and Pakistan have continued to escalate. On the night of April 30 and the early hours of May 1, the Pakistani army opened fire across the Line of Control (LoC) in the Kupwara, Uri, and Akhnoor sectors of Jammu and Kashmir. Indian defense officials said the firing was unprovoked and that small arms were used in the assault. Indian troops retaliated appropriately in response, though no further casualties have been reported.

The Indian Army’s response was aimed at sending a clear message that such provocations would not go unanswered. Defense sources indicated that India remains committed to safeguarding its territorial integrity while exercising strategic restraint to avoid further escalation.

These developments have once again drawn attention to the persistent threat of cross-border terrorism and the precarious security situation in Jammu and Kashmir. With each new incident, India has become more vocal in demanding that the global community take a firmer stance against nations that are believed to shelter or support terrorist elements.

The Indian government has repeatedly accused Pakistan of harboring terrorists and allowing extremist groups to operate within its borders. In recent years, India has taken various diplomatic steps to expose Islamabad’s alleged involvement in terrorist activities at international forums including the United Nations. The April 22 attack in Pahalgam has further strengthened India’s resolve to mobilize global opinion against such behavior.

Indian officials believe that strong international condemnation, coupled with pressure on Pakistan to dismantle terror networks operating from its soil, is essential for lasting peace in the region. “It is critical for the world to explicitly and unequivocally condemn such heinous acts of terrorism,” Singh repeated during his conversation with Hegseth.

The United States, which has faced terrorism on its own soil, has consistently expressed solidarity with India in times of crisis. By condemning the attack and reaffirming its support, the U.S. aims to maintain a strong strategic relationship with India, particularly in the areas of defense and counterterrorism.

The timing of the Pakistani firing across the LoC so soon after the Pahalgam attack is seen by many analysts as an attempt to deflect attention or escalate tensions further. Indian officials are interpreting the move as part of a larger strategy by Pakistan to keep the region in a state of uncertainty and instability.

The issue of terrorism remains central to India’s foreign policy and national security concerns. New Delhi has been urging world powers, including the U.S., to apply diplomatic and economic pressure on Islamabad to cease all support for terrorist groups. The Modi administration has also been seeking stronger international cooperation on intelligence-sharing, counter-terrorism financing, and regional security initiatives.

This recent phone call between Secretary Hegseth and Minister Singh represents more than just a diplomatic gesture. It reflects an alignment of values between the two democracies in addressing global terrorism and ensuring peace in South Asia. It also demonstrates the importance both countries place on their defense partnership and shared commitment to regional stability.

While no official readout has detailed the exact operational strategies discussed, both nations are expected to deepen defense cooperation in the weeks ahead. This may include expanded joint military exercises, intelligence coordination, and possibly renewed discussions on arms deals aimed at boosting India’s counterterrorism capabilities.

For now, the Indian government is focused on ensuring that those responsible for the April 22 massacre are brought to justice. Security operations in Jammu and Kashmir have been intensified, with a heightened alert level maintained across several districts. The military is also prepared for any further provocations along the border.

The broader message that India is sending to both domestic and international audiences is that terrorism, especially when state-supported, will be met with firm resistance. At the same time, it is calling upon its allies to do more than just issue statements—to take tangible steps toward isolating those who provide safe havens and support for extremist violence.

Secretary Hegseth’s strong words of support and condemnation of the attack were received positively by Indian officials. As the international community reacts to the Pahalgam tragedy, all eyes will be on whether this momentum leads to more decisive global action against cross-border terrorism.

With the situation along the Line of Control remaining tense and security forces maintaining a state of readiness, the path forward remains uncertain. However, what is clear is that India and the United States remain united in their call for justice and their refusal to tolerate acts of terror, regardless of where they originate.

Michigan Representative Shri Thanedar Files Articles of Impeachment Against President Trump

On Monday, Representative Shri Thanedar, a Democrat from Michigan, publicly announced that he had filed articles of impeachment against President Donald Trump. Thanedar’s move marks a significant step in the ongoing political battle over Trump’s actions during his presidency, despite the apparent lack of support for the measure in the Republican-controlled House of Representatives.

“I have introduced articles of impeachment against President Trump,” Thanedar declared in his online announcement. “When Trump ignores the Constitution, Congress, and the courts, he is not ‘fighting for America.’ He is tearing it down and endangering our democracy.”

Thanedar cited a range of grievances in his seven articles of impeachment, focusing on specific actions by Trump that the congressman deemed abusive of his power. Among the issues raised by Thanedar was the deportation of Kilmar Abrego Garcia, a man who was mistakenly sent to El Salvador, and the actions of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) in cutting funding without congressional approval.

Though the filing of the articles has made waves within Democratic circles, the likelihood of these articles advancing in the current political climate appears slim. In the Republican-majority House of Representatives, support from GOP members would be required for a vote on impeachment. Similarly, even if the House were to vote to impeach, a two-thirds majority in the Republican-controlled Senate would be necessary to convict the president. With Republicans maintaining significant control in both chambers, the articles of impeachment are expected to go nowhere.

However, the introduction of the articles is indicative of the deep frustration many Democrats feel with the president, particularly over a variety of issues that have sparked ongoing controversy.

“Donald Trump has already done real damage to our democracy, but defying a unanimous 9-0 Supreme Court ruling, that has to be the one final straw,” Thanedar said, referring specifically to a Supreme Court decision related to the Abrego Garcia case. “It’s time we impeach Donald J. Trump,” he added emphatically, signaling his belief that this final act of defiance represented a threshold moment for impeachment.

Thanedar also highlighted what he considered to be other impeachable offenses by the president, including his aggressive tariff agenda, which he argued had a damaging impact on global markets. He also referenced Trump’s treatment of the press and concerns about the First Amendment, as well as what he described as the president’s involvement in bribery and corruption within the justice system. In addition, Thanedar expressed concern over Trump’s handling of Americans’ personal data, which he framed as yet another abuse of presidential power.

One of the most significant elements of Thanedar’s argument for impeachment was his accusation of “tyrannical overreach” by the president. “Article seven, tyrannical overreach,” Thanedar said. “Finally, and most importantly, he is attempting to consolidate unchecked power and erode the constitutional limits of the presidency.” This statement underscores Thanedar’s broader concern that Trump’s actions represented a threat to the very foundation of the U.S. political system.

Thanedar’s comments regarding Trump’s power were particularly pointed. “In this country, we have presidents, not kings. That’s not just misconduct. It’s impeachable misconduct,” Thanedar declared, adding that the president’s attempts to undermine constitutional checks and balances were clear grounds for impeachment. His words reflect a deep anxiety among some Democrats that Trump’s behavior threatens the balance of power that the Constitution seeks to maintain between the executive, legislative, and judicial branches of government.

Democratic concerns over Trump’s intentions have only grown more intense in recent months, especially in light of the president’s suggestion that he might seek a third term in office. This concern was amplified when the Trump Organization began selling “Trump 2028” hats on its official website, further fueling speculation about the possibility of a third presidential run. The idea that Trump might attempt to remain in power beyond his constitutionally-mandated two terms has been a source of significant alarm within Democratic circles.

“If we let this stand, we are saying the president is above the law. That the United States Constitution is optional,” Thanedar argued, emphasizing that such a development would set a dangerous precedent for the future of American democracy. He made it clear that he would not remain silent on the issue, calling on his fellow lawmakers—Democrats, Republicans, and independents alike—to join him in standing up against what he views as the erosion of constitutional safeguards.

Thanedar’s call for unity and action was resolute. “I won’t be silent and I’m calling on all my colleagues, Democrats, Republicans, and independents, to stand up with me,” he stated, underscoring his belief that the nation’s political leaders must put aside partisan differences in order to protect the integrity of the Constitution.

In his final remarks, Thanedar delivered a forceful conclusion to his announcement. “Enough is enough. Donald J. Trump must be impeached,” he said, signaling that he intends to continue pushing for accountability and standing firm in his position despite the considerable political obstacles ahead.

The introduction of impeachment articles by Thanedar is likely to remain a contentious issue within the political landscape, particularly as the nation heads toward the 2024 election cycle. While it seems unlikely that these articles will gain the traction necessary to result in Trump’s removal from office, they reflect the broader dissatisfaction and anger that many Democrats continue to feel toward the president and his actions during his time in office. For Thanedar, the impeachment effort represents not just a call for accountability but a desperate attempt to preserve the constitutional values he believes are under siege.

As the situation unfolds, the future of these articles will largely depend on the political dynamics within Congress and whether enough bipartisan support can be garnered for such an effort. For now, Thanedar’s impeachment move stands as a symbolic gesture in the ongoing debate over Trump’s legacy and the health of American democracy.

Trump Promotes Economic Growth Amid Recession Fears, Touts Domestic Investments and Ukraine Deal

President Donald Trump took center stage at the White House during an ‘Invest in America’ event this afternoon, highlighting his administration’s efforts to boost domestic investment. The event attracted top executives from major corporations, including tech giant Nvidia. Those interested were able to follow the event live through a broadcast link provided on the official platform.

Earlier in the day, Trump convened a Cabinet meeting with his senior leadership team, where he lauded the impact of tariffs on strengthening the American economy. He praised businesses that have committed to investing within the United States, asserting that these actions were signs of a healthy and resilient economy despite recent concerns.

This series of public engagements came on the heels of a troubling new economic report indicating that the U.S. economy contracted at an annual rate of 0.3% during the first quarter of the year. This downturn, attributed to companies stockpiling imports ahead of Trump’s tariffs, marks the first time the economy has shrunk since 2022. The move to accumulate imports was widely seen as a preemptive strategy by firms anticipating cost increases due to upcoming tariff policies.

Despite the contraction, President Trump remained steadfast in his defense of tariffs and dismissed suggestions that his trade policies were to blame. Instead, he shifted the focus to his political opponent, President Joe Biden. “Bad numbers” on Wall Street, Trump claimed, “have nothing to do with tariffs.” His comments suggest an effort to reframe the economic narrative, distancing himself from the contraction and placing blame squarely on the Biden administration.

While Trump’s comments dominated the headlines, another significant development unfolded more quietly in the background. The United States and Ukraine have reached a major economic agreement concerning the development and management of rare earth minerals, a critical area in both geopolitical and technological terms. According to information obtained by the BBC, the two nations have agreed to form an economic partnership designed to support Ukraine’s post-war recovery and bolster U.S. access to strategic resources.

A press release issued by the U.S. Treasury Department confirmed this, stating that both countries would collaborate through the creation of a “Reconstruction Investment Fund.” The purpose of the fund is to ensure that “mutual assets, talents, and capabilities” can be leveraged to expedite Kyiv’s recovery and contribute to long-term regional stability. This fund marks a new chapter in U.S.-Ukraine relations, reinforcing economic ties while addressing strategic concerns about resource dependency.

Meanwhile, Trump used the ‘Invest in America’ platform to make a series of economic claims, particularly about consumer prices under his leadership. One of his key assertions was that gasoline prices have declined since he took office. However, recent fact-checking by BBC Verify found that this claim does not align with current data.

According to the American Automobile Association (AAA), the average national price for regular gasoline now stands at $3.16. This figure actually represents a slight increase from the $3.125 average on the day Trump assumed office. Despite Trump’s repeated claims that gas prices “just hit $1.98 in a lot of states,” BBC Verify was unable to find any evidence supporting this. Data from AAA confirms that no state currently has an average gas price lower than $2.67.

Another economic metric highlighted by Trump was the price of eggs. During his White House remarks, he insisted that egg prices had fallen since he became president. BBC Verify reviewed this statement and, again, found no supporting data.

When Trump entered office in January, the average national retail price for a dozen large Grade A eggs was about $4.95. Since then, the cost has not gone down but instead reached a record high of around $6.23 per dozen in March, based on the most recent available data. This contradicts Trump’s public statements and underscores a disconnect between his messaging and verified consumer price trends.

The White House, in its defense, has pointed to wholesale prices as evidence of improvement in the egg market. According to data from the U.S. Department of Agriculture, wholesale prices for large white eggs have decreased significantly. From a high of $6.55 per dozen in January, prices have dropped by approximately 52%, landing at $3.15 in the past week. This drop, while notable, reflects wholesale trends rather than retail prices experienced directly by consumers.

These contradictions between the president’s statements and independent data have raised questions about the administration’s broader economic messaging strategy. While Trump continues to paint a picture of economic strength, citing falling prices and increasing domestic investment, analysts and fact-checkers warn that the reality is more complex.

Still, Trump’s core message appears focused on long-term growth through protectionist policies and strong international partnerships. By praising businesses that reinvest in American infrastructure and forming economic alliances with key global players like Ukraine, he aims to project confidence in his administration’s economic vision, despite immediate challenges.

Trump’s day at the White House was marked by a dual focus on promoting domestic investment and defending his economic policies in the face of troubling data. He offered strong support for tariffs, insisted consumer prices were improving, and announced a strategic deal with Ukraine. However, some of these claims, especially regarding gas and egg prices, do not stand up to independent verification. The contrast between political rhetoric and economic data continues to be a defining feature of the current discourse, as Trump positions himself for future challenges.

Trump Signals Progress on U.S.-India Trade Deal Talks

President Donald Trump on Tuesday expressed optimism about ongoing trade negotiations with India, stating that discussions were advancing positively and that he expects the two countries to finalize a deal soon.

“I think we’ll have a deal with India,” Trump told reporters during a brief exchange outside the White House. He referred to Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s recent visit, noting, “The prime minister, as you know, was here three weeks ago, and they want to make a deal.” Modi had visited Washington in late February, reinforcing bilateral ties and initiating discussions aimed at resolving trade disputes.

Trump’s remarks come on the heels of an update from Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent, who also conveyed a sense of momentum in trade discussions between the U.S. and India. According to Bessent, the two nations are nearing a consensus. “We’re very close on India,” Bessent stated during a White House press briefing, signaling that key sticking points in the negotiations might soon be resolved.

In addition to India, Bessent mentioned that the U.S. is actively pursuing trade agreements with other major Asian economies. He said the administration has engaged in “substantial talks” with Japan about a potential trade pact. Regarding South Korea, he indicated that “the contours of a deal” were starting to take shape, suggesting that progress in the broader Asia-Pacific trade landscape is underway.

Vice President JD Vance had also engaged with Modi recently, underscoring the high-level commitment both nations are investing in sealing a trade deal. “The two leaders made some very good progress, so I could see some announcements on India,” Bessent remarked, hinting that formal agreements or policy announcements could follow soon. However, he did not specify an exact timeline for when these outcomes might be expected.

Bessent emphasized that negotiating with India offers unique advantages due to its existing tariff structures. “A country like India, which has the posted and ready tariffs, it’s much easier to negotiate with them,” he said, highlighting that India’s transparent and pre-established tariff system facilitates smoother negotiations compared to countries with more ambiguous or fluctuating trade policies.

Meanwhile, economist Raghuram Rajan, a former Reserve Bank of India governor and currently a finance professor at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business, noted the strategic benefits for India in reducing tariffs through a deal with the U.S. “India benefits hugely if it can negotiate tariffs to a much lower level, even while some other countries have it at a higher level,” Rajan explained during an appearance on CNBC.

He further elaborated on the potential impact such a deal could have on India’s global economic appeal. “It may cause a lot of companies to look at India in a new light, especially given the large Indian domestic market,” Rajan added. His comments highlight the potential for India to become a more attractive destination for foreign investment if trade barriers are lowered, particularly in comparison to countries with more restrictive tariff policies.

The Trump administration has intensified efforts to cement trade partnerships in the aftermath of the president’s sweeping tariff announcements. These initiatives include outreach to key global allies and trading partners aimed at renegotiating or creating new agreements that align more closely with American economic interests.

“We have 18 important trading relationships, we will be speaking to all of those partners, or at least 17 of them, over the next few weeks. Many of them have already come to Washington,” Bessent noted. This signals a broad, coordinated effort by the administration to engage in a comprehensive review and realignment of U.S. trade policies with multiple nations, while prioritizing those where mutual agreement appears feasible.

Bessent later clarified that active discussions are currently underway with 17 of those 18 partners, specifically excluding China. “Trading relationships with 17 partners are in motion,” he said, making clear that the administration is focusing its attention elsewhere amid ongoing tensions and complex trade issues with Beijing.

The exclusion of China from these ongoing negotiations further emphasizes the strategic shift in U.S. trade policy under Trump, which has focused on bilateral agreements and reducing dependency on countries with which the U.S. has significant trade deficits or unresolved disputes.

In the case of India, the U.S. has long sought greater market access for American companies, particularly in sectors such as agriculture, technology, and medical devices. On the other hand, India has been eager to preserve certain protections for its domestic industries while improving access to the U.S. market for its exports, especially in the textile and information technology sectors.

Past attempts to resolve trade tensions between the two countries have been impeded by disagreements over tariffs, intellectual property rights, data privacy, and digital commerce regulations. However, recent high-level interactions and positive rhetoric from both sides suggest that the current environment is more conducive to cooperation than in previous years.

While no specific details about the trade agreement under discussion have been released, the tone of the conversations from top U.S. officials indicates that a framework may already be in place. The administration’s coordinated messaging—from the president, treasury secretary, and vice president—reflects a united front and a sense of urgency in finalizing the deal.

The global trade community will be watching closely to see if the U.S. and India can overcome their longstanding trade differences and reach a mutually beneficial agreement. A successful deal could mark a significant turning point in U.S.-India relations and set the stage for greater economic integration between the world’s largest democracy and its largest economy.

Until then, both countries appear committed to keeping up the momentum. As President Trump stated confidently, “I think we’ll have a deal with India,” summarizing the administration’s outlook on what could be one of the more consequential trade developments of his presidency.

Trump’s First 100 Days: A Presidency of Bold Moves and Sharp Divides

On January 20, Donald Trump began his second term as President of the United States, declaring that he would deliver “the most extraordinary first 100 days of any presidency in American history.” For decades, the 100-day benchmark has served as a symbolic moment to evaluate a new administration’s achievements. The early data from Trump’s second term offers insight into the progress he has made on his key promises—ranging from imposing global tariffs and arresting migrants to making deep cuts to federal spending.

One of the most telling indicators of a president’s early performance is the public’s approval rating. Gallup, the U.S. polling firm that has long tracked presidential approval at the 100-day mark, shows Trump faring poorly compared to his predecessors. Trump, now the first post-war president to serve two non-consecutive terms, has seen low ratings in both his presidencies. Historically, presidents such as John F. Kennedy and Ronald Reagan enjoyed strong support with 83% and 67% approval ratings, respectively. Joe Biden and Bill Clinton were also above 50%. In contrast, both of Trump’s terms saw him with under 50% approval at this milestone, making him the only post-war president with this distinction.

However, looking at approval through a partisan lens tells a more complex story. Trump’s second term shows the most extreme polarization to date, with 90% of Republicans supporting him and just 4% of Democrats. This 86-point gap marks the largest partisan split ever recorded at the 100-day point. “The longer the line, the more polarised the support,” Gallup’s polling analysis notes.

The most recent Gallup poll, conducted from April 1–14 during a time of market volatility triggered by Trump’s tariff announcements, recorded his approval at 44%. This figure, drawn from over 1,000 interviews, reflects stable ratings consistent with the first quarter of his term.

Throughout his campaign, Trump promised swift action on top issues. He said he would lower prices, end the war in Ukraine, and pardon individuals tied to the January 6 Capitol attack. While not all promises have been fulfilled, Trump has been extremely active in terms of executive action. He has issued more executive orders in 100 days than any president in the last 100 years. In fact, he has already signed more than half the number of orders from his entire first term and nearly 90% of the total executive orders Joe Biden issued in four years.

Some of these executive orders have been high-impact. On his first day, Trump announced that the U.S. would withdraw from the UN’s Paris Climate Agreement, calling it an unfair burden on Americans. He also declared a national energy emergency to boost domestic oil production. Other actions have been less weighty but symbolic, such as lifting the ban on plastic straws.

Despite this flurry of executive activity, Trump has not shown much interest in working with Congress. He has signed only five bills into law in his first 100 days—a lower number than any new president in 70 years, according to Punchbowl News. His aggressive use of executive authority has also sparked legal backlash. Over 200 of his orders have been challenged in court, and judges have blocked several of them, as reported by the legal publication Just Security.

Economically, Trump’s platform centered on lowering prices and creating jobs. His pro-business rhetoric was initially welcomed by Wall Street, reflected in a spike in S&P 500 stock prices following his election. But as Trump escalated his threats of tariffs, investor confidence waned. The markets dipped sharply on April 2 when Trump imposed sweeping global tariffs. Though he softened some tariffs a week later, global markets remained jittery, and his trade policies were blamed for economic disruptions.

Consumer confidence has also declined. The University of Michigan’s Consumer Sentiment Index, a long-running measure of public economic outlook, dropped for four straight months. April’s score was the second-lowest on record. The lowest came in June 2022 during Biden’s presidency, amid inflation concerns following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. In April 2025, Americans voiced worries about an impending trade war, reporting deteriorating expectations for inflation, income, and personal finances. Trump hasn’t ruled out a recession but remains confident in the long-term benefits of his policies.

Inflation trends remain uncertain, but the U.S. Federal Reserve has warned that Trump’s tariff strategy could drive prices upward again. On trade, Trump argues that global tariffs will help bring jobs and manufacturing back to the U.S. while reducing the trade deficit. He criticizes America’s long-standing trade imbalance as a sign of other countries “ripping off” the U.S., frequently citing China.

According to data from the U.S. Census Bureau and the Bureau of Economic Analysis, America continued to import more goods and services than it exported through 2024. After Trump’s re-election in November 2024, importers rushed to bring in products before tariffs could take effect. By January 2025, imports hit a record high of $329 billion—the highest monthly total since records began in 1992. Although Trump paused many of his harshest tariffs in early April, reports suggest Americans have been stockpiling goods, fearing price hikes. Tariffs on Chinese imports remain, but Trump has signaled he is open to reducing them if a deal can be made.

On immigration, Trump returned to the presidency vowing large-scale deportations and an end to birthright citizenship. Although he has faced legal blocks on birthright citizenship, one area where he claims success is at the southern border. In March 2025, just over 7,000 arrests were made at the U.S.-Mexico border—down significantly from the 137,000 arrests in March 2024 during Biden’s presidency.

While the number of deportations remains lower than promised and legal challenges persist, Trump points to rising internal detentions and strong cooperation with local law enforcement as evidence of success. ICE raids have increased, with many targeting individuals with criminal records. Trump’s team is also promoting what it calls “unprecedented” collaboration with police departments across the country.

However, with detention facilities nearing capacity, experts warn of potential overcrowding issues. The future of Trump’s immigration policies—and their legality—will likely be shaped by court rulings in the coming months.

Looking ahead, Trump’s broader agenda depends heavily on what unfolds in the next 100 days. Public perception of his actions on the border, trade decisions, and economic outcomes such as food prices will help determine whether Trump maintains his reputation as the most polarizing president in modern history.

PM Modi Grants Armed Forces Full Freedom to Respond After Pahalgam Attack

Reaffirming India’s strong stance against terrorism, Prime Minister Narendra Modi declared that it is the country’s “national resolve to deal a crushing blow to terrorism.” He made it clear that the Indian armed forces enjoy his full confidence and have been granted “complete operational freedom to decide on the mode, targets and timing” of India’s response following last week’s deadly terror attack in Pahalgam that claimed the lives of 26 people.

This decisive statement came during a high-level security meeting at the Prime Minister’s residence on Tuesday. Those present included Defence Minister Rajnath Singh, National Security Advisor Ajit Doval, Chief of Defence Staff General Anil Chauhan, Army Chief General Upendra Dwivedi, Air Force Chief Air Marshal A.P. Singh, and Navy Chief Admiral Dinesh Tripathi. Sources indicated that this gathering took place just one day before the Prime Minister is set to lead a meeting of the Cabinet Committee on Security. This will be the second such meeting convened following the Pahalgam tragedy.

The recent meeting followed a series of diplomatic actions initiated by India in response to the attack. Officials believe that Pakistan played a role in orchestrating the assault. As a result, India announced several measures including the suspension of visa services for Pakistani nationals and a temporary halt to the Indus Water Treaty. The presence of the Defence Minister, NSA, CDS, and the chiefs of all three military services at Tuesday’s meeting strongly signals that military retaliation is being contemplated alongside the diplomatic steps.

“Prime Minister Modi expressed complete faith and confidence in the professional abilities of the Indian Armed Forces,” said a government source. The source further emphasized that Modi had assured the military of their authority to choose how and when to respond. “He added that they [the armed forces] have complete operational freedom to decide on the mode, targets and timing of our response,” the source reiterated.

While preparations are being made at the highest levels of government, military activity on the ground has already intensified. According to defence officials, intelligence-based counter-terror operations are continuing in the Kashmir Valley. These are aimed at preemptively targeting terror networks believed to be operating in the region. At the same time, Cease-Fire Violations (CFVs) by Pakistan have been reported for five consecutive nights along the Line of Control.

“During the night of April 28-29, Pakistan Army resorted to unprovoked small arms firing across the Line of Control in areas opposite Kupwara and Baramulla districts, as well as the Akhnoor sector,” the Army said in a statement. It added that “Indian Army responded in a measured and effective manner to the provocation.”

In addition to military discussions, coordination among internal security forces has also been stepped up. On Tuesday, Union Home Secretary Govind Mohan chaired a security meeting in New Delhi. The meeting was attended by the Director Generals of the Border Security Force (BSF), Assam Rifles, and the National Security Guard (NSG), as well as senior officers from the Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF) and the Central Industrial Security Force (CISF). While the specific agenda of the meeting was not disclosed, a senior government official said that security forces were instructed to remain on high alert, particularly at national borders, and to maintain maximum vigilance.

The broader context of this flurry of high-level activity is India’s strategic and assertive shift in counterterrorism policy. The attack in Pahalgam, widely seen as one of the most brutal assaults in recent times, has galvanized political and military leadership. The targeting of civilians in such a brazen manner has added urgency to India’s response planning. While the immediate diplomatic steps signal India’s disapproval of Pakistan’s alleged involvement, the military dimension is expected to play a crucial role in shaping the country’s response posture.

The fact that Prime Minister Modi has granted operational autonomy to the armed forces reflects a significant level of trust in military leadership. By allowing the services to determine the specifics of any retaliation—whether it be through targeted airstrikes, cross-border operations, or covert measures—the Prime Minister is signaling both flexibility and strength. The message is clear: India will not remain passive in the face of terrorism.

The continued firing incidents along the Line of Control further compound tensions in the region. These nightly exchanges of gunfire not only risk escalation but also jeopardize the lives of both soldiers and civilians living near the border. India’s response to these provocations has so far been “measured and effective,” as described by the Army. However, it remains to be seen how long restraint will prevail, especially if CFVs continue.

Meanwhile, intelligence agencies are working closely with military and paramilitary forces to identify the planners and perpetrators of the Pahalgam attack. Efforts are also being made to dismantle terror infrastructure and cut off logistical support within Kashmir and across the border. Defence sources confirmed that counter-terror operations are targeting identified sleeper cells and hideouts based on real-time intelligence inputs.

The participation of multiple security agencies in the Home Secretary’s meeting suggests an integrated approach to both border management and internal security. By bringing together leaders of paramilitary forces that operate across different terrains—from border outposts to urban centers—the government aims to ensure seamless coordination and readiness in the event of further threats.

Ultimately, the developments following the Pahalgam attack demonstrate a calibrated, multi-pronged approach by India. While diplomatic pressure is being exerted through international and bilateral channels, military preparedness has reached a heightened level. The decisions made in the coming days, including those emerging from the Cabinet Committee on Security, will likely determine the nature and intensity of India’s next steps.

What remains undeniable is the clarity of intent expressed by the Prime Minister. His statement, “complete operational freedom to decide on the mode, targets and timing of our response,” sets a strong precedent and leaves little ambiguity about India’s resolve to strike back. With tensions simmering along the LoC and security forces on high alert across the nation, the coming days will be crucial in defining both the immediate and long-term trajectory of India’s counter-terror strategy.

Canada’s Election Highlights Growing Regional Divides Across the Country

The recent Canadian election has underlined the widening rifts among the country’s different regions, with voting patterns showing stark contrasts in political preference. A shift in support from smaller parties toward the dominant Liberal and Conservative camps has defined the election outcome, suggesting that many voters have consolidated around the major political players amid an increasingly polarized environment.

In Western Canada, the majority of parliamentary seats have turned Conservative blue. The oil-producing provinces of Alberta and Saskatchewan have long harbored feelings of alienation from decision-makers in Ottawa. This sentiment was echoed by many voters in the region, who expressed frustration that the Liberal government appeared more concerned with U.S. affairs than with addressing domestic priorities. This ongoing discontent is so pronounced that it has even led to some voices calling for secession from the rest of Canada. The re-election of a Liberal government, which secured very few seats in these western provinces, could intensify those separatist sentiments.

The New Democratic Party (NDP), which has historical roots in Saskatchewan, has faced a significant electoral setback, marking its worst performance since 1993. Analysts and voters alike point to the party’s continued support for Prime Minister Justin Trudeau’s struggling administration as a key factor in this defeat. Furthermore, some individuals in Western Canada believe that potential NDP voters may have strategically cast their ballots for the Liberals in a bid to block a Conservative victory, thus weakening the NDP’s final tally.

Meanwhile, in Quebec, the long-standing debate over independence remains a potent undercurrent in the province’s political landscape. Despite this, voters in Quebec appear to have largely supported the Liberals, especially in light of hostile rhetoric from U.S. President Donald Trump. Many Quebecois, though traditionally open to discussions around sovereignty, seem to have opted for stability and national unity in the face of perceived external threats.

Émilie Foster, an adjunct professor of politics at Carleton University, told the BBC last week, “We prefer to be part of Canada instead of being part of the United States, if we have to choose.” Her statement reflects the provincial mood of choosing national solidarity over an uncertain future, particularly when considering geopolitical dynamics with the United States.

Despite these significant regional dynamics, the election campaign has done little to shed light on the pressing concerns of Canada’s Indigenous communities, especially those in the northern territories. While the national conversation has been heavily focused on topics related to Donald Trump and Canada’s positioning in the global landscape, northern Indigenous voters are grappling with immediate and longstanding challenges.

For many in Canada’s remote northern areas, the priority issues include access to nutritious food, clean drinking water, reliable transportation, and the development of essential infrastructure. These practical concerns, however, were largely absent from the mainstream election discourse, leaving northern voters uncertain about whether their communities’ needs will be prioritized in the new political term.

Although the major political parties were busy consolidating their power in the larger urban centers and affluent regions, the northern territories—home to many Indigenous populations—were left feeling disconnected from the national political narrative. Residents there continue to experience higher costs for basic goods, poor water quality in several communities, and inadequate infrastructure, such as roads and healthcare facilities.

While the Conservatives gained considerable ground in Western Canada, and the Liberals retained support in parts of Ontario and Quebec, the northern territories remained on the fringes of political engagement. This has led to skepticism among Indigenous leaders, who are now questioning whether the incoming government will finally prioritize meaningful action on these vital local concerns.

To summarize, the Canadian election results tell a story not just of shifting political allegiances but also of deeply entrenched regional disparities. In the west, feelings of exclusion and resentment continue to grow, potentially feeding separatist ideologies. In Quebec, historical calls for independence have been momentarily sidelined in favor of preserving national unity amid turbulent U.S.-Canada relations. Meanwhile, in the north, Indigenous communities remain worried that their everyday struggles will once again be overshadowed by broader political narratives that do not reflect their lived realities.

As Canadians look ahead to a new government, the question remains whether leaders in Ottawa will seriously engage with the country’s diverse regional voices—or continue to overlook them. The outcome of this election has made one thing clear: Canada is not one unified political entity, but a patchwork of regions, each with its own set of priorities, frustrations, and hopes for the future.

Majority of Americans Say Trump’s Policies Have Worsened Economy, CNN Poll Finds

A growing number of Americans believe that  President Donald Trump’s policies have negatively impacted the nation’s economy, according to a new CNN poll conducted by SSRS. The survey reveals that 59% of the public now thinks Trump’s economic approach has worsened conditions in the country, a noticeable increase from 51% in March. This figure matches the lowest approval numbers President Joe Biden received regarding his economic handling during his tenure.

The poll reflects widespread dissatisfaction with the state of the U.S. economy. There is little excitement among Americans for the White House’s sweeping new trade initiatives, with most respondents pessimistic about the direction things are headed. Although many of Trump’s recently announced tariffs are yet to be implemented, 60% of those surveyed already say his policies have raised the cost of living in their communities. Only 12% believe that Trump’s actions have actually helped reduce prices.

The findings further show that 69% of Americans believe an economic recession within the next year is at least somewhat likely. Of that group, 32% think a recession is very likely. In terms of general economic outlook, only 34% of Americans describe themselves as enthusiastic or optimistic, while 29% are pessimistic and 37% say they feel afraid. Among those under the age of 45, 70% express pessimism or fear. This sentiment is shared even more strongly among Americans of color, with 76% reporting similar concerns.

This increasing dissatisfaction marks a notable change for Trump, who during his first term was often credited with strong economic management. In fact, Trump’s 2024 campaign heavily emphasized economic recovery, with the promise to “immediately bring prices down, starting on Day One.” He was particularly successful with voters who ranked economic concerns as their primary motivation, according to CNN’s exit poll data.

One Republican respondent, a 59-year-old from Georgia, expressed his anxiety over the current market turbulence and how it has impacted his retirement plans. “Everything I worked for all my life is rapidly [disappearing],” he wrote. “It will probably take years to recover what I have lost due to what’s going on.”

Despite this, Republican sentiment regarding the economy has improved slightly over the past month. Many within the GOP remain hopeful that the newly announced tariffs will have a long-term positive effect on the economy.

However, most Americans remain skeptical about Trump’s tariff strategy. A 55% majority says his tariff actions so far this term have been poor policy, while just 28% view them positively. Another 17% consider them neither good nor bad. Tariffs imposed specifically on Chinese imports are viewed a bit more favorably, though still mostly negatively: 53% say they are bad policy and 32% consider them good.

The poll was conducted between April 17 and April 24, shortly after the White House first announced a wave of new tariffs targeting dozens of countries, only to pause many of them shortly thereafter. During the survey period, the administration issued multiple contradictory statements about the state of international trade talks and the intended goals of the tariff plan. Overall, 58% of respondents say they do not believe Trump has a clear strategy for introducing and managing tariffs, while 42% believe he does.

Most Americans predict the tariffs will harm the economy in the short term. Specifically, 72% expect negative consequences for the U.S. economy, 60% foresee damage to the country’s global standing, and 59% believe their personal finances will be adversely affected. Fewer than 30% expect the tariffs to help in any of these areas.

Looking at the long-term picture, 53% think the tariffs will ultimately hurt the U.S. economy, compared to 34% who believe they will be beneficial. This view reflects a cautious optimism among some Republicans, who believe the initial damage could eventually lead to gains. Among GOP respondents, 47% think the tariffs will hurt the economy in the near future, but roughly three-quarters anticipate eventual benefits.

John Metcalf, a Democrat from Michigan, expressed concern about the unpredictability of Trump’s tariff policy. “I’m not an economics guy, but I can kind of see with what he’s doing with tariffs,” he said. “It’s just causing confusion. If you are a business owner and you’re thinking about the future, how in the world can you make decisions when he flips back and forth every other day?”

Public perception of the broader economy continues to be bleak. Only 28% describe current economic conditions as good, while 71% say they are poor. These numbers have remained virtually unchanged since fall 2023. Meanwhile, 47% of Americans are satisfied with their personal finances, which also shows little movement over recent years.

Underneath these stable numbers, there is growing partisan division. The percentage of Republicans who call the economy good has increased by 10 points since March, whereas Democratic approval has continued to decline. Republicans are now over ten times more likely than Democrats to say they are enthusiastic or optimistic about the economy.

Nonetheless, signs of discontent are emerging within the GOP. While 94% of Republicans say they trust Trump to manage the economy, only 63% believe his policies have improved conditions, and just 23% credit him with lowering living costs in their communities. Nearly as many Republicans think his tariff policies will hurt their personal finances (28%) as those who believe they will help (33%).

A Republican respondent from New Jersey observed, “The prices for energy, medical services, higher education, repair and maintenance continue to [rise]. I think that Pres. Trump’s program will help once they are given a chance.”

When asked to name their family’s biggest economic challenge, most Americans cite costs and inflation. That includes 28% who specifically mention inflation, 15% the overall cost of living, and 16% food prices. Those figures are largely unchanged from June 2024. However, some newer concerns are emerging: 9% cite tariffs, 7% mention investment or stock market worries, and 4% each say Trump’s policies and general economic uncertainty.

One Democrat from Pennsylvania wrote, “My wife lost her job due to the Trump administration DOGE cuts. We are suddenly down an income with costs rising all around us. My own job is at risk due to NIH grant cuts. Our retirement accounts are plummeting in value. Everything is just so, so much worse than it was before Trump took office.”

Among working Americans, half believe Trump’s tariff plans will hurt their industries, while just 11% say the impact will be beneficial. A respondent from Massachusetts explained, “I make board games and they can’t be made in the US. I have preorders I need to fulfill but can’t afford to with the tariffs. The profit I would have gotten from sales would have allowed my business to grow into a studio, hire people, etc. Now I will lose money.”

Even as the Trump administration promotes tariffs as a strategy to create new manufacturing jobs in the U.S., the public remains unconvinced. By a margin of 73% to 26%, Americans say they would personally prefer an office job to a manufacturing job with equal pay. Men are slightly more inclined toward manufacturing work, with 37% expressing that preference, which rises to 43% among Republican men.

The CNN poll surveyed 1,678 adults nationwide using online and telephone interviews. Conducted between April 17 and 24, the sample was drawn from a mix of probability-based online panels and registration-based sources. Initial contact was made via mail, phone, or email. The margin of error for the full sample is plus or minus 2.9 percentage points.

Padma Awards 2025: Stars Shine as President Honours India’s Leading Artists

The Padma Awards 2025 ceremony took place on Monday at the Rashtrapati Bhavan in New Delhi, where several notable personalities from the fields of arts and music were honoured by President Droupadi Murmu. Among the prominent recipients were actors Nandamuri Balakrishna and Ajith Kumar, filmmaker Shekhar Kapur, singers Arijit Singh and Ricky Kej, and the late ghazal maestro Pankaj Udhas, who was honoured posthumously.

The annual Padma Awards, one of India’s highest civilian honours, recognize exceptional achievements in various fields. The ceremony this year was marked by the presence of celebrities from across India, each receiving their award for their outstanding contribution to their respective domains. These awards are traditionally given in three categories: Padma Vibhushan, Padma Bhushan, and Padma Shri, with Padma Bhushan and Padma Shri recipients taking the spotlight during the 2025 ceremony.

Nandamuri Balakrishna, a veteran actor and politician from Andhra Pradesh, received the Padma Bhushan. He appeared at the ceremony wearing traditional attire representing his home state, showcasing pride in his cultural roots. His recognition by the Indian government acknowledges his long-standing contribution to the Telugu film industry and public life.

Actor Ajith Kumar also received the Padma Bhushan for his contributions to Indian cinema. Known for his work in Tamil films, Ajith made a distinguished appearance at the event dressed in a formal suit. In January, upon the announcement of his award, Ajith shared a heartfelt statement expressing his gratitude. “I am deeply humbled and honoured to receive the esteemed Padma Award by the President of India. I extend my heartfelt gratitude to the Hon’ble President of India, Smt. Droupadi Murmu and the Honourable Prime Minister, Shri Narendra Modi for this prestigious honour. It is a privilege to be recognized at such a level and I am truly grateful for this generous acknowledgment of my contributions to our nation.”

Shekhar Kapur, an internationally acclaimed filmmaker, was another Padma Bhushan awardee. He has directed landmark films such as Bandit Queen and Elizabeth, the latter earning several Academy Award nominations. In response to being selected for the honour, Shekhar had expressed his appreciation on X (formerly Twitter): “What an honour! Am humbled that the Government of India has considered me to be deserving of a #Padmanbhushan. Hopefully this award will make me strive harder to serve the Industry that I am part of, and the beautiful Nation that I am so fortunate to belong to. Thank you also to our film audiences of India, for I am because you are.”

Renowned classical dancer and actress Shobhana also received the Padma Bhushan for her contributions to Indian classical dance and cinema. Her work in promoting Bharatanatyam and Indian performing arts globally was acknowledged through this honour.

A special moment of the evening came when Pankaj Udhas, the iconic ghazal singer who passed away earlier this year, was honoured posthumously. His wife received the award on his behalf, a moving tribute to a man whose music had touched the hearts of millions. Udhas had been a defining voice in Indian music for decades and remains beloved for classics like Chitthi Aayi Hai and Jeeye To Jeeye Kaise.

Meanwhile, the Padma Shri, the fourth-highest civilian award in India, was bestowed upon Arijit Singh and Ricky Kej. Arijit Singh, often regarded as one of the most successful and versatile singers in contemporary Indian music, was recognized for his influence on the Indian playback music scene. His emotive voice and chart-topping songs across multiple Indian languages have made him a household name.

Ricky Kej, a Grammy-winning composer and environmentalist, was also among the Padma Shri recipients. His music often focuses on environmental issues and cross-cultural collaborations. His recognition underlines the increasing appreciation for artists who contribute to both art and global awareness.

The 2025 ceremony was streamed live on YouTube, enabling people across the country and around the world to watch the prestigious event in real time. This inclusion of a broader digital audience added to the accessibility and reach of the event, making it a moment of national pride shared collectively.

In addition to these well-known personalities, the awards were also given to several individuals from various other fields such as sports, medicine, science, literature, social work, and industry. Each year, the Padma Awards aim to honour a diverse group of achievers, and 2025 continued this tradition of inclusivity and excellence.

The ceremony not only celebrated achievements but also served as a reminder of the importance of cultural, artistic, and intellectual contributions in shaping the identity and progress of the nation. President Droupadi Murmu, in her role as the country’s ceremonial head, presented the awards with grace and dignity, upholding the significance of civilian honours in India.

As the recipients walked up to receive their awards, there was a palpable sense of emotion and pride—both from those being honoured and the audience witnessing the recognition of years of dedication. The atmosphere at Rashtrapati Bhavan was one of celebration, reverence, and inspiration.

The event reaffirmed the role of the Padma Awards in recognizing both popular and unsung heroes whose work enriches Indian society. While artists like Arijit Singh and Ajith Kumar are beloved by millions, the inclusion of figures like Ricky Kej and Shekhar Kapur highlighted the growing space for diverse forms of creativity and international acclaim within India’s honour system.

In summary, the Padma Awards 2025 brought together a constellation of celebrated Indian personalities who have contributed significantly to the country’s cultural and artistic landscape. With poignant moments like the posthumous recognition of Pankaj Udhas and the heartfelt responses from recipients like Ajith Kumar and Shekhar Kapur, the ceremony served not only as an awards function but also as a powerful tribute to India’s enduring talent and spirit.

Bill Gates Warns AI Will Replace Jobs but Insists It’s Ultimately a Good Thing

Bill Gates is making it clear: artificial intelligence is going to reshape the job market—and not just for blue-collar workers.

On a recent episode of the People by WTF podcast, the Microsoft co-founder outlined a future where AI tools take over some of the most crucial professions in America, including those in education and healthcare.

However, instead of raising concerns, Gates emphasized that this development will bring positive changes, even though millions of workers may soon face major shifts.

“We’ve always had a shortage of doctors, teachers, of people to work in the factories. Those shortages won’t exist,” Gates told podcast host Nikhil Kamath. “AI will come in and provide medical IQ, and there won’t be a shortage.”

Gates also discussed this transition during an appearance on The Tonight Show with Jimmy Fallon.

“Will we still need humans?” Fallon asked him. Gates responded bluntly, “Not for most things.”

This raises a pressing question: what does this mean for American workers?

When discussing which jobs could be affected, Gates focused on two sectors already facing significant pressure: teaching and healthcare. Both industries have long dealt with staffing shortages, particularly in rural regions across the United States.

Gates believes that AI can either fill these gaps or at least ease some of the strain. In the education sector, AI-powered tutoring tools are already undergoing testing, providing customized support for students in reading and mathematics, according to Government Technology.

In the healthcare arena, companies like Suki, Zephyr AI, and Tennr are helping doctors by generating clinical decision support tools. These technologies assist medical professionals in making quicker and more accurate diagnoses, Business Insider reported.

“Years from now, AI will have changed things enough that just this pure capitalistic framework probably won’t explain much, because as AIs, both as sort of white-collar type work and as blue-collar workers, the robots will get good hands and are able to do the physical things that humans do,” Gates told Kamath. “We will have created, you know, free intelligence.”

And it is not just limited to teachers and doctors. Many other sectors are starting to feel the growing influence of AI.

Apart from the industries Gates mentioned, such as construction, cleaning services, and factory work, AI has already made inroads into customer service and IT support.

For example, AI chatbots—although with mixed results—have largely taken over initial responses for online product support. In some cases, AI acts as a helpful assistant that increases worker productivity. But for others, it could mean complete job replacement. Gates does not deny this possibility. Instead, he argues that the overall trade-off might still be worthwhile.

Gates envisions a future where AI takes on the routine tasks, freeing people up to pursue more leisure activities. He imagines a world where the traditional 40-hour workweek shrinks and people enjoy better work-life balance. Nevertheless, not everyone shares Gates’ optimistic outlook.

A recent United Nations report warned that AI could impact around 40% of jobs globally, bringing heightened fears about automation and mass job loss.

“The benefits of AI-driven automation often favour capital over labour, which could widen inequality and reduce the competitive advantage of low-cost labour in developing economies,” the UN report stated.

While the AI industry is projected to soar to a $4.8 trillion market, the United Nations warns that the economic benefits could be “highly concentrated” among a small group rather than widely shared.

There are other concerns as well. According to UN Women, AI tools have demonstrated tendencies to reproduce racial and gender biases, especially in hiring and healthcare. These biases could deepen existing inequalities rather than alleviate them.

Meanwhile, as consumers hunt for better deals, OfficialCarInsurance.com offers the ability to compare quotes from well-known companies like Progressive, Allstate, and GEICO. Customers can reportedly find lower auto insurance rates by answering a few questions about themselves and their vehicles, sometimes securing offers as low as $29 a month.

Returning to the topic of AI and jobs, the question remains: what should workers do to prepare?

Gates is not alone in predicting the rise of AI. However, he is among the few tech leaders who remain largely hopeful about its impact. If his predictions come true, workers may need to adapt quickly.

This could mean honing skills that complement AI instead of competing with it. Abilities like critical thinking, emotional intelligence, and creativity are areas where human workers currently have the upper hand—at least for the time being.

It is also a crucial time for policymakers to get ahead of the curve. The transition to an AI-driven economy could be turbulent, but with thoughtful regulations and safeguards, it could lead to a more efficient and smarter economic system.

Ultimately, Gates is betting that society will adjust in a way that allows everyone to benefit.

Employment Growth Outpaces Population Increase, Female Workforce Participation Rises: World Bank Report

According to a recent World Bank report, employment in the country has expanded at a quicker rate than the working-age population since the 2021-22 fiscal year. One of the most notable aspects of this development is the increase in the number of women joining the workforce, signaling a positive shift in employment dynamics.

“Employment growth has outpaced the working-age population since 2021-22. Employment rates, especially among women, are rising, and urban unemployment fell to 6.6 per cent in Q1 FY24/25, the lowest since 2017-18,” the World Bank report stated. This surge in employment rates, particularly among women, represents a crucial advancement for the economy, showing both increased job opportunities and better workforce participation among previously underrepresented groups.

The report further pointed out a significant drop in urban unemployment levels. During the first quarter of the 2024-25 fiscal year, the urban unemployment rate fell to 6.6 percent, marking the lowest figure recorded since 2017-18. This decrease in urban unemployment suggests an overall strengthening of the urban job market, with more individuals securing employment compared to previous years.

Another major trend highlighted in the report is the shifting patterns of worker migration. For the first time since the 2018-19 financial year, a noticeable number of men are migrating from rural areas to urban centers in search of better employment opportunities. This shift indicates a growing demand for urban jobs and perhaps better economic prospects in cities compared to rural regions.

Simultaneously, the report observed an increase in rural women taking up employment, particularly within the agriculture sector. More rural women are now entering the workforce through agricultural jobs, pointing to an important change in traditional employment patterns across India. This development could have broad implications for rural economies and gender roles in agricultural work.

Despite these positive trends, the report also flagged some ongoing concerns. Youth unemployment remains a significant challenge, standing at 13.3 percent. The situation is even more concerning for those who have completed higher education, as 29 percent of them are still seeking employment opportunities. This highlights a persistent mismatch between educational attainment and job availability or suitability, creating barriers for young, educated individuals trying to enter the workforce.

The World Bank report stated, “Only 23 per cent of non-farm paid jobs are formal, and most agricultural employment remains informal.” This lack of formal employment opportunities indicates that many workers still do not have access to stable jobs with benefits such as health insurance, pension plans, and job security. Informal employment continues to dominate both the agricultural sector and the non-farm labor market, presenting a major challenge for labor market reforms and the overall economy.

Additionally, the report noted a significant rise in self-employment, particularly among rural workers and women. A growing number of individuals are choosing to become self-employed rather than working in traditional wage-paying jobs. This shift towards self-employment could be seen as a sign of entrepreneurial spirit but might also reflect a scarcity of formal job opportunities, forcing many to create their own means of livelihood.

While the improvement in female workforce participation is encouraging, the report pointed out that substantial gender disparities persist. The female employment rate has now reached 31 percent, a noteworthy milestone. However, there remains a wide gap between men and women in paid employment. As the report emphasized, “Despite a female employment rate of 31 per cent, gender disparities remain, with 234 million more men in paid work.”

This significant gap underscores the challenges still facing women in the labor market, including access to quality jobs, fair wages, and career advancement opportunities. Bridging this divide will require focused policy interventions and societal changes to ensure that women can participate equally in the economy.

Turning its focus to poverty, the World Bank report examined the distribution of extreme poverty across India’s most populous states. In the year 2011-12, five states–Uttar Pradesh, Maharashtra, Bihar, West Bengal, and Madhya Pradesh–accounted for 65 percent of India’s extremely poor population. These states have historically struggled with higher poverty rates due to a combination of factors such as lower industrialization, poor infrastructure, and limited access to quality education and healthcare.

Over time, these states have made notable contributions toward reducing poverty levels. However, the report revealed that as of 2022-23, these same five states still housed a significant portion of the country’s poor population. Specifically, they accounted for 54 percent of India’s extreme poor and 51 percent of the multidimensional poor. Multidimensional poverty considers various factors beyond income, including education, health, and living standards, giving a more comprehensive view of poverty.

These findings indicate that while progress has been made in reducing poverty, major challenges remain, particularly in the most populous regions. The concentration of poverty in a few states suggests the need for targeted poverty alleviation programs and greater investments in human capital development in these areas.

The World Bank report paints a complex picture of India’s labor and poverty landscape. On the one hand, there are clear signs of progress: employment is growing faster than the working-age population, more women are participating in the workforce, urban unemployment has reached a historic low, and migration trends suggest new economic opportunities are emerging. On the other hand, significant obstacles persist, including youth unemployment, high rates of informal employment, stark gender disparities, and the continued concentration of poverty in certain states.

Addressing these challenges will require comprehensive policy efforts focused on creating more formal employment opportunities, especially for young people and women. Initiatives aimed at skill development, education reform, support for entrepreneurship, and gender equality in the workplace could help bridge the existing gaps.

Moreover, efforts to reduce poverty must go beyond short-term welfare schemes and aim for long-term solutions such as improving access to quality education, healthcare, and sustainable livelihood opportunities. Special attention must be given to the most affected states to ensure that progress is both inclusive and widespread.

The findings of the World Bank report highlight that while India has made considerable strides in improving its employment landscape and reducing poverty, there is still much work to be done to ensure equitable growth and opportunity for all citizens. The progress achieved so far lays a strong foundation, but sustained effort and targeted policy interventions are critical to overcoming the remaining barriers and achieving inclusive economic growth.

Stocks Rebound as Tech Giants Lead Rally Amid Tariff Talk Optimism

After opening the week with a steep drop, the stock market staged a strong recovery on Tuesday. The S&P 500 surged by 2.5%, led by solid gains in major technology companies including Apple, Amazon, and Meta. This turnaround helped recoup most of the earlier losses and renewed investor confidence following a turbulent start to the week.

One of the key factors driving Tuesday’s rally was a behind-closed-doors investor summit hosted by J.P. Morgan in Washington, D.C., where Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent addressed attendees. According to a Bloomberg report that broke midday, Bessent indicated optimism about the U.S.-China tariff conflict. He reportedly suggested that he anticipated a de-escalation in the situation, describing the ongoing standoff as “unsustainable.” His remarks struck a hopeful chord with investors who have been rattled by market volatility in recent weeks.

Following the Bloomberg release, investors reacted quickly. Stock prices, which had been gradually rising throughout the morning, spiked after the news, driven by hope that tensions with China might ease and bring stability to global trade.

Meanwhile, the U.S. dollar, which usually sees increased demand during times of uncertainty as investors flee to safer assets, has not performed as expected. Amid President Trump’s ongoing tariff battles, the dollar has actually weakened against other currencies. The shifting and unpredictable nature of U.S. trade policy has caused concern in the markets. While the dollar managed to find some footing on Tuesday thanks to the broader stock market rebound, sentiment remains fragile. According to Bank of America’s most recent Global Fund Manager Survey, 61% of respondents believe the dollar is likely to decline in value over the coming year.

At the same time, alternative assets continued to see strong momentum. Bitcoin, often touted as a hedge against traditional, government-backed financial systems, crossed $90,000 on Tuesday for the first time in more than a month. This marked a significant milestone for the cryptocurrency, and some analysts believe it may be breaking away from traditional equity market patterns. Gold also saw a spike, reflecting continued investor concern about market instability. The precious metal, historically considered a safe haven in times of economic turbulence, briefly climbed above $3,500 an ounce on Tuesday for the first time.

Despite Tuesday’s market rebound, several troubling signals remain. One ongoing concern is President Trump’s continuing threats to remove Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell. This has cast a shadow over investor confidence, as any abrupt change in Fed leadership could have far-reaching consequences for monetary policy.

In addition, Bank of America Securities issued a report on Monday revising its global economic growth forecast downward. The firm trimmed its projection by 0.3%, pointing directly to the Trump administration’s erratic tariff policy as a contributing factor. “We expect a significant slowdown but not a recession,” the report stated, estimating the chances of a recession at 35%.

The Trump administration, however, is still promoting a narrative of nearing success in international trade negotiations. Officials have highlighted ongoing discussions with countries like Japan and India as evidence that deals are in the pipeline. Yet, new reporting by Politico casts doubt on the scale of these potential agreements. Rather than comprehensive trade deals, Politico revealed that the resulting documents might be limited to “memorandums of understanding,” with full negotiations stretching out for months to come.

As companies continue to report first-quarter earnings, further volatility in the markets is expected. Tesla, the electric vehicle company headed by Elon Musk, released its quarterly financial results on Tuesday evening. This came after a rough month for the company’s stock, which has fallen by nearly 15%. The results revealed a steep drop in net income, which fell by 71% in the first quarter. Analysts cited increasing competition from foreign automakers and ongoing questions about Musk’s leadership role as contributing factors to the poor financial performance.

Investors remain on edge, grappling with the implications of Trump’s unpredictable economic maneuvers, a potentially weakening dollar, and signs of slowing global growth. Although Tuesday’s market surge provided a welcome break from a stretch of losses, the broader outlook remains clouded by uncertainty and caution.

The response to Treasury Secretary Bessent’s remarks suggests that markets are still highly reactive to any signal of relief from geopolitical and trade-related pressures. His statement, in which he called the trade standoff with China “unsustainable” and said he expected it to ease, was enough to inject optimism and spark a rapid rally. Yet, this optimism rests on fragile ground, as fundamental challenges in global trade and economic policy remain unresolved.

Moreover, while alternative assets such as Bitcoin and gold are gaining traction as hedges, they also highlight a deep unease among investors. The surge in these assets indicates a search for security outside traditional markets, reflecting a growing lack of faith in conventional economic indicators.

The broader implications of Tuesday’s market rebound remain to be seen. It served as a momentary breather from the relentless downward pressure of recent weeks, but most analysts agree that the underlying conditions—geopolitical instability, policy uncertainty, and volatile corporate earnings—are far from resolved.

Adding to the unease is the continued tension surrounding the Federal Reserve. Trump’s persistent criticism of Chair Jerome Powell and suggestions that he may seek his removal have raised alarms in both political and financial circles. Such an action would be unprecedented and could disrupt the Fed’s independence, a cornerstone of its credibility and effectiveness.

Overall, while Tuesday’s events offered a momentary surge in investor sentiment, the market still faces a challenging road ahead. The sharp rise in stock prices, driven by a few encouraging comments and gains in tech stocks, stands in contrast to the broader landscape of economic instability and uncertain policymaking.

With trade talks dragging on and concrete agreements still out of reach, optimism may continue to fluctuate. Meanwhile, companies like Tesla underscore the real-world effects of this uncertainty, with earnings being squeezed by competition and the unpredictability of leadership.

Tuesday’s gains may be a sign that investors are eager for hope—but the fundamentals that sparked the recent selloff are still in play. Until there is more clarity on trade, the economy, and monetary policy, volatility is likely to persist.

Deadliest Kashmir Attack Since 2019 Triggers Political and Military Ripples Across India and Pakistan

The militant assault that left at least 26 tourists dead in Pahalgam on Tuesday has emerged as the bloodiest attack in Indian-administered Kashmir since 2019. Unlike previous attacks primarily aimed at security forces, this one targeted innocent civilians vacationing in one of India’s most scenic regions. The brutality and symbolism of this strike go beyond the death toll—it marks a direct hit on the fragile image of peace and normalcy that India has worked to promote in the disputed territory.

The attack’s timing and location are significant. Pahalgam, known for its tranquil beauty and appeal to tourists, became the scene of a violent ambush that not only killed civilians but also shattered public confidence. For many analysts, the event highlights how volatile the situation remains in Kashmir, a region claimed in full by both India and Pakistan, yet governed in parts by each.

India’s reaction was swift. In a show of political and diplomatic muscle, Delhi responded by shutting down the main border crossing, suspending a crucial water-sharing agreement, and expelling Pakistani diplomats. More importantly, Indian Defence Minister Rajnath Singh assured the nation of a strong response, pledging action against not only the perpetrators but also those orchestrating such “nefarious acts” from behind the scenes.

Analysts largely agree that some form of military retaliation is all but certain. What remains uncertain is the scale, method, and consequences of such a response. “We are likely to see a strong response – one that signals resolve to both domestic audiences and actors in Pakistan. Since 2016 and especially after 2019, the threshold for retaliation has been set at cross-border or air strikes,” said military historian Srinath Raghavan to the BBC. “It’ll be hard for the government to act below that now. Pakistan will likely respond, as it did before. The risk, as always, is miscalculation – on both sides.”

Raghavan was referencing India’s significant retaliatory actions in 2016 and 2019. After 19 Indian soldiers were killed in the 2016 Uri attack, India conducted what it termed “surgical strikes” across the Line of Control (LoC), targeting militant bases in Pakistan-administered Kashmir. In 2019, the deadly Pulwama attack, which killed more than 40 paramilitary personnel, prompted Indian airstrikes on an alleged terrorist training camp in Balakot, marking India’s first air incursion deep into Pakistan since 1971. Pakistan retaliated with air raids, and the two nations briefly engaged in an aerial dogfight, resulting in the capture of an Indian pilot. While both sides demonstrated their military strength, they ultimately avoided a full-scale war.

Following these high-tension moments, a ceasefire agreement along the LoC was reached in 2021, which has largely held despite sporadic militant violence in Indian-administered Kashmir. But the recent attack, given its high casualty count and targeting of civilians, could test that uneasy truce.

Michael Kugelman, a foreign policy expert, stated that this incident could provoke a military response from India, especially if any degree of Pakistani involvement—real or perceived—is found. “The chief advantage of such a reaction for India would be political, as there will be strong public pressure for India to respond forcefully,” Kugelman told the BBC. “Another advantage, if a retaliation successfully takes out terrorist targets, would be restoring deterrence and degrading an anti-India threat. The disadvantage is that a retaliation would risk a serious crisis and even conflict.”

When it comes to India’s options, covert operations provide plausible deniability but may not satisfy the domestic political need to assertively reestablish deterrence, says Christopher Clary of the University at Albany. Clary identifies two primary avenues India could pursue. One is a resumption of cross-border firing, signaling the possible breakdown of the 2021 ceasefire. The other is more dramatic: airstrikes or even cruise missile attacks akin to the 2019 Balakot action.

“No path is without risks. The US is also distracted and may not be willing or be able to assist with crisis management,” Clary told the BBC, pointing to the broader geopolitical implications.

The nuclear dimension of India-Pakistan relations cannot be ignored. Both countries possess nuclear weapons, a factor that exerts a restraining influence on escalation but simultaneously increases the stakes of any miscalculation. “Nuclear weapons are both a danger and a restraint—they force decision-makers on both sides to act with caution. Any response is likely to be presented as precise and targeted. Pakistan may retaliate in kind, then look for an off-ramp,” Raghavan observed.

He drew parallels with recent conflicts such as those between Israel and Iran, where limited strikes were followed by attempts at de-escalation. However, he cautioned that such scenarios are inherently risky. “The risk is always that things won’t go according to script.”

Kugelman, reflecting on the 2019 Pulwama episode, noted, “Each country is comfortable using limited counter retaliation.” But he warned that India must carefully balance the political and strategic gains of a retaliatory move with the possibility of a deeper and more destructive conflict.

Hussain Haqqani, a former Pakistani ambassador to the US, echoed similar thoughts. He suggested that India may consider another round of limited “surgical strikes” similar to those in 2016. “The advantage of such strikes from India’s point of view is they are limited in scope, so Pakistan does not have to respond, and yet they demonstrate to the Indian public that India has acted,” Haqqani said in an interview with the BBC.

However, he also pointed out the risks of such a strategy. “Such strikes can also invite retaliation from Pakistan, which argues that it is being blamed in a knee-jerk reaction, without any investigation or evidence.”

Whatever course India chooses in response to this tragedy, the path forward remains treacherous. Any action may spiral into further violence, pushing the already tenuous peace in the region even farther out of reach. At the same time, India must grapple with internal questions about how such an attack could occur in what is considered one of the most secure and monitored areas.

“That such an attack occurred at the peak of tourist season,” Raghavan noted, “points to a serious lapse—especially in a Union Territory where the federal government directly controls law and order.”

As tension rises and decisions loom, both nations are left navigating a perilous landscape where every move could have profound consequences—not only for regional stability but also for the lives of millions caught in the crossfire.

Terror Attack in Pahalgam Leaves 28 Dead, Mostly Tourists, as India Grapples with Aftermath

Srinagar: In what is being described as one of the most lethal terrorist assaults in Kashmir in recent years, at least 28 civilians, many of whom were tourists, lost their lives and several others were injured when gunmen opened fire indiscriminately in Baisaran Valley near Pahalgam, located in the southern district of Anantnag.

Among those killed in the attack were two foreign nationals and two local residents, according to police sources. However, the identities of the victims have not been officially disclosed as authorities work to confirm the details.

Eyewitnesses at the scene recounted harrowing moments of sudden violence and confusion. According to one witness, “We heard sudden gunshots, and people started screaming and running for cover. It all happened very quickly.” The attackers, reportedly dressed in military-style uniforms, emerged unexpectedly and unleashed automatic gunfire on a group of visiting tourists, creating widespread panic and chaos.

Jammu and Kashmir’s Chief Minister Omar Abdullah characterized the incident as a “gruesome and calculated massacre.” He acknowledged the sheer scale of the assault, stating that it was “much larger than anything we’ve seen directed at civilians in recent years.” While the exact number of casualties is still being verified, the state government has committed to releasing the official figures soon.

The Resistance Front (TRF), an outfit believed to be affiliated with the Pakistan-based terrorist organization Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT), has reportedly claimed responsibility for the attack. Intelligence officials believe the militants may have crossed over from the Kishtwar region in Jammu and traveled through Kokernag in South Kashmir before reaching Baisaran. The route they took suggests a high level of planning and coordination.

Immediately after the shooting, security forces initiated an extensive search operation in the dense forests surrounding the Baisaran Valley. High-ranking officers from both the police and the army’s counter-terrorism units arrived at the location to lead rescue efforts and oversee the evacuation of survivors.

The attack has struck a particularly sensitive nerve as it occurred just ten weeks ahead of the annual Amarnath Yatra, a major Hindu pilgrimage that attracts thousands of devotees each year. Pahalgam, where the deadly assault took place, functions as one of the key base camps for the pilgrimage. Authorities believe the choice of location and timing—during the spring tourist season—was a strategic move aimed at destabilizing the Kashmir Valley and frightening potential visitors.

In the immediate aftermath, numerous travel agencies reported a spike in cancellations, reflecting the nationwide shock and fear that the attack has generated. The violent incident has sent tremors across the country and renewed concerns over the security situation in Jammu and Kashmir.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi, who is currently on an official visit to Saudi Arabia, condemned the incident in the strongest terms. He promised that the perpetrators would face justice and reaffirmed India’s determination to continue fighting terrorism. “I strongly condemn the terror attack in Pahalgam, Jammu and Kashmir. Condolences to those who have lost their loved ones. I pray that the injured recover at the earliest. All possible assistance is being provided to those affected. Those behind this heinous act will be brought to justice… they will not be spared! Their evil agenda will never succeed. Our resolve to fight terrorism is unshakable, and it will get even stronger,” he posted on X.

Lieutenant Governor Manoj Sinha also expressed outrage over the attack and offered assurances that those responsible would be held accountable. In a message posted on X, he stated, “Spoke to the DGP & Security officials. Army and J&K Police teams have rushed to the area and launched search operations.” His post aimed to reassure the public that swift action was being taken.

People’s Democratic Party (PDP) president and former chief minister Mehbooba Mufti also voiced strong condemnation of the violence. She described the attack as cowardly and unacceptable. “I strongly condemn the cowardly attack on tourists in Pahalgam, which tragically killed one and injured several. Such violence is unacceptable and must be denounced,” she wrote on X.

The broader implications of this attack are likely to resonate for some time. With Kashmir’s tourism industry still recovering from years of conflict and uncertainty, this latest act of violence threatens to undermine those fragile gains. The region, known for its breathtaking landscapes and cultural richness, had recently begun to see a revival in tourism, which many hoped would lead to long-term economic and social stability.

Security analysts note that targeting civilians, especially tourists, is a tactic aimed at achieving maximum psychological impact. By instilling fear and disrupting the normal rhythm of life, terrorist groups attempt to create an environment of instability and insecurity. This assault, they argue, fits within that broader strategy and must be countered with both tactical operations and a strategic overhaul of security planning in sensitive regions.

As the search for the attackers continues, security forces remain on high alert across the Valley, particularly in areas connected to the upcoming Amarnath pilgrimage. Enhanced surveillance, stricter checkpoints, and intelligence coordination are being prioritized to prevent any follow-up attacks.

Meanwhile, grieving families and a shocked nation are left to mourn the loss of innocent lives. The hope among many is that the response to this tragedy will be both swift and effective—not only in apprehending the culprits but in addressing the broader security gaps that allowed such an attack to take place.

Authorities have urged citizens and tourists to remain vigilant but not to succumb to fear. Efforts are underway to restore confidence through visible security presence and ongoing communication from local officials. However, the wounds of this tragedy will take time to heal, and its shadow may linger over the region’s fragile peace for months to come.

Pope Francis’ Legacy Looms Large Over Upcoming Conclave as Cardinals Prepare to Elect New Pontiff

With the passing of Pope Francis on April 21 at the age of 88, over a billion Catholics around the world are grieving the loss of a leader who deeply influenced the Church for over a decade. As mourning continues, cardinals from every corner of the globe are preparing to journey to Rome for the traditional process of selecting a new leader of the Roman Catholic Church.

This upcoming election, which will take place within the sacred halls of the Vatican in the coming weeks, will be significantly shaped by the influence of Pope Francis himself. Despite his passing, Francis is poised to have an unusually strong impact on the conclave’s outcome due to the high number of cardinals he personally appointed during his 12-year tenure.

Unlike some of his predecessors, Francis took care to populate the College of Cardinals with clergy who aligned with his vision for the Church. Specifically, he ensured that the vast majority of cardinals eligible to vote in the conclave — those under the age of 80 — were of his choosing. This became particularly decisive in September 2023, when he officially crossed a key threshold. By that time, Francis had appointed over two-thirds of the conclave’s voting members, the minimum proportion needed to elect a new pope under current ecclesiastical law.

According to data compiled by Religion News Service, as of April 21, there are 135 cardinals who are under 80 and therefore eligible to vote in the papal election. Of those, a staggering 108 — or 80% — were selected by Pope Francis himself. In contrast, 16.3% were appointed by Pope Benedict, while only 3.7% were selected by Pope John Paul II. This overwhelming majority places Francis in a historically powerful position posthumously, with his appointments likely to steer the direction of the next papacy.

To put this in perspective, when Francis was elected to the papacy in 2013, the makeup of the electorate looked quite different. At that time, 57.9% of voting cardinals had been appointed by Pope Benedict, who had just stepped down from the papacy. Meanwhile, 42.1% of the cardinals in that conclave had been appointed by Pope John Paul II. These numbers underscore the extent to which Francis has reshaped the College of Cardinals during his time as pope.

Beyond just the numerical dominance, Francis’ influence is also evident in the evolving demographic and geographic composition of the College of Cardinals. The group set to elect the next pope is more globally representative than ever before. In 2013, Italian cardinals made up almost 25% of the conclave. That share has now dropped to just 12.6%, marking a significant shift away from longstanding Italian dominance in papal elections.

Meanwhile, the representation from Asia has grown significantly. Back in 2013, Asian cardinals accounted for just 8.8% of the conclave. Today, that number has nearly doubled, reaching 17%. The presence of African cardinals has also expanded from 8.8% to 13.3%, reflecting a broader trend of greater inclusion from traditionally underrepresented regions.

Europe’s overall share in the conclave has seen only a slight dip. In 2013, European cardinals made up about 28% of the voting body, and today they comprise roughly 26.7%. North America, on the other hand, has seen its influence wane slightly, with its share falling from 17.5% to 14.1%. South America, the continent from which Pope Francis hailed, has seen a modest increase in its representation, growing from 11.4% to 13.3% over the course of his papacy.

The implications of these demographic changes for the upcoming vote remain uncertain. Pope Francis’ time in office was defined by his commitment to issues such as poverty, the rights of immigrants, and environmental sustainability. He often chose cardinals who shared his pastoral priorities and global outlook. However, predicting how these cardinals will vote is not always straightforward. Cardinals aren’t the same as members of Congress with specific party loyalties, and voting outcomes can sometimes be difficult to predict.

The conclave itself is a deeply spiritual process, carried out in secrecy and guided by centuries of tradition. While Pope Francis’ appointments may lean toward a particular vision of Church leadership, individual cardinals often approach the election with a personal sense of discernment rather than ideological alignment. Furthermore, conclaves have historically been subject to unexpected developments and last-minute shifts, which could still alter the makeup of the electorate slightly before voting begins.

Nevertheless, barring any unforeseen changes, the next pope will be elected by a group of men largely hand-picked by Francis himself. This means that whoever succeeds him is likely to reflect, at least in part, the values and global perspective that he championed during his time as the spiritual leader of the Catholic Church.

Francis’ long-term legacy, therefore, will not only be defined by the reforms and teachings he delivered during his papacy, but also by the mark he has left on the very process of papal succession. His ability to shape the next generation of Church leadership ensures that his influence will endure well beyond his lifetime. As the Church prepares to elect a new Bishop of Rome, it will do so under the watchful shadow of a pope who transformed its leadership landscape.

As the cardinals gather to elect a new leader, one thing is clear: Francis’ imprint is everywhere — in the faces, experiences, and worldviews of those who will cast their votes. Whoever becomes the next pope will be chosen by a group largely hand-selected by Pope Francis himself.

White House Reportedly Exploring Replacement for Hegseth Amid New Leak Controversy

The White House has initiated a quiet search for a potential replacement for Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth, according to a U.S. official familiar with the matter who was not authorized to speak publicly. This development comes in the wake of another controversy involving Hegseth, who is once again under scrutiny for allegedly leaking sensitive military information in a group chat.

According to the source, Hegseth disclosed classified details in a private group conversation using the Signal messaging app on his personal phone. The recipients of this information reportedly included his wife, brother, and legal counsel. The content of the chat allegedly included minute-by-minute updates on U.S. airstrikes targeting Houthi positions in Yemen. This incident is said to have occurred in March, around the same time that Hegseth relayed similar classified information to senior officials at the White House through another Signal group. That group inadvertently included a journalist.

The premature disclosure of strike information could have placed American pilots in harm’s way had it been intercepted by enemy forces. Already, Houthi militants have successfully downed two U.S. Predator drones, raising concerns about potential lapses in operational security.

Despite the allegations, White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt denied any effort to replace Hegseth. In a statement posted on X, she declared, “President Trump stands strongly behind him.” President Trump echoed this sentiment during a press interaction at the White House, dismissing the controversy as overblown. “He’s doing a great job — ask the Houthis how he’s doing,” the president remarked.

Hegseth also pushed back against the allegations during a White House Easter event held earlier in the day. “This is what the media does, they take anonymous sources from disgruntled former employees, and then they try to slash and burn people, ruin their reputation. It’s not going to work with me,” Hegseth said in his defense.

The defense secretary’s comments appear to reference the abrupt exits of four high-ranking Pentagon advisers last week. One of them, former Defense Department spokesperson John Ullyot, resigned and subsequently published a strongly-worded opinion article describing recent events at the Pentagon as a “full-blown meltdown” marked by internal disputes that, according to him, are undermining President Trump’s administration.

Three other Pentagon officials—Dan Caldwell, Colin Carroll, and Darin Selnick—were also removed from their positions and escorted out of the building. These individuals were accused of leaking information to the media, although they have denied any wrongdoing. The trio issued a joint statement on X labeling their removal as “unconscionable” and emphasizing that they had not been informed about the specific nature of the alleged leaks.

“All three of us served our country honorably in uniform — for two of us, this included deployments to the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. And, based on our collective service, we understand the importance of information security and worked every day to protect it,” they wrote in their statement.

Caldwell and Selnick, in particular, have long-standing professional ties with Hegseth, having collaborated with him at Concerned Veterans for America, a conservative advocacy group that has influenced veterans’ policy in recent years.

The unfolding drama has not gone unnoticed by lawmakers. Senator Jeanne Shaheen of New Hampshire, a Democrat and a member of the Senate Armed Services Committee, criticized Hegseth’s actions and pointed to the larger issue of his qualifications for the job. “But we must not forget that ultimate responsibility here lies with President Trump for selecting a former weekend TV host, without any experience successfully leading a large and complex organization, to run our government’s biggest department and make life and death decisions for our military and country,” she stated.

While the White House maintains public support for Hegseth, the internal deliberations about his future suggest a growing concern over the implications of his actions. The fact that the leak could have compromised national security has escalated the urgency of the situation, particularly as tensions continue to rise in the Middle East and the U.S. military maintains a delicate operational presence in the region.

The controversy has also shed light on the potential security vulnerabilities that arise from using personal devices and encrypted messaging apps for sensitive communications. The Signal app, while popular for its end-to-end encryption, is not authorized for the transmission of classified material by U.S. government officials. The revelation that Hegseth may have used it to share top-secret operational data with non-government individuals raises serious questions about protocol adherence and information governance at the highest levels of national defense.

The March leak incident is particularly alarming because of its proximity to real-time operations. Intelligence and defense analysts worry that such breaches, if exploited by foreign actors, could jeopardize not only the safety of military personnel but also the success of U.S. missions abroad. Given that adversaries such as the Houthis have already demonstrated their ability to down advanced American drones, any additional vulnerabilities could be catastrophic.

Although the administration has made no official announcements regarding a search for a new defense secretary, the internal discussions suggest that the controversy surrounding Hegseth has reached a critical point. The situation could develop further depending on whether more details emerge about the extent and impact of the leaks, and whether Congress or the intelligence community demands a formal investigation.

As the Pentagon reels from internal discord and high-level departures, questions remain about morale within the department and the future direction of U.S. military leadership. If more officials continue to speak out, or if further security lapses come to light, the administration could be forced to re-evaluate its stance on Hegseth despite the president’s current support.

In the meantime, the defense secretary remains defiant, attributing the backlash to politically motivated leaks and disgruntled former colleagues. Whether that narrative will hold up under increasing scrutiny is yet to be seen. The situation underscores the complex and high-stakes nature of leadership at the Pentagon, especially during a time of global instability and growing threats.

For now, Hegseth remains in his position, bolstered by public endorsements from President Trump and the White House. However, the growing controversy surrounding his handling of classified information has sparked concerns that may ultimately determine his political and professional future.

Trump’s Renewed Attacks on Fed Chair Shake Markets and Fuel Global Economic Jitters

U.S. financial markets were rocked once again as President Donald Trump escalated his public criticism of Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell, branding him “a major loser” over the central bank’s decision not to cut interest rates. The president demanded that Powell take immediate action to lower borrowing costs in a bid to stimulate the American economy.

Using social media as his platform, Trump urged Powell to slash interest rates “pre-emptively,” accusing the Fed chair of being too slow to react to the evolving economic landscape. “There can be a SLOWING of the economy unless Mr. Too Late, a major loser, lowers interest rates, NOW,” the president declared in his online post.

Trump’s latest remarks come amid growing concern that his own economic policies—particularly aggressive tariffs—have contributed to market instability and increased the risk of a recession. His ongoing feud with Powell, whom he appointed during his first term in office, has only deepened the market unease.

As a result of the heightened tensions and economic anxiety, U.S. stock indexes suffered steep losses. The S&P 500, a barometer of 500 of America’s most significant companies, dropped by approximately 2.4% on Monday. Since the beginning of the year, the index has declined by around 12%. The Dow Jones Industrial Average mirrored that performance, also falling 2.4% and registering a year-to-date loss of roughly 10%. Meanwhile, the tech-heavy Nasdaq fared even worse, shedding more than 2.5% and posting a staggering 18% decline since January.

The market jitters weren’t confined to the U.S. On Tuesday, trading remained subdued in most Asia-Pacific markets. Japan’s Nikkei 225 closed slightly lower by about 0.1%, and Australia’s ASX 200 declined by roughly 0.3%. In contrast, Hong Kong’s Hang Seng Index managed a modest gain of about 0.3%.

European markets also reflected the global unease. In early trading, the UK’s FTSE 100 edged down by about 0.05%, while Germany’s DAX index fell by 0.5%. France’s CAC 40 registered a more pronounced drop of 0.6%.

Ordinarily, the U.S. dollar and government bonds are viewed as safe havens during market turmoil. However, even these assets have come under pressure. The dollar index, which gauges the greenback’s strength against a basket of currencies including the euro, fell on Monday to its lowest point since 2022.

In another sign of market unrest, yields on U.S. government bonds climbed on Tuesday, indicating that investors are demanding higher returns to hold onto Treasuries. This trend reflects a lack of confidence in the near-term stability of the U.S. economy.

At the same time, gold prices soared to a record high, breaching the $3,500 per ounce threshold. The surge in the precious metal’s value signals investors’ preference for assets deemed more secure amid uncertain times. Gold is traditionally seen as a safe haven when economic conditions become volatile.

Susannah Streeter, head of money and markets at Hargreaves Lansdown, pointed to multiple global factors boosting gold’s appeal. “No long-term resolution [is] in sight for conflicts around the world, particularly in Ukraine and Gaza,” she noted. “There are also concerns about the risk that geo-political tensions escalate as opportunities in the Arctic are eyed by the US and Russia,” she added.

Meanwhile, tensions are not just limited to economic policies and markets. On the global diplomatic front, China has issued a warning to other nations, urging them not to “appease” the U.S. in trade negotiations. The comments come amid increasing skepticism of American leadership in global economic matters.

Despite the heightened uncertainty, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) recently stated that a global recession remains unlikely, even with the pressures stemming from U.S. tariffs. However, the IMF also warned that its upcoming country-by-country growth forecasts would include “notable markdowns.”

President Trump’s criticisms of Powell are not new. Throughout his first term, he repeatedly expressed dissatisfaction with Powell’s approach to interest rates and even reportedly considered firing him. Following his return to office, Trump has continued to pressure Powell to cut borrowing costs.

This latest attack followed Powell’s remarks cautioning that Trump’s tariff policies could contribute to inflation and impede economic growth. Trump ramped up his criticism last Thursday by publicly calling for Powell’s removal. “Powell’s termination cannot come fast enough,” he wrote on social media.

The idea of dismissing the Fed chair is controversial and could face significant legal hurdles. The Federal Reserve has traditionally operated with a high degree of independence to insulate it from short-term political influence. Powell has previously told reporters that he does not believe the president possesses the legal authority to fire him.

Still, the Trump administration appears to be exploring options. One of Trump’s top economic advisers confirmed that discussions about removing Powell were underway, noting this on Friday—a day when the U.S. stock market was closed.

These developments coincide with the spring meetings of the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank, where top financial policymakers have gathered in Washington. The heightened political pressure on the Fed has become a central topic of concern at the gatherings.

Christopher Meissner, an economics professor at the University of California, Davis, and a former IMF employee, explained to the BBC’s Today programme that political interference in central banking was more common in the past. “However, the past 30 or 40 years what we’ve learned is that central bank independence is the key to financial stability and low inflation. And I think this is a major reversal and we have to watch out for it,” he warned.

Streeter echoed this view, emphasizing the importance of insulating monetary policymakers from political influence. “The independence of central banks is seen as critical to ensure long-term price stability, ringfencing policymakers from short-term political pressures,” she said.

Looking ahead, the IMF will release its latest economic projections shortly. These forecasts are expected to reflect growing concerns about U.S. economic performance and its potential ripple effects worldwide. “They used to say ‘When the US sneezed, the rest of the world caught a cold’. It’ll be really curious to see if that continues,” said Meissner. “However, I think people are expecting a pretty significant downturn in the US in the coming months… and that can’t be good for the rest of the world.”

Streeter noted that Trump’s policy decisions have undermined the global perception of the U.S. as a stable economic leader. “Yields on 10-year US Treasuries have held onto their recent rise above 4.4%. It’s another sign of unease about the direction of the US economy, amid worries that policies playing out could keep inflation higher and slow growth, and flags the anxiety rattling through the markets right now,” she said.

US Vice President JD Vance Begins First India Visit with Spiritual Tour of Akshardham Temple

US Vice President JD Vance, accompanied by his wife Usha Vance and their children—Ewan, Vivek, and Mirabel—commenced his first official visit to India with a spiritual and cultural stop at the Swaminarayan Akshardham temple in New Delhi. The visit served as an expression of the deepening ties between the United States and India and marked the beginning of Vance’s four-day tour across the country, scheduled from April 21 to April 24.

The Vance family embraced Indian traditions during their visit, with Ewan and Vivek donning traditional kurta-pyjamas, and Mirabel appearing in a vibrant anarkali dress. Together, the family explored the intricate design and spiritual grandeur of Akshardham, experiencing firsthand India’s cultural richness and heritage. As noted in an official press statement, the family admired the temple’s message of harmony, the importance of family values, and the timeless wisdom embedded in Indian traditions.

“The visit symbolises the shared values of faith, peace, and unity that continue to strengthen ties between India and the United States,” the official release stated, underscoring the broader diplomatic significance of Vance’s presence at such a spiritually important site.

In the temple’s guest book, Vice President Vance expressed his gratitude and admiration for the monument’s spiritual ambiance and architectural brilliance. He wrote, “Thank you all so much for your hospitality and kindness in welcoming me and my family to this beautiful place. It is a great credit to India that you built a beautiful temple with precision and care. Our kids, in particular, loved it. God bless.”

According to Akshardham temple spokesperson Radhika Shukla, Vance’s family spent nearly an hour exploring the temple complex, deeply engaged with its spiritual essence and artistic magnificence. “The whole family was here for around 55 minutes. Their experience of one hour inside was unforgettable,” Shukla said, as reported by news agency ANI.

She elaborated on the sequence of the visit, highlighting that the family began their temple tour at the Charanarvind, the sacred footprints of Lord Swaminarayan. They then proceeded to the Bharat Upvan, a landscaped garden that left a strong impression on them. Following that, they moved to the Gajendra Peeth, an intricately carved platform adorned with depictions of elephants. “They were very overwhelmed by the carvings,” Shukla noted. The family then made their way to the upper levels of the temple, where they had darshan—spiritual viewing—of the idol of Lord Swaminarayan in the sanctum sanctorum and offered prayers for world peace.

Earlier in the day, Shukla had shared insights into the anticipation surrounding the visit. “The Vice President and the Second Lady are arriving for the Darshan at Akshardham Temple. She has Indian roots… They are coming here directly from the airport… They will first have the darshan of the replica of Lord Swaminarayan and then they will see the architecture of the temple,” she explained.

The Vance family had flown into New Delhi’s Palam Airport and were received with traditional Indian hospitality. Union Minister Ashwini Vaishnaw welcomed them upon arrival, underscoring the diplomatic weight of the trip. The Vice President’s broader itinerary includes stops in Delhi, Jaipur, and Agra—an agenda crafted to deepen and advance the India-US Comprehensive Global Strategic Partnership.

As part of the official reception, Vance was also honored with a ceremonial Guard of Honour, reflecting the importance India places on the relationship with the United States and the respect extended to visiting dignitaries.

Randhir Jaiswal, spokesperson for India’s Ministry of External Affairs, posted a welcome message on the platform X (formerly Twitter), stating: “A very warm welcome to @VP JD Vance, @SLOTUS Mrs. Usha Vance, & the US delegation to India! Received by Minister of Railways and I&B @AshwiniVaishnaw at the airport.” The post also highlighted the purpose of the visit, adding, “The Official Visit (21-24 Apr) spanning Delhi, Jaipur & Agra is expected to further deepen the India-US Comprehensive Global Strategic Partnership.”

In anticipation of the visit, hoardings welcoming Vice President Vance were placed near Palam Airport, visually reflecting the positive diplomatic sentiment around the high-profile arrival. The tour, starting with a spiritual and cultural experience at Akshardham, signals an emphasis on people-to-people connections and shared values between the two democracies.

The Akshardham temple, known for its intricate carvings, cultural exhibits, and serene atmosphere, served as a powerful venue to highlight these shared values. The choice to begin the Vice President’s tour at such a symbolic location underlined a mutual commitment to unity, respect for tradition, and the peaceful coexistence of diverse beliefs.

While Vance’s political engagements will take him to other key Indian cities in the following days, the personal and heartfelt start to the visit at Akshardham allowed for a moment of reflection and connection that transcended official protocols. For Vance and his family, the stop was more than ceremonial—it was a meaningful immersion into the cultural and spiritual essence of India.

As India and the United States continue to build on their global partnership, visits like these emphasize not only political alignment but also a deepening understanding of each other’s values and traditions. Vance’s warm words in the guest book, his children’s traditional attire, and the family’s engagement with the temple’s spiritual offerings all contributed to a powerful image of goodwill and mutual respect.

With three more days of engagements ahead in cities rich with history and diplomatic importance, Vance’s visit aims to solidify key areas of cooperation while also providing moments of personal and cultural bonding. Whether through strategic dialogues or shared spiritual experiences, the India-US partnership continues to evolve as one built on common ideals, cultural respect, and a shared vision for global peace and progress.

Next Pope Likely to Shift Catholic Church Back Toward the Center

The next leader of the Roman Catholic Church could come from Africa, Italy, Sri Lanka, or even the United States. However, experts suggest that no matter where the new pontiff hails from, the person elected to succeed Pope Francis—who died Monday at age 88—will likely steer the Church back toward the ideological center.

Pope Francis, who led the Catholic Church for 12 years and represented 1.4 billion faithful globally, often sparked controversy among traditionalists with his progressive stances. His support for LGBTQ Catholics and decision to restrict the traditional Latin Mass were among the reforms that drew criticism from conservatives within the Church.

Now, with his passing, the College of Cardinals faces the task of choosing a successor who could bring a new tone to Church leadership. “Whoever is elected will be of a centrally conservative disposition; after 12 years of Pope Francis ‘stirring things up,’” said Serenhedd James, editor of Britain’s Catholic Herald magazine. “I think the cardinals will want someone who will take a different, calmer approach.”

Rev. Patrick Mary Briscoe, editor of Our Sunday Visitor magazine, echoed a similar sentiment. He said the next pontiff is likely to bring “a renewed clarity of doctrine” and focus more on internal Church governance than external engagement.

The process of electing a new pope will begin within 20 days of Francis’ death. A conclave of 120 cardinals under the age of 80—out of the 138 who make up the full College of Cardinals—will gather in the Vatican to choose the next spiritual leader of the Church.

The voting process includes four ballots per day until a new pope is chosen. If 30 rounds pass without a result, voting narrows to the top two candidates. One of them must receive a two-thirds majority to be elected.

Francis, during his papacy, significantly reshaped the College of Cardinals by appointing members from diverse backgrounds and perspectives. Briscoe noted that the new members are “extremely familiar with each other” due to this shift in leadership style. He also pointed out that Cardinal Giovanni Battista Re, the 91-year-old dean of the College, may quietly influence the proceedings. Despite his age, Re was kept in his position by Francis and has strong knowledge of both older and newer cardinals.

Several candidates are seen as front-runners to become the next pope. These names have been ranked by Italian Vatican expert Gaetano Masciullo and Vatican analysts Edward Pentin and Diane Montagna of the College of Cardinals Report. The list includes individuals from a range of theological viewpoints, from progressive to conservative.

Cardinal Luis Tagle of the Philippines, aged 67, is often seen as a protégé of Pope Francis. However, his standing may have been weakened after alleged “shortcomings” were uncovered during his leadership of Vatican charity Caritas International. According to Masciullo, Tagle “has expressed very ‘open’ opinions on issues such as Communion for non-sacramentally married couples and homosexuality, suggesting that universal moral principles may ‘not apply in all situations.’”

Cardinal Pietro Parolin, 70, who currently serves as the Vatican’s Secretary of State, is another top contender. An Italian with diplomatic experience, Parolin is considered a moderate figure. Though he has taken some conservative positions, his willingness to cooperate with Communist China has raised eyebrows. Nevertheless, he is seen as having a “high chance” of being elected due to his broad international experience and ties.

From France, Cardinal Jean-Marc Aveline, 66, is reportedly a favorite of Francis. Aveline is described as an intellectual and personable figure. Masciullo, however, labeled him a “dangerous contender” due to his popularity among left-leaning Church circles. He is known for advocating for strong decentralization within the Catholic Church, a position that could prove controversial.

Another notable candidate is Cardinal Willem Jacobus Eijk, 71, from the Netherlands. A trained physician and theologian, Eijk strictly adheres to Catholic doctrine, even when his views are unpopular. He opposes same-sex blessings, gender-transition therapies, and the ordination of women. His firm stances on doctrine are likely to attract support from conservative cardinals. His administrative skills also enhance his credibility as a potential pope.

Cardinal Malcolm Ranjith, 77, serves as the Archbishop of Colombo in Sri Lanka. His election would mark a historic elevation of an Asian leader to the papacy. Known for aligning with both the late Pope Benedict XVI’s theological conservatism and Francis’ advocacy for the poor and environmental issues, Ranjith could represent a unifying figure. Masciullo remarked that many consider Ranjith “as perfectly aligned with Benedict XVI.” His origin from South Asia, a region where Catholicism is rapidly growing, adds to his appeal.

Then there’s Cardinal Robert Sarah, 79, a deeply traditionalist former Vatican official from Guinea. Sarah has vocally opposed Pope Francis’ limitations on the Latin Mass and the Church’s openness to blessings for same-sex couples. These views have made him a favorite among the Church’s conservative factions. If elected, Sarah would become the first African pope since the fifth century.

While these six cardinals are widely viewed as leading candidates, it is technically possible for any baptized male Catholic to be elected pope. Canon law expert Edward Peters noted that if a non-ordained Catholic were chosen, they would need to be ordained and elevated to the role of bishop before their papacy could be formalized.

However, most experts agree that the election of a non-cardinal is nearly impossible. Christopher Bellitto, a history professor at Kean University, bluntly stated, “Odds of someone other than a cardinal being elected … are lower than a snowball’s chance in hell.” He explained that the last time such a choice was made was in 1378, which sparked the Western Schism, a crisis that saw rival claimants to the papacy and was only resolved in 1417.

Bellitto also referenced another instance from 1294, when a hermit named Celestine V was elected pope despite his lack of experience. Celestine later resigned, and the Italian poet Dante placed him “at the doorway of hell” in his literary work Inferno as a symbol of weak leadership.

The upcoming conclave is therefore expected to remain within traditional bounds, with the cardinals choosing one of their own to lead the Catholic Church into its next chapter. Despite the global reach of Catholicism and the potential for surprise, the consensus among Vatican watchers is that the new pope will likely represent a more centrist, stabilizing force after the eventful and reform-minded tenure of Pope Francis.

World Leaders Mourn Pope Francis, Recall His Legacy of Compassion, Dialogue, and Humility

Soon after the passing of Pope Francis on Monday, tributes poured in from leaders across the world who remembered the first Latin American pontiff as a spiritual beacon and a champion of the marginalized. The Pope, who was 88 years old and had been suffering from a prolonged illness, left a lasting impression on political and religious figures worldwide.

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi honored Pope Francis by calling him “a beacon of compassion, humility and spiritual courage.” Reflecting on his interactions with the Pope, Modi said, “I fondly recall my meetings with him and was greatly inspired by his commitment to inclusive and all-round development. His affection for the people of India will always be cherished. May his soul find eternal peace in God’s embrace.”

From the United States, President Donald Trump also extended his condolences on his social media platform, Truth Social, stating, “Rest in Peace Pope Francis! May God Bless him and all who loved him!”

Senator J.D. Vance, currently in India on an official visit, shared a heartfelt message, recalling his last encounter with the Pope. “I just learned of the passing of Pope Francis. My heart goes out to the millions of Christians all over the world who loved him. I was happy to see him yesterday, though he was obviously very ill. But I’ll always remember him for the below homily he gave in the very early days of COVID. It was really quite beautiful. May God rest his soul.”

Italian Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni mourned deeply, writing, “The news saddens us deeply, because a great man and a great shepherd has left us.” She added, “I had the privilege of enjoying his friendship, his advice and his teachings, which never failed even in moments of trial and suffering.” She recalled his message during the Via Crucis, where he highlighted “the power of the gift, which makes everything flourish again and is capable of reconciling what in the eyes of man is irreconcilable.” Meloni praised his call for the world “to follow a path that does not destroy, but cultivates, repairs, protects.” Concluding her tribute, she said, “His teaching and his legacy will not be lost. We greet the Holy Father with hearts full of sadness, but we know that he is now in the peace of the Lord.”

Russian President Vladimir Putin also acknowledged Pope Francis’ role in fostering better relations between religious communities. In a message to Cardinal Kevin Joseph Farrell, Camerlengo of the Holy Roman Church, Putin said, “Throughout the years of his pontificate, he actively promoted the development of dialogue between the Russian Orthodox and Roman Catholic Churches, as well as constructive cooperation between Russia and the Holy See.” He added, “In this sad hour, I would like to convey to you and the entire Catholic clergy my words of sympathy and support.”

French President Emmanuel Macron lauded the Pope’s solidarity with the vulnerable, saying, “Throughout his pontificate Pope Francis had always sided with the most vulnerable and the most fragile, and that he did this with a lot of humility. In this time of war and brutality, he had a sense for the other, for the most fragile.”

German Chancellor Friedrich Merz noted the Pope’s global impact, stating, “Francis will be remembered for his tireless commitment to the weakest in society, to justice and reconciliation. Humility and faith in God’s mercy guided him in this.” Merz emphasized how the Pope “touched people worldwide, across denominational boundaries” and extended his thoughts to the faithful worldwide who are mourning.

Israeli President Isaac Herzog expressed his condolences, focusing on the Pope’s interfaith efforts. “I send my deepest condolences to the Christian citizens of Israel, to the Christian communities in the Holy Land, and to the entire Christian world – on the loss of their spiritual father, Pope Francis,” he wrote. Herzog praised the Pope as “a man of immense faith and great mercy,” who prioritized the poor and peace efforts. “He saw great importance in deepening ties with the Jewish world and in promoting interfaith dialogue as a way to achieve mutual understanding and respect,” Herzog said. He concluded by expressing hope that “his prayers for peace in the Middle East and the return of the kidnapped will soon be answered.”

From Argentina, Pope Francis’ homeland, President Javier Milei also shared a heartfelt message: “It is with profound sorrow that I learned this sad morning that Pope Francis, Jorge Bergoglio, passed away today and is now resting in peace.” Milei acknowledged their past disagreements but said, “Despite differences that seem minor today, having been able to know him in his goodness and wisdom was a true honor for me.”

Before his papacy, Francis, born Jorge Mario Bergoglio, served as Archbishop of Buenos Aires. During his youth, he rose through the ranks of the Jesuit order, offering spiritual guidance during Argentina’s politically difficult years, particularly the military dictatorship known as the Dirty War from 1976 to 1983.

King Charles of the United Kingdom offered a touching tribute, emphasizing the Pope’s legacy of unity and empathy. “His Holiness will be remembered for his compassion, his concern for the unity of the Church and for his tireless commitment to the common causes of all people of faith, and to those of goodwill who work for the benefit of others,” he said.

Kenyan President William Ruto praised Francis’ moral clarity and inclusive leadership. “He exemplified servant leadership through his humility, his unwavering commitment to inclusivity and justice, and his deep compassion for the poor and the vulnerable. His strong ethical and moral convictions inspired millions across the world, regardless of faith or background.”

Lebanese President Joseph Aoun reflected on Francis’ longstanding support for Lebanon. “We in Lebanon, the land of diversity, feel the loss of a dear friend and a strong supporter. The late Pope always carried Lebanon in his heart and prayers, and he always called on the world to support Lebanon in its ordeal,” he said. “We will never forget his repeated calls to protect Lebanon and preserve its identity and diversity.”

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy expressed gratitude for the Pope’s prayers and encouragement during challenging times. “He knew how to give hope, ease suffering through prayer, and foster unity. He prayed for peace in Ukraine and for Ukrainians,” Zelenskyy wrote. “We grieve together with Catholics and all Christians who looked to Pope Francis for spiritual support. Eternal memory!”

Philippine President Ferdinand Marcos Jr declared his deep admiration: “I love this pope. The best pope in my lifetime as far as I’m concerned.” Marcos described him as “a man of profound faith and humility,” adding, “Pope Francis led not only with wisdom but with a heart open to all, especially the poor and the forgotten.”

Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva highlighted Francis’ commitment to justice and environmental advocacy. “Pope Francis lived and spread in his daily life the love, tolerance and solidarity that are the basis of Christian teachings,” he wrote. Citing the Pope’s alignment with the ideals of Saint Francis of Assisi, Lula said, “The Argentine, Jorge Bergoglio, tirelessly sought to bring love where there was hatred. Unity where there was discord.” Lula noted how Francis “brought the issue of climate change to the Vatican” and “vigorously criticized the economic models that led humanity to produce so many injustices.” He stressed that the Pope “always stood by those who need it most: the poor, refugees, young people, the elderly and victims of war and all forms of prejudice.” Lula concluded by noting the personal impact Francis had on him and his wife, Janja. “On the occasions when Janja and I were blessed with the opportunity to meet Pope Francis and be received by him with great affection, we were able to share our ideals of peace, equality and justice. Ideals that the world has always needed. And will always need. May God comfort those who today, all over the world, suffer the pain of this enormous loss. In his memory and in honor of his work, I decree seven days of mourning in Brazil.”

Pope Francis’ legacy as a humble servant, a spiritual reformer, and a global voice for peace will continue to resonate far beyond his time.

Pope Francis Dies at 88: A Revolutionary Papacy That Transformed the Church

Pope Francis, the transformative leader of the Catholic Church known for his efforts to modernize its mission and message, has passed away at the age of 88. The Argentine-born pontiff, who made history as the first pope from the Americas and the first Jesuit to ascend to the role, died on Easter Monday. His death was confirmed by Cardinal Kevin Farrell in an official Vatican statement.

“Dearest brothers and sisters, with deep sorrow I must announce the death of our Holy Father Francis,” said Cardinal Farrell. “At 7.35am this morning, the Bishop of Rome, Francis, returned to the house of the Father. His entire life was dedicated to the service of the Lord and His Church. He taught us to live the values of the Gospel with fidelity, courage and universal love, especially in favour of the poorest and most marginalised. With immense gratitude for his example as a true disciple of the Lord Jesus, we commend the soul of Pope Francis to the infinite merciful love of the One and Triune God.”

Francis made history in many ways. He was the first pope born or raised outside Europe in over 1,200 years and assumed the papacy in 2013, leading the Roman Catholic Church’s 1.3 billion followers through an era marked by both internal reform and global challenges. His health had been declining for some time, with the Pope relying on a wheelchair or cane following multiple surgeries, including major abdominal procedures. In February, he was hospitalized with pneumonia in both lungs and spent over a month recovering in Rome’s Gemelli hospital, only being discharged on March 23.

His passing came just a day after he had blessed thousands gathered at St Peter’s Square during Easter Sunday celebrations. Despite his frailty, he made an unexpected appearance in the popemobile, delighting the crowd with a ride through the piazza. He had also met briefly with U.S. Vice President J.D. Vance that day.

As per centuries-old Vatican protocols, the camerlengo — the official responsible for overseeing church property — confirmed the death by calling out Pope Francis’ baptismal name, Jorge Mario Bergoglio, three times without receiving a response. Upon this, he declared the Pope deceased and began notifying Vatican staff and the public.

The Pope’s death sets in motion a traditional nine-day mourning period and the lead-up to a new papal election. The funeral Mass is expected to be held in St Peter’s Square, and Francis will be buried between four and six days following his death, in accordance with the Universi Dominici Gregis, the document guiding the papal transition. While most popes are buried beneath St Peter’s Basilica, Francis had previously expressed his wish for a simple service and burial at the Basilica of Santa Maria in Rome, marking the first time since Pope Leo XIII in 1903 that a pope will be laid to rest outside the Vatican.

Within 15 to 20 days, more than 140 cardinals from around the globe will arrive at the Vatican to begin the conclave, the highly secretive election process to choose the next pope. During the conclave, the cardinals will be sequestered in the Sistine Chapel, cut off from all forms of communication, until a new pontiff is elected by a two-thirds majority. The announcement of the new pope will come in the traditional form: white smoke emerging from the Sistine Chapel chimney.

Born in Buenos Aires in 1936, Francis’ papacy began under unique circumstances. He succeeded Benedict XVI, who resigned in 2013, becoming the first pope to step down in six centuries. The unexpected transition created a period of dual pontiffs living within the Vatican, and despite the unusual arrangement, Francis and Benedict formed a close personal relationship. Benedict passed away at the end of 2022.

As the 266th pope in the Church’s two-millennia history, Francis took leadership during a particularly turbulent time. The Catholic Church was reeling from widespread sexual abuse scandals, suffering from financial disarray, and sharply divided between conservative and liberal factions. While he didn’t alter Church doctrine, Francis radically changed the tone and focus of Vatican leadership. He immediately targeted clericalism, aimed to uplift the laity, promoted women to influential positions in Church bureaucracy (though he stopped short of ordaining them), and spoke out firmly on climate change.

Francis gained a reputation for compassion, especially toward society’s marginalized, but his gentle demeanor did not extend to clergy who failed to address misconduct. He was unafraid to challenge conservative elements within the Church and dismissed bishops who had mishandled sexual abuse cases. His determination to reform Vatican governance led him to create an anti-corruption body that conducted audits of Church-owned institutions.

During the most recent synod, Francis urged Catholics globally to envision a more inclusive Church, advocating for “an ever more symphonic and synodal church.” He described the Church as an orchestra, cautioning that no single section should dominate. Referring to his role as a “conductor,” he emphasized the need for “creative fidelity” in uniting differing voices within the Church.

Despite his many efforts, his attempts to rebalance the Church’s power structure and amplify the voices of laypeople, especially women and those on society’s fringes, met limited success. In one of his early interviews, Francis remarked that the Church should not fixate on issues like abortion, same-sex marriage, and contraception, stating that “everyone knew what the church taught” on these matters.

In a strategic move to shape the future of the Church, Francis appointed 21 new cardinals in late 2024. With this, roughly 80 percent of the current College of Cardinals — the body responsible for electing the next pope — are now his appointees. This shift significantly increased representation from Asia and Africa, a reflection of Francis’ mission to expand the Church’s reach in the developing world. His 2015 visit to the Philippines marked the largest papal event in history, drawing over six million attendees for the final Mass in Manila, surpassing World Youth Day 1995 at the same location.

Yet, Francis’ tenure was not without internal strife. He faced strong opposition from conservative members within the Church, most notably when an essay surfaced in early 2023, widely believed to have been written by the late Cardinal George Pell. The piece labeled Francis’ papacy a “catastrophe” and accused the Vatican under his leadership of being at a political “low ebb.” It also criticized him for “grave failures to support human rights in Venezuela, Hong Kong, mainland China, and now in the Russian invasion.”

Nevertheless, Pope Francis leaves behind a profound legacy. He may not have fundamentally altered Church doctrine, but he reshaped the Church’s image, reoriented its priorities toward justice, inclusion, and humility, and opened doors for global voices long marginalized in the institution’s highest circles. His papacy will be remembered as one that dared to challenge tradition while calling for unity, compassion, and courage in a divided world.

Pope Francis Visits Rome’s Regina Coeli Prison, Offering Presence and Prayer in Holy Week Tradition

On the afternoon of April 17, Pope Francis made a deeply personal visit to Regina Coeli, the historic prison situated along the Tiber River in Rome. The visit, carried out without fanfare or large announcements, was in keeping with the Pope’s established tradition of spending Holy Thursday in solidarity with those on society’s margins. This year, although he was unable to perform the symbolic washing of feet, a hallmark of his previous Holy Week visits to prisons, the Pope made it clear that his intention to connect with the incarcerated remained steadfast. “I like to do each year what Jesus did on Holy Thursday, the washing of feet, in a prison,” he said. “This year I can’t, but I can and want to be near you. I pray for you and for your families.”

The pontiff arrived quietly at the prison at around 3 p.m., avoiding ceremonial protocols. He was received with warmth by prison director Claudia Clementi and members of the penitentiary staff before he made his way to the prison’s central rotunda. There, approximately 70 inmates had gathered in anticipation of his visit. These inmates came from diverse backgrounds and nationalities, all sharing a common commitment to the prison’s faith formation and catechetical programs led by the chaplain. The Pope’s arrival was not treated as a staged event; rather, it was a sincere and intimate encounter rooted in mutual respect and shared humanity.

The Pope’s presence in Regina Coeli carried a message that transcended spoken words. After a brief period of silent prayer, he moved unhurriedly through the rotunda, personally greeting each individual inmate. There were no formal speeches or scripted interactions—just meaningful moments of connection. Often, these encounters took place in silence, with the Pope’s gaze or gesture communicating volumes. These moments were filled with emotion, drawing attention to the deep compassion and humility that have come to define Francis’ papacy.

Despite not delivering a homily or organized address, the Pope did lead the group of inmates in reciting the Lord’s Prayer. Following this shared act of faith, he offered his blessing to all those present. His visit, though brief—lasting only about thirty minutes—left a profound impact. After blessing the inmates and exchanging final greetings, he quietly departed the prison grounds.

As he exited the gates of Regina Coeli, journalists managed to capture a few parting words from the Pope. In his customary humble manner, he offered a poignant reflection on his recurring visits to correctional facilities. “Every time I enter a prison, I ask myself: ‘Why them and not me?’” he said. These words underscored his recognition of the vulnerability and unpredictability that shape every human life. He seemed to reject the notion of moral superiority, emphasizing instead the shared human condition that binds all people—whether free or imprisoned.

When asked by reporters how he experiences Easter personally, the Pope’s response was simple yet telling. “As I can,” he replied. That brief statement carried a weight of humility, honesty, and universality—expressing the idea that faith, especially during the solemn time of Holy Week, is a journey shaped by personal circumstances, limitations, and sincerity.

Pope Francis’ visit to Regina Coeli stands as a testament to his unwavering commitment to minister to those often forgotten or stigmatized by society. Since the beginning of his papacy, he has consistently prioritized pastoral outreach over pomp, choosing to serve and connect with people where they are, especially those who suffer or are marginalized. His repeated visits to prisons during Holy Week reflect a deep theological conviction—an understanding of mercy, redemption, and the importance of presence over pronouncements.

Though he was physically limited this year from performing the traditional act of washing feet—a gesture that symbolizes service, humility, and love—his physical presence among the inmates spoke just as powerfully. His intention was unmistakable: to accompany, to listen, to bless, and to bring the message of Easter hope into the walls of a prison.

The Pope’s actions at Regina Coeli were in line with the values he has continually preached throughout his pontificate: closeness over distance, compassion over judgment, and the power of human dignity over social labels. Rather than standing above the inmates as a religious authority figure, he stood among them as a fellow pilgrim—someone aware of life’s fragility and the ever-present potential for both brokenness and redemption.

This visit marked another chapter in Pope Francis’ evolving legacy of hands-on, relational ministry. In choosing to spend part of Holy Week not in a grand cathedral but inside a prison, he reinforced his belief that the true meaning of Easter lies not only in liturgical celebration but in reaching out to the forgotten, the rejected, and the suffering.

In an era where religious leaders often face criticism for being out of touch with real-world suffering, Pope Francis continues to break the mold. His willingness to engage directly with those behind bars—offering not solutions, but solidarity—echoes the essence of Christ’s message during Holy Week: a message of love that embraces even the most abandoned.

For the inmates of Regina Coeli, the Pope’s visit offered more than just a blessing. It was a moment of recognition and grace, a reminder that they are seen, remembered, and valued. For the world observing from outside the prison walls, it was yet another example of Pope Francis’ unique pastoral approach—one grounded in humility, driven by empathy, and centered on the Gospel’s call to serve.

With his quiet half-hour at Regina Coeli, Pope Francis gave the world a glimpse of what Holy Thursday looks like when lived with authenticity: not as a spectacle, but as a sacred moment of encounter, of broken barriers, and of shared humanity.

Scientists Reconstruct LUCA: The Ancient Microbe That Sparked All Life on Earth

Every leaf on a plant, feather of an eagle, or even a smear of pond scum shares the same underlying code of life, written in just four DNA letters. Ribosomes interpret this genetic script, assembling 20 standard amino acids and powering cells using the universal energy molecule ATP. This remarkable uniformity across all life continues to intrigue scientists, who are chasing an age-old mystery: if the recipe is nearly identical everywhere, who authored the original version?

The answer appears to lie in LUCA, the Last Universal Common Ancestor—a long-extinct organism that existed at the evolutionary crossroads between Bacteria and Archaea.

The astonishing consistency in biology’s language and tools points to a shared origin.Living systems are not fond of coincidence. A single genetic alphabet, the same protein-making machinery, and a universal energy currency add up to more than luck.This raises the question of just how far back the shared biological toolkit extends.

To explore that, researchers led by Dr. Edmund Moody from the University of Bristol examined thousands of genomes. They aimed to trace the common genetic features of life back to their source. “The evolutionary history of genes is complicated by their exchange between lineages,” Moody explained. “We have to use complex evolutionary models to reconcile the evolutionary history of genes with the genealogy of species.”

Instead of applying strict thresholds, the team let the data determine which genes might have belonged to LUCA. Their analysis uncovered roughly 2,600 genes, similar in number to what’s found in many modern bacteria. Dr. Tom Williams, a co-author, emphasized the strength of their approach. “One of the real advantages here is applying the gene-tree species-tree reconciliation approach to such a diverse dataset representing the primary domains of life, Archaea and Bacteria. This allows us to say with some confidence – and assess that level of confidence – in how LUCA lived.”

Previous efforts to identify LUCA’s genetic makeup produced widely varying estimates, ranging from a minimal 80 genes to over 1,500 gene families. This new analysis, however, suggests LUCA was much more than a primitive organism. The 2,600-gene profile reveals a highly capable microbe, complete with membrane pumps, DNA repair systems, and the capacity to synthesize simple lipids.

Significantly, LUCA also had the Wood–Ljungdahl pathway—a set of chemical reactions that link carbon dioxide and hydrogen to produce acetate and energy. This process suggests LUCA could feed and energize itself without external assistance. That challenges earlier theories which imagined early life as simplistic, passively relying on geological activity to evolve.

Instead, LUCA appears to have been a robust and versatile creature, well-suited for the newly cooled Earth where liquid water could persist. Gene-tracing techniques suggest LUCA lived approximately 4.2 billion years ago—just a few hundred million years after the planet’s formation.

“We did not expect LUCA to be so old, within just hundreds of millions of years of Earth formation. However, our results fit with modern views on the habitability of early Earth,” said Dr. Sandra Álvarez-Carretero. During that ancient time, Earth’s surface was chaotic, with frequent asteroid collisions and widespread volcanic eruptions. Yet hydrothermal vents on the seafloor may have provided stable, warm habitats rich in metals like iron, nickel, and sulfur—minerals that could drive the very same chemical reactions found in LUCA’s genome.

LUCA’s reliance on the Wood–Ljungdahl pathway fits perfectly with this setting, where vent chemistry could have been transformed into sustenance and power. But LUCA’s stable existence didn’t last long.

“Our study showed that LUCA was a complex organism, not too different from modern prokaryotes. What is really interesting is that it clearly possessed an early immune system, showing that even by 4.2 billion years ago, our ancestor was already engaged in an arms race with viruses,” noted Professor Davide Pisani.

The presence of genes resembling modern CRISPR systems—a microbial immune defense—implies that viruses were already attacking cells at the dawn of life. These viral invasions didn’t just threaten LUCA; they helped shape it. Viral infections can shuffle genes between hosts, accelerating the development of new enzymes and metabolic processes. This constant threat may have driven early cells to adapt rapidly, passing on their innovations to future generations.

Although LUCA had significant capabilities, it was not alone. It likely coexisted with a diverse community of microbes, each contributing to a shared ecosystem. “Its waste would have been food for other microbes, like methanogens, that would have helped to create a recycling ecosystem,” said Tim Lenton from the University of Exeter.

In modern hydrothermal vent ecosystems, acetate-producing organisms and methane-makers exchange chemical byproducts, stabilizing their environment and creating balanced energy systems. It’s possible a similar arrangement existed billions of years ago, long before photosynthesis evolved.

These early microbial collaborations could have regulated carbon and hydrogen flows, and even smoothed out extreme changes in temperature and pH. Such cooperative systems might have paved the way for more complex evolutionary developments.

Understanding LUCA’s world and abilities isn’t just a historical exercise—it has implications for both science and the search for extraterrestrial life. “The findings and methods employed in this work will also inform future studies that look in more detail into the subsequent evolution of prokaryotes in light of Earth history, including the lesser-studied Archaea with their methanogenic representatives,” explained Professor Anja Spang from the Royal Netherlands Institute for Sea Research.

Professor Philip Donoghue underscored the importance of interdisciplinary collaboration in this research. “This brought together data and techniques from across multiple fields,” he said. By pooling knowledge from genetics, geology, evolutionary biology, and microbiology, the team was able to reconstruct a clearer picture of life’s origins than any single discipline could have achieved on its own.

Donoghue also emphasized how quickly ecosystems formed on early Earth. “This suggests that life may be flourishing on Earth-like biospheres elsewhere in the universe,” he concluded.

The quest to understand LUCA is far from over. Each new genome collected from ocean sediment or desert soil adds more details to the picture. With sequencing technologies becoming faster and more affordable, scientists will continue to identify ancient gene families and search for traces of early viruses in microbial DNA.

Future expeditions that drill into untouched seafloor vents could uncover life forms that echo LUCA’s lifestyle, linking geological processes directly with genetic history. Although many questions remain, one conclusion is clear: life didn’t stumble onto the scene—it arrived fully equipped, ready to face viruses, and eager to reshape its surroundings. Today, every living organism still carries a spark from that ancient ancestor.

Rahul Gandhi Set for Two-Day US Visit, to Speak at Brown University and Engage with Indian Diaspora

Rahul Gandhi, India’s Leader of Opposition, is scheduled to undertake a two-day trip to the United States starting April 21. This visit will include a series of engagements focused on academic interaction and community outreach, especially with the Indian diaspora in the U.S.

During his visit, Gandhi will be heading to Rhode Island, where he will participate in a key event at Brown University. He is expected to take part in a session titled “A Conversation with Rahul Gandhi” at the Watson Institute for International and Public Affairs. This event is being organized by the Saxena Center for Contemporary South Asia and is slated to be held on April 21. As part of this academic exchange, Gandhi will also interact with Brown University’s faculty members and students, providing them with insights into Indian politics and governance from the perspective of the opposition.

Aside from the university session, the Congress leader will also meet with members of the Indian-American community during his U.S. visit. These meetings are expected to include interactions with non-resident Indians as well as representatives of the Indian Overseas Congress, which functions as the international arm of the Indian National Congress party. The Indian Overseas Congress plays an important role in engaging with the global Indian diaspora and promoting the Congress party’s ideology abroad.

Pawan Khera, the chairman of the Congress party’s media and publicity department, confirmed the details of Gandhi’s itinerary through a post on X, formerly known as Twitter. In his post, Khera stated, “Former Congress president Rahul Gandhi will be visiting Brown University, in Rhode Island, United States, on the 21st and 22nd of April. He will be giving a talk and interacting with faculty members and students.”

This upcoming trip marks Gandhi’s second visit to the United States in the span of a few months. His previous U.S. tour took place in September 2024, during which he addressed faculty and students at the University of Texas. That visit also included meetings with various Indian diaspora groups in Texas and the nation’s capital, Washington, D.C. These interactions have become part of Gandhi’s broader efforts to connect with Indians abroad and present his party’s vision on international platforms.

In addition to the University of Texas, Gandhi has delivered speeches and participated in dialogues at several renowned international academic institutions. These include appearances at Harvard University, the University of Cambridge, and Stanford University. Through these engagements, he has sought to present his thoughts on democracy, economic development, and the social challenges facing India. His academic outreach is viewed as part of a broader attempt to rebrand his political persona and expand his influence beyond Indian borders.

Brown University, where Gandhi is scheduled to speak during his upcoming visit, is one of the oldest and most prestigious universities in the United States. Founded in 1764, the Ivy League institution has a long-standing reputation for academic excellence and political engagement. Over the years, it has hosted a variety of global political leaders and public intellectuals, serving as a platform for high-level discussions on international affairs.

The event titled “A Conversation with Rahul Gandhi” is expected to draw significant attention from students, faculty, and members of the South Asian community in the region. With the growing interest in India’s political dynamics ahead of the next general elections, Gandhi’s thoughts on current national issues are likely to be closely followed. His appearance at Brown University is anticipated to provide him an opportunity to articulate his vision for India and present his critique of the current government in a global forum.

This kind of academic interaction is not new for Gandhi, who has made it a point to include such discussions during his international visits. These engagements often allow him to explain the Congress party’s stance on matters ranging from economic policy to social justice, and to underline the importance of democratic institutions in India. They also provide him with a space to address questions and criticisms in a relatively open and intellectually oriented environment.

In addition to addressing academic audiences, Gandhi’s outreach to the Indian-American community has also been a consistent part of his international itinerary. The Indian diaspora in the United States has played an increasingly influential role in shaping political perceptions and promoting bilateral ties between the two nations. Engaging with these communities allows Gandhi to build networks of support and understanding that can be strategically valuable, especially as India continues to play a larger role in global affairs.

The Indian Overseas Congress, which coordinates many of these diaspora engagements, has been instrumental in organizing meetings and forums for Gandhi during his visits. These interactions often serve dual purposes: strengthening the Congress party’s presence among overseas Indians and allowing Gandhi to gauge the concerns and expectations of expatriate communities. Such dialogues can also be an opportunity to correct misconceptions and present the Congress’s political agenda directly to a global Indian audience.

Gandhi’s recent travels to foreign universities and diaspora hubs highlight a broader strategy by the Congress party to rebuild its image and international credibility. In contrast to the more centralized and nationalistic messaging of the ruling Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), the Congress leader has often emphasized themes of democratic resilience, inclusivity, and global cooperation in his foreign engagements.

While the impact of such visits on domestic electoral politics may be limited, they do contribute to shaping global narratives about India and its leadership. Gandhi’s appearances on international stages are covered widely by both Indian and global media, influencing how Indian politics is perceived abroad.

His choice of Brown University for his next academic appearance fits into this pattern of aligning with reputed institutions that foster open discussion. As he prepares for the event and subsequent interactions, both his supporters and critics will be watching closely to see how effectively he uses the platform to project his political philosophy and connect with younger, globally-minded audiences.

With India set to enter another election cycle in the near future, Gandhi’s overseas engagements, including his forthcoming U.S. visit, are likely to be viewed through both diplomatic and political lenses. They reflect a continuing effort by the Congress leader to maintain visibility, build international rapport, and strengthen ties with communities that can indirectly influence India’s external image and internal discourse.

In summary, Rahul Gandhi’s two-day visit to the United States on April 21 and 22 includes a major speaking engagement at Brown University in Rhode Island, along with meetings with Indian-American community members and Congress party affiliates. As Pawan Khera noted, “Former Congress president Rahul Gandhi will be visiting Brown University, in Rhode Island, United States, on the 21st and 22nd of April. He will be giving a talk and interacting with faculty members and students.” This marks another chapter in Gandhi’s continued effort to blend academic dialogue, community interaction, and international outreach as he seeks to play a leading role in shaping India’s political future.

AACIO Celebrates Dr. Navin C. Nanda’s Legacy with Renaming ACC Distinguished Annual International Service Award as “Navin C. Nanda International Service Award”

Chicago, IL – The Annual Meeting and Scientific Sessions organized by the American Association of Cardiologists of Indian Origin (AACIO), during the annual American College of Cardiology’s (ACC), co-hosted by the Indian American Medical Association-IL and International Society of Cardiovascular Ultrasound (ISCU), was held in Chicago, IL. on March 29, 2025.

2 AACIO Celebrates Dr Navin C Nanda's Legacy with Renaming ACC Distinguished Annual International Service Award as “Navin C Nanda International Service Award”
Recognition of Dr. Nanda at the American College of Cardiology Convention 2025 in Chicago

The medical and scientific event, attended by over 200 medical professionals and leaders from across the United States, featured state-of-the-art lectures and four young investigator awards.

A highlight of the annual was the announcement of the ACC’s Distinguished Award for International Service, named in perpetuity in honor of Dr. Navin C. Nanda, MD, FACC. This is the first time that ACC has named one of their most distinguished and prestigious annual awards not only after an eminent US Cardiologist of Indian Origin, but also for any Cardiologist born outside the USA.

On behalf of the American College of Cardiology, Board of Trustees, Brynne MacCann, Director of ACC Philanthropy, attended the meeting to congratulate Dr. Nanda and expressed her gratitude to AACIO for their support. On behalf of the ACC Board of Trustees, MacCann, in her message said, “The ACC Board of Trustees is thankful to AACIO for nominating and supporting the International Service Award in Dr. Nanda’s name, recognizing his pioneering work in echocardiography and dedication to education and mentorship. This award will continue to inspire future generations of cardiovascular leaders.”

3 AACIO Celebrates Dr Navin C Nanda's Legacy with Renaming ACC Distinguished Annual International Service Award as “Navin C Nanda International Service Award”
Dr. Navin C Nanda, with the leadership of AACIO Dr. Rakesh Sharma, Dr. Gopal Lalmalani, and Dr. Samir Shah at the AACIO Annual Conference in Chicago on March 29, 2025

AACIO President Rakesh Sharma, MD, FACC, said, “We’re proud to recognize ACC’s decision to establish this prestigious award in Dr. Nanda’s name, a testament to his enduring legacy. His groundbreaking work and tireless efforts in mentoring have left a lasting impact.”

Dr. Nanda expressed his gratitude, stating, “The designation of the ACC International Service Award in my name is the most meaningful achievement in my career. I’m grateful to the ACC Board and AACIO Executive Committee, especially Dr. Sharma, for their support.”

Dr. Nanda is recognized worldwide as the “Father of Modern Echocardiography” for his pioneering contributions not only in adult but also pediatric and fetal echocardiography.

Dr. Nanda has made cutting-edge advancements in the field, including three-dimensional, contrast, and both conventional and color Doppler echocardiography.  He received his medical degree from Seth G.S. Medical College and his Doctor of Medicine degree from the University of Mumbai.

ACCIO, founded in 1986, is a foremost organization, which represents the interests of almost 6,000 Cardiologists of Indian Origin practicing in the United States.

The inaugural Navin C. Nanda International Service Award will be presented at ACC’s Annual Scientific Session in 2026 in New Orleans, LA.

Dr Nanda’s interview by the ACC was also simultaneously published in cardiology. Feature | Making A Global Difference: Navin C. Nanda, MD, FACC – American College of Cardiology

4 AACIO Celebrates Dr Navin C Nanda's Legacy with Renaming ACC Distinguished Annual International Service Award as “Navin C Nanda International Service Award”
Presentation of multiorganizational recognition plaque to Dr. Navin Nanda as the Chair of Indo-US Scientific Convention in Hyderabad in January 2025 by the Convention Co-Chair Dr. Vemuri Murthy at the AACIO Annual Conference.

US Vice President J D Vance Set to Visit India from April 21 to 24

United States Vice President J D Vance is scheduled to embark on his first official trip to India from April 21 to April 24, as confirmed by the Indian government. Accompanying him on this significant diplomatic journey will be Second Lady Usha Vance, their children, and key senior officials from the Trump administration. The visit marks a continuation of the strong strategic partnership between India and the United States, following recent high-level exchanges between the two countries.

The Indian government announced in an official statement that Vance will hold a meeting with Prime Minister Narendra Modi on April 21, a central component of his three-day visit. “The Vice President and his delegation will have other engagements in Delhi and are also scheduled to visit Jaipur and Agra before departing for Washington DC on April 24,” the statement noted. The visit is being viewed as a valuable opportunity for both nations to assess the current status of their bilateral relations and evaluate the implementation of the key outcomes outlined in the joint statement released on February 13 during Prime Minister Modi’s trip to the United States.

During his time in India, Vice President Vance is expected to engage in wide-ranging discussions with Indian leaders, covering important regional and global developments. These discussions are aimed at deepening mutual understanding and coordination on issues of shared concern. According to the Indian government, “The visit will provide an opportunity for both sides to review progress in bilateral relations and implementation of the outcomes of the India-US joint statement issued on Feb 13 during Modi’s visit.”

The U.S. side has also issued a formal announcement confirming the visit and underlining its cultural and diplomatic importance. The statement emphasized that Vice President Vance and his family will take part in cultural engagements during their stay in India. “Vance and family will participate in engagements at cultural sites in India,” it noted. These cultural activities are expected to underscore the strong people-to-people ties that form an essential pillar of the India-U.S. relationship.

The choice of cities for the Vice President’s itinerary reflects a mix of political and cultural interests. While the official meetings and diplomatic exchanges will be conducted in New Delhi, the delegation’s visits to Jaipur and Agra will allow them to experience India’s rich cultural heritage firsthand. Jaipur, known as the Pink City, is famous for its architectural marvels and vibrant local culture, while Agra is home to the iconic Taj Mahal, one of the most visited landmarks in the world and a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

The timing of the visit is significant as it comes at a moment when both nations are keen to expand their cooperation across several sectors, including defense, technology, trade, and climate. The February 13 joint statement, which will be a reference point for many of the discussions during Vance’s trip, outlined a comprehensive framework for advancing shared priorities. This includes enhanced defense collaboration, promotion of clean energy initiatives, facilitation of critical and emerging technologies, and bolstering economic exchanges.

Both governments appear eager to maintain the momentum that was established during earlier high-level engagements, and this upcoming visit by Vice President Vance provides a platform to reinforce those commitments. Given the strategic convergence between India and the United States in the Indo-Pacific and beyond, it is expected that the two sides will use the opportunity to exchange views on pressing regional security concerns and align their positions on global matters of mutual interest.

Observers believe that the presence of Second Lady Usha Vance and their children on this trip adds a personal touch to the diplomatic visit and signifies the importance of strengthening interpersonal and cultural dimensions of the bilateral relationship. It is common for leaders and their families to engage in such symbolic gestures, which often resonate positively with the public and media on both sides.

As this is Vance’s inaugural trip to India, it also carries symbolic weight and serves as a message about the priorities of the Trump administration in its approach to foreign policy, particularly in relation to South Asia. His engagement with Indian leaders, cultural figures, and civil society will be closely watched as a measure of how Washington aims to frame its ties with New Delhi in the coming years.

The visit is also likely to involve discussions on major global developments, including geopolitical tensions, economic recovery post-pandemic, and cooperation in international forums. With India playing an increasingly influential role on the world stage, both nations are looking to align their diplomatic efforts and maximize their shared interests through frequent and high-level engagements.

Throughout the three-day visit, Vice President Vance and his delegation are expected to participate in a series of official meetings, policy discussions, and cultural programs. His interactions in New Delhi are likely to include sessions with Indian cabinet ministers and senior officials to deepen collaboration across various sectors. In Jaipur and Agra, the delegation will engage in site visits that not only highlight India’s historical and architectural treasures but also reflect the broader cultural diplomacy goals of the visit.

While specific details about the cultural engagements have not been released, it is expected that the Vance family’s participation will focus on showcasing appreciation for India’s heritage, further enhancing the warmth of the bilateral ties. Such cultural interactions have often been used as a tool to emphasize common values and build lasting goodwill between nations.

The government of India has stated that this visit will help advance the implementation of previously agreed-upon measures and identify new areas of cooperation. By reviewing the deliverables from the February 13 joint statement, both countries hope to chart a forward-looking roadmap for deeper cooperation. The government noted, “The two sides will exchange views on regional and global developments of mutual interest.”

This visit marks yet another chapter in the continuing evolution of India-U.S. ties, which have steadily grown stronger over the past two decades. With regular exchanges at the highest levels, both nations have worked to build a strategic partnership rooted in democratic values, mutual trust, and shared aspirations for peace and prosperity.

As Vice President Vance concludes his trip on April 24, analysts will be watching closely for the outcomes and signals emerging from this diplomatic engagement. The visit not only underscores the importance of the bilateral relationship but also sets the stage for further collaboration as both nations navigate complex global challenges and opportunities together.

Trump Administration Enforces Old Immigration Rule, Mandates Legal Status Proof for All Non-Citizens

Non-citizens residing in the United States, whether they are on H-1B work visas, F-1 student visas, or other legal permits, are now required to carry proof of their legal immigration status at all times. This requirement comes under a new directive from the Donald Trump administration, which became effective on April 11. The directive is part of a broader executive order titled ‘Protecting the American People Against Invasion’ and is intended to intensify immigration enforcement efforts, with the potential for deportation targeting individuals lacking legal status.

This latest move is essentially a stricter application of a pre-existing law. The foundation of the policy lies in the Alien Registration Act of 1940, a law that required immigrants to register with the U.S. government. Although it existed for decades, the rule was not enforced consistently. The new directive revives this old requirement under what is now being called the Alien Registration Requirement (ARR), implementing clearer timelines and harsher penalties for non-compliance.

Under the updated regulation, all non-citizens who are 14 years or older and have been living in the U.S. for over 30 days must register using Form G-325R. For children under 14, parents are responsible for registering them. Additionally, new immigrants must complete registration within 30 days of entering the U.S. Failure to comply could lead to penalties such as fines, jail sentences, or a combination of both. Any change in residential address must be reported to the authorities within 10 days. Furthermore, children who turn 14 must re-register and submit their fingerprints within 30 days.

This rule is particularly significant for Indian nationals and other legal immigrants living in the United States. There are approximately 5.4 million Indians in the country, among whom around 220,000 are believed to be undocumented. Legal residents such as H-1B visa holders and international students are not required to fill out the registration form again since they are already officially registered. However, they are still expected to carry documents that confirm their legal status.

“This measure intends to enhance national security by ensuring that all individuals in the country are properly documented,” said Aurelia Menezes, a partner at King Stubb & Kasiva, Advocates and Attorneys, in a statement to Business Standard. She also noted, “It also seeks to prevent fraudulent activities and improve the enforcement of immigration laws.”

Non-compliance with this rule carries serious consequences. Individuals who fail to carry or produce their immigration documents when required could face a fine or even a jail term of up to six months. Importantly, registration alone does not shield individuals from deportation. If a person’s immigration documents are missing, expired, or otherwise deemed invalid, they may still be subject to removal from the country.

“All non-citizens 18 and older must carry this documentation (registration proof) at all times,” said Kristi Noem, Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security. “The administration has directed the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to prioritise enforcement. There will be no sanctuary for noncompliance.”

To reduce the risk of legal troubles, Menezes advised Indian immigrants and other non-citizens to take several precautionary steps. These include ensuring that all immigration documents are valid, storing the originals in a safe place, and carrying either clear or notarised copies. She also recommended that if immigration officers attempt to take original documents, individuals should ask for proper identification and request a written explanation detailing who took the documents and why. If necessary, they should ask for a lawyer.

Further guidance on handling encounters with U.S. immigration officers has been provided by Abhisha Parikh, a U.S.-based immigration attorney. In a recent social media post, she listed several key actions for individuals to remember if stopped by immigration enforcement officials:

  1. Remain calm and avoid fleeing the scene.
  2. Inquire whether you are free to leave, and if permitted, walk away.
  3. Request to see a badge, since ICE agents may wear uniforms labeled “police.”
  4. Exercise your right to remain silent.
  5. Do not resist or attempt to grab personal belongings without permission.
  6. Refuse to consent to any searches unless the agents present a valid judicial warrant.
  7. You are not obligated to answer questions about your immigration status.
  8. S. citizens are not required to carry proof of citizenship.
  9. Undocumented immigrants have the right to request a lawyer and decline to answer questions.
  10. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agents cannot detain anyone based solely on race or ethnicity.
  11. Create an emergency plan with family members in case of arrest or detention.
  12. Never sign any documents without consulting a legal expert.

In the unfortunate event that an individual is arrested, they should ask for a lawyer immediately. It is vital to remain silent and avoid making any statements until legal counsel is present.

This new enforcement drive reflects the Trump administration’s broader stance on immigration, one that aims to tighten rules and enhance scrutiny of non-citizens living in the U.S. Even though the registration requirements themselves are not new, the emphasis on enforcement and the increased consequences for non-compliance signal a more aggressive approach.

Legal experts believe the directive may add pressure and confusion among immigrant communities, particularly those who have lived in the U.S. for years under valid status. Even individuals who are fully compliant with visa and registration requirements now face the added burden of carrying documentation with them wherever they go.

Despite concerns over the potential for racial profiling and civil liberties violations, administration officials argue that the measure is necessary for national security and law enforcement purposes. While undocumented immigrants remain the primary target, the rule’s broader application means that all non-citizens, including those lawfully present in the country, must be cautious.

In summary, the newly enforced Alien Registration Requirement is a stark reminder that even longstanding immigration laws can be brought back into action under changing political priorities. Legal immigrants are advised to remain vigilant, prepared, and informed to avoid unnecessary complications under the evolving regulatory environment.

Possible Signs of Life Detected on Distant Planet K2-18b, Say Cambridge Scientists

In a development that could reshape our understanding of life beyond Earth, scientists at the University of Cambridge have identified preliminary but compelling evidence suggesting that a distant exoplanet, K2-18b, might harbor life. Using NASA’s powerful James Webb Space Telescope (JWST), the team detected molecular signatures in the planet’s atmosphere that, on Earth, are only produced by living organisms.

K2-18b, located about 700 trillion miles from Earth, is more than twice the size of our planet. It orbits a small, cool red dwarf star, and it has long intrigued scientists due to its position in the so-called habitable zone, where temperatures might support liquid water. What makes this new finding stand out is the apparent presence of two life-related molecules: dimethyl sulphide (DMS) and dimethyl disulphide (DMDS). Both are known on Earth to be byproducts of marine phytoplankton and certain bacteria.

This marks the second time such life-associated chemicals have been identified in the atmosphere of K2-18b by JWST, but the latest detection is considerably more promising, according to the researchers. The Cambridge team, led by Professor Nikku Madhusudhan at the university’s Institute of Astronomy, stresses that further observations are necessary before drawing firm conclusions. Still, Madhusudhan expressed cautious optimism.

“This is the strongest evidence yet there is possibly life out there,” he said. “I can realistically say that we can confirm this signal within one to two years.”

The James Webb Space Telescope, launched in 2021, is capable of analyzing the atmospheric composition of distant worlds by studying starlight that passes through their atmospheres. This allows scientists to identify the presence of various chemicals based on how the light is absorbed or altered.

According to Madhusudhan, the amount of DMS potentially found in K2-18b’s atmosphere during a single observation was unexpectedly high.

“The amount we estimate of this gas in the atmosphere is thousands of times higher than what we have on Earth,” he explained. “So, if the association with life is real, then this planet will be teeming with life.”

He went even further to suggest a broader implication: “If we confirm that there is life on K2-18b, it should basically confirm that life is very common in the galaxy.”

Despite the excitement, the scientific community remains cautious. The detection, while promising, has not yet reached the level of statistical confidence required for a formal discovery. Scientists typically require a five sigma result—equivalent to 99.99999% certainty—to claim a discovery. So far, the K2-18b finding stands at three sigma, or about 99.7% certainty. Although that is a significant improvement over the one sigma result of 68% obtained 18 months ago, it is still short of the rigorous threshold demanded in the field.

Independent experts echo this cautious stance. Professor Catherine Heymans of the University of Edinburgh, who also serves as Scotland’s Astronomer Royal, emphasized the complexity of interpreting such findings.

“Even with that certainty, there is still the question of what is the origin of this gas,” she told BBC News. “On Earth it is produced by microorganisms in the ocean, but even with perfect data we can’t say for sure that this is of a biological origin on an alien world because loads of strange things happen in the Universe and we don’t know what other geological activity could be happening on this planet that might produce the molecules.”

The Cambridge scientists are aligned with this view and are collaborating with other researchers to determine whether DMS and DMDS can be synthesized through non-biological processes in laboratory settings. These experiments aim to explore whether alternative, abiotic pathways could account for the detected molecules.

Some other research teams have already proposed non-biological explanations for the data obtained from JWST. One point of debate involves the absence of ammonia in K2-18b’s atmosphere. Some scientists argue that this suggests the presence of a vast liquid ocean capable of absorbing the ammonia, potentially creating a suitable environment for life. However, an equally plausible explanation is that the planet could have a molten rock ocean, which would be inhospitable to life.

“Everything we know about planets orbiting other stars comes from the tiny amounts of light that glance off their atmospheres,” said Professor Oliver Shorttle, also of Cambridge University. “So it is an incredibly tenuous signal that we are having to read, not only for signs of life, but everything else. With K2-18b part of the scientific debate is still about the structure of the planet.”

Meanwhile, Dr. Nicolas Wogan at NASA’s Ames Research Center has published research that interprets the data differently. According to his study, K2-18b might not be an ocean world at all but rather a mini gas giant with no solid surface, which would make the presence of life even more unlikely.

However, these alternate theories are not without their own challenges. Critics argue that some of the alternative models do not align with the JWST data. This has fueled an ongoing and vibrant scientific debate around the nature of K2-18b, its atmospheric composition, and its potential to support life.

Despite these uncertainties, Professor Madhusudhan remains hopeful and confident in his team’s approach.

“Decades from now, we may look back at this point in time and recognise it was when the living universe came within reach,” he said. “This could be the tipping point, where suddenly the fundamental question of whether we’re alone in the universe is one we’re capable of answering.”

The findings from the Cambridge team have been formally published in The Astrophysical Journal Letters, marking a significant milestone in the search for extraterrestrial life. While definitive proof remains elusive, the data from K2-18b brings scientists a step closer to understanding whether we are truly alone in the cosmos.

Republican Lawmakers Hope Supreme Court Will Address Trump’s Trade War

Republican lawmakers are quietly hoping that the U.S. Supreme Court will intervene in President Trump’s ongoing trade war, which has increasingly become a political burden for the GOP. Even though the president has suspended many of his tariffs, the trade dispute continues to be a contentious issue.

While the Supreme Court has generally ruled in favor of Trump in several cases during his first few months in office, it dealt the administration a setback last week by ruling that it must facilitate the return of a Maryland man who had been wrongfully deported to El Salvador.

Trump’s broad “reciprocal” tariffs, which affect over 180 countries, now face new legal challenges. Several businesses have filed lawsuits against the administration in both the U.S. Court of International Trade and a federal district court in Florida.

At present, most of these tariffs are on hold for a 90-day period to allow affected countries to negotiate with the Trump administration. However, China remains a major exception, with tariffs on many Chinese goods now reaching as high as 145 percent.

Some Republican lawmakers, who privately oppose Trump’s tariffs but are reluctant to publicly criticize the president, are hopeful that the Supreme Court will eventually limit the president’s tariff powers.

“Members would love to have the courts bail them out and basically step in and assert the authority under the Constitution that taxes are supposed to originate in the House of Representatives,” said Brian Darling, a GOP strategist and former Senate GOP aide.

“Senators and House members would like the courts to give them some cover, because I’m sure many of them are nervous about getting reelected if these tariffs last for a long time. They’re looking at the poll numbers and see that tariffs are not popular,” Darling explained.

He added, “They’re not going to be outwardly opposing the president, because that comes with a huge downside.”

Jeffrey M. Schwab, senior counsel for the Liberty Justice Center, which has filed a lawsuit challenging Trump’s “Liberation Day” tariffs on behalf of U.S. businesses that import goods from countries targeted by the tariffs, said the case is likely to reach the Supreme Court unless Trump reverses course.

“IEEPA [the International Emergency Economic Powers Act] just doesn’t authorize this action to impose these tariffs, and even if IEEPA does authorize some tariffs, which is a question that I think is questionable, they certainly authorize worldwide, across-the-board tariffs,” Schwab stated in an interview with The Hill.

Schwab continued by questioning the Trump administration’s rationale for imposing such sweeping tariffs, saying that using trade deficits as a justification for the tariffs does not meet the standards of an unusual or extraordinary emergency.

“The trade deficit is not an emergency. It’s not unusual nor is it extraordinary. Even if you accept that IEEPA could authorize the president’s tariffs as a general rule, it doesn’t authorize them under the justification they gave,” Schwab argued.

Schwab, who is leading the case, emphasized the urgency of moving the case forward due to the potentially wide-reaching consequences of the tariffs.

“It’s certainly the kind of case that the Supreme Court would be interested in because the consequences are so far-reaching and you’d want an authoritative decision on it. You definitely don’t want a circuit split on it,” Schwab said.

“We’re going to try to move it quickly,” he added, explaining that his team plans to seek a preliminary injunction against the “reciprocal” tariffs within the week.

The New Civil Liberties Alliance, a conservative legal group, has also filed a separate lawsuit in Florida to block Trump’s tariffs on China. Andrew Morris, senior litigation counsel for the group, argued that the tariffs are a violation of the Constitution, particularly undermining Congress’s exclusive authority to regulate taxes.

“Trump’s tariffs against China have usurped Congress’s right to control tariffs, and upset the Constitution’s separation of powers,” Morris said.

Senator Rand Paul (R-Ky.) has expressed concerns about the constitutional validity of the tariffs, emphasizing that tariffs are essentially taxes imposed on American consumers. He pointed out that the Constitution explicitly grants Congress, not the executive branch, the power to levy taxes.

“The Constitution says taxes originate to Congress,” Paul stated. “That to me isn’t a pointless argument. It’s an incredibly important argument, whether taxes can be levied under one person.”

Paul also highlighted that the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEPA), which was designed for use in emergencies, makes no reference to tariffs.

“There are many people who believe that the power under IEEPA doesn’t even exist. So Congress needs to grow a spine, and Congress needs to stand up for its prerogatives regardless of party, regardless even of the economic issue,” Paul said.

“The Constitution gives Congress the authority to regulate interstate and foreign commerce,” Paul continued. “Should we be a country ruled by emergency edict or are we going to be a country ruled by the democratic actions and voting of Congress? I think it’s incredibly important.”

In light of these concerns, Paul is co-sponsoring a resolution with Senator Ron Wyden (D-Ore.) to roll back Trump’s “reciprocal” tariffs. The pair plans to bring the resolution to the Senate floor for a vote after the two-week Easter recess.

Some of Trump’s most ardent supporters, such as Senator Ted Cruz (R-Texas), have also expressed reservations about the tariffs, particularly their impact on American consumers. Cruz called tariffs “a tax,” and noted, “I’m not a fan of raising taxes on millions of American consumers.”

Senator Ron Johnson (R-Wis.) questioned the Trump administration’s long-term strategy for the trade war, cautioning that tariffs are “a double-edged sword” and a “pretty blunt instrument.” Johnson, who had previously kept his concerns about the tariffs subdued, expressed skepticism about their effectiveness.

Four Republicans, including Senators Rand Paul, Susan Collins (Maine), Lisa Murkowski (Alaska), and Mitch McConnell (Ky.), voted earlier this month to undo Trump’s 25 percent tariff on Canada. Although the Senate passed the resolution by a 51-48 vote, it is unlikely to be taken up in the House.

“If the courts run interference on any of Trump’s tariffs, that plays well for Republicans on Capitol Hill that don’t agree with them,” said a second Republican strategist who requested anonymity. This strategist explained that many GOP lawmakers believe Trump’s decision to impose hefty tariffs on Mexico and Canada, two of America’s largest trading partners, was too aggressive.

“The concern is pretty broad,” the strategist added, noting that many Republicans are particularly worried about the potential consequences for their reelection prospects if the economy suffers a downturn.

The strategist also predicted that the Supreme Court would likely get involved, with some tariffs potentially being struck down. “Some of them could get struck down when they get to the Supreme Court,” the strategist added.

In response to concerns about the long-term impact of the tariffs, seven Senate Republicans have co-sponsored the Trade Review Act of 2025, spearheaded by Senators Chuck Grassley (R-Iowa) and Maria Cantwell (D-Wash.). This legislation would require that new tariffs or tariff increases expire after 60 days unless Congress passes a joint resolution of approval, allowing Congress to more easily remove tariffs.

“Congress needs to assert its prerogative over tariffs,” Grassley said, underscoring the importance of maintaining a balance of power.

While the Trade Review Act is still in its early stages, it reflects growing Republican discontent with the current state of the trade war. Several Republican senators have voiced their concerns, fearing that Trump’s tariffs could become a permanent fixture unless the courts intervene or Congress takes action.

“There are a lot of people who don’t like the tariffs,” a Senate aide explained. “It’s an issue that splits our party.”

World Bank President Ajay Banga Highlights Jobs-Focused Strategy for 2025 Spring Meetings

Ajay Banga, the President of the World Bank Group, has announced that a “Jobs-Focused Strategy” will be the central theme for the upcoming 2025 Spring Meetings of the World Bank Group (WBG) and the International Monetary Fund (IMF), scheduled to take place from April 21 to 26, 2025, in Washington D.C. Banga stated that this strategy reflects the World Bank’s “urgency and conviction that development must lead to opportunity.”

Speaking at a virtual press conference on April 16, 2025, ahead of the meetings, Banga revealed that the World Bank is ready to expand its efforts in addressing job creation. He emphasized that more information would be shared during the Spring Meetings about the next phase of the private sector lab. “We’re going to expand its membership to include the sectors that we believe are most critical to job creation, and these are energy and infrastructure, agribusiness, healthcare, tourism, and manufacturing,” Banga explained.

The World Bank has also launched the High-Level Advisory Council on Jobs, co-chaired by Tharman Shanmugaratnam, President of the Republic of Singapore, and Michelle Bachelet, former President of the Republic of Chile. This Council, Banga noted, aims to create more employment opportunities and strengthen efforts to address the global jobs crisis.

Job creation, according to Banga, has become the cornerstone of the World Bank’s development agenda. He underscored that over the next decade, 1.2 billion young people are expected to enter the workforce in developing countries. However, current projections show that these economies are only expected to generate 420 million jobs, creating a significant gap in employment opportunities. “And that gap is not just an economic issue. I think it’s a global risk, because without opportunity, the forces of fragility, of illegal migration, of instability, these forces grow stronger,” Banga warned.

In response to questions about the potential impact of reciprocal tariffs under President Donald Trump’s administration, Banga expressed uncertainty. “I don’t know how to predict the timeline, because what I don’t know is how quickly you get to resolution on some of these specific country-by-country negotiations,” he said. Despite the uncertainty, Banga emphasized the importance of sustained dialogue and negotiation. He added that the quicker countries can resolve such issues, the better, and urged nations to continue engaging in regional and bilateral trade agreements with cooperative partners.

Banga acknowledged that the current geopolitical volatility and uncertainty are contributing to a more cautious investment environment. “I think that’s going to affect how governments and businesses make their investment decisions right now. But meanwhile, interestingly, developing economies are playing a far more central role in global trade than they did, say, two decades ago,” he noted.

He explained that countries dependent on export-led growth, especially those relying on commodities or manufactured goods, are particularly vulnerable to disruptions in global trade. However, Banga emphasized that these countries still have policy tools at their disposal to help navigate uncertainty and build long-term resilience. As an example, he pointed out that many developing countries maintain higher tariffs than their advanced counterparts, especially on key imports.

“I think that creates a real risk of reciprocal tariffs and, most importantly, lost competitiveness. So a broad-based liberalization, not just with favorite partners, can help offset these risks and actually expand market access,” Banga said. He also highlighted that trade among developing nations is on the rise, with nearly half of exports from these economies now going to other emerging markets. Banga noted that more efficient border processes, reduced trade costs, clearer rules of origin, and decreased friction can significantly boost trade volumes while fostering stable and diversified growth.

Despite acknowledging the uncertainty surrounding global economic growth, Banga expressed confidence in the World Bank’s ability to respond to challenges. He drew on the institution’s experience during past global crises, such as the COVID-19 pandemic and the 2008-09 financial crisis, to assure that the Bank, in collaboration with the IMF and regional partners, will continue to provide essential technical support, financing, and infrastructure assistance. These efforts, he said, will enhance productivity and promote trade in emerging markets.

Reflecting on the World Bank’s founding purpose, Banga reminded that the institution was established to foster a more stable and prosperous global economy, with the aim of avoiding conflicts. “This was a charity. It was a calculated investment in the global economic architecture, one that I believe has paid off many times over in these 80 years,” he said. He highlighted the significant work of the Bank’s five arms: the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD), the International Development Association (IDA), the International Finance Corporation (IFC), the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency (MIGA), and the International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID).

“There’s no other institution that brings all of this together in one place, and that’s what makes the World Bank Group uniquely positioned to support countries and investors across the entire development journey,” Banga emphasized. He went on to assert that the World Bank Group remains a smart investment for governments, taxpayers, and the private sector alike. “We’re on the move. We’re trying to change things here and look to deploy proven tools to unlock growth, to reduce fragility, and generate returns for people, for businesses and for the global economy,” he said.

Reaffirming the World Bank’s commitment to creating meaningful and sustainable employment opportunities, Banga concluded, “The idea is to build a Bank that delivers what is demanded – jobs, because jobs are the best way to drive a nail in the coffin of poverty.”

Trump’s Tariff Fluctuations Leave Tech Industry Reeling Amid Trade War Uncertainty

The Trump administration’s shifting stance on tariffs for technology products has sparked widespread confusion in an industry deeply entangled in global supply chains. While tech companies initially welcomed a temporary reprieve from tariffs, the White House quickly signaled that many of those products might still be targeted, leaving businesses scrambling to adapt.

On Friday, the technology sector appeared to catch a break when the Trump administration announced that electronic goods would be exempt from the “reciprocal” tariffs. However, by Sunday, President Trump indicated that many of these same products could still be affected by the upcoming sector-specific tariffs.

These abrupt changes have created significant instability for technology companies, which now must make critical decisions about manufacturing and logistics under rapidly shifting policy conditions.

“It’s creating an awful lot of chaos at the moment. A lot of uncertainty,” said Rob Handfield, a supply chain management professor at North Carolina State University.

Over the past month, the course of Trump’s trade war has shifted several times, but the last two weeks have brought the most notable changes for tech firms. On a single Wednesday, the administration introduced steep tariff increases on nearly all U.S. trading partners. Later that same day, Trump implemented a 90-day delay on these increases after global market shares took a nosedive, reverting most tariff rates to a baseline of 10 percent.

Yet China, central to the ongoing trade conflict, was excluded from this pause. This exclusion was particularly troubling for tech companies dependent on Chinese factories and materials. As a result, the U.S. imposed a steep 145 percent tariff on Chinese imports, prompting China to retaliate with a 125 percent tariff on U.S. products.

Amid this tit-for-tat escalation, the Customs and Border Protection agency posted new guidance last Friday exempting about 20 tech-related products from tariffs. This list included essential consumer electronics like smartphones, computers, routers, and semiconductor chips. The move was met with applause from tech firms and consumers relieved to avoid higher electronics prices.

However, that optimism was short-lived. Two days later, Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick clarified that the exemption was not permanent. “This is not like a permanent sort of exemption,” Lutnick said on ABC News’s “This Week.” “[Trump’s] just clarifying that these are not available to be negotiated away by countries. These are things that are national security, that we need to be made in America.”

President Trump echoed this sentiment later on Sunday, revealing plans to introduce tariffs specifically on semiconductors—a category that would likely encompass many of the products temporarily exempted.

When questioned on Monday about whether Apple products might receive exemptions, Trump didn’t offer a clear answer but instead emphasized his adaptable approach to the tariff situation. “Look, I’m a very flexible person. I don’t change my mind, but I’m flexible. And you have to be. You just can’t have a wall, and you’ll only go — no, sometimes you have to go around it, under it or above it,” Trump explained.

He also noted his ongoing discussions with Apple CEO Tim Cook. “There’ll be maybe things coming up. I speak to Tim Cook; I helped Tim Cook recently, and that whole business. I don’t want to hurt anybody,” Trump added.

The White House also confirmed plans to launch a Section 232 investigation into electronics imports, laying the legal groundwork for semiconductor tariffs. A Section 232 probe allows the Commerce Department to evaluate the national security risks posed by imported goods.

Defending the administration’s approach on Monday, White House spokesperson Kush Desai stated, “By implementing a historic 125 percent reciprocal tariff on China while pursuing a Section 232 investigation on electronics imports, President Trump is taking a nuanced, strategic approach to combat China’s unfair trade practices and reshore the high-tech manufacturing that is critical to our national and economic security.”

Desai added that this approach would bolster ongoing efforts to drive domestic investment in electronics and semiconductors. “This approach will build on the hundreds of billions of dollars’ worth of electronics and semiconductor investment commitments that the administration has secured without letting China exploit loopholes to keep undermining American industries and workers,” he said.

For companies caught in the crosshairs of this tariff conflict, the lack of clarity has made planning extremely difficult. “Companies cherish stability, predictability, certainty in the business environment and that applies not just to trade policy, but institutionally, programmatically, regulatorily, etc.,” said Stephen Ezell, vice president for global innovation policy at the Information Technology and Innovation Foundation.

While most firms have remained quiet about their contingency plans, some have made their adjustments public. Nintendo, for instance, moved part of its manufacturing out of China and recently announced a delay in preorders for its upcoming Switch 2 console. The company said it was evaluating “the potential impact of tariffs and evolving market conditions.”

Tesla, Elon Musk’s electric vehicle company, also suspended sales of some models in China following the imposition of retaliatory tariffs, although it did not officially confirm that trade tensions were the cause.

Ezell believes that many companies will proceed cautiously until the final shape of the tariffs and trade deals is clear. “Until there is more clarity on the final contours of the tariffs and trade relationship,” he noted, companies are likely to remain in a holding pattern.

Handfield, who also serves as the executive director of the Supply Chain Resource Cooperative, said that firms are engaging in scenario planning. “What if tariffs go to X? What if they go to Y? What if we move this facility over here?” he said. “So they’re starting to look at the potential impacts, they’re not going to make any major decisions until things stabilize a little bit.”

According to experts, more stable trade negotiations and concrete outcomes would prompt companies to invest again. “Are you going to make an investment until you know what the outcome of the negotiation is? Probably not,” Ezell explained. “The more this is unclear, the more this is open, that this is prone to change, it will have a dampening effect on investment.”

Still, he acknowledged that some artificial intelligence companies may act quickly when opportunities arise. “That said, AI companies are always evaluating the day-to-day environments and if they see a strategic opportunity to make a move, they probably will,” he said.

Chipmaker Nvidia offered a rare example of decisive action in the current climate. On Monday, the company announced plans to produce up to $500 billion worth of AI chips and supercomputers in the U.S. over the next four years. Trump celebrated the move, saying, “without tariffs, they wouldn’t be doing it,” although Ezell pointed out Nvidia’s financial strength made it uniquely positioned to take such a step.

In the broader business world, however, the unpredictability of the administration’s policies has led to open frustration. DHL Group CEO Tobias Meyer remarked during a Bloomberg Television interview, “They don’t know, even if something is announced, whether two days later it’s not changed again. You really see some fatigue of decision makers in manufacturing and also in the distribution sector.”

Kevin O’Leary, an investor and Trump ally known for his role on “Shark Tank,” also criticized the administration’s inconsistent messaging. “It’s a little chaotic from the point of view that you don’t get a consistent message out of the administration. I admit that’s a problem,” O’Leary told Fox Business Network on Monday.

Scientists Investigate India’s Slower Warming Amid Global Heat Surge

At a recent climate change conference in India, scientists presented a striking visual. A global map displayed how 2024 temperatures diverged from historical norms, with deep red hues indicating temperature increases of 1°C to 2°C across many regions. Yet, amid this sea of red, India appeared as a conspicuous pale spot—suggesting significantly less warming.

Despite enduring back-to-back years of blistering heat and record-breaking temperatures, India has experienced a smaller increase in average annual temperatures than much of the world. Since 1901, the country’s mean temperature has risen by less than 0.7°C, which is about half of the global average. This finding may come as a surprise to many Indians bracing for another scorching summer.

The reasons behind this slower rate of warming remain unclear. The climate change conference, jointly hosted by the Indian Ministry of Environment and Harvard University, showcased various hypotheses but underscored that the phenomenon is still not fully understood. Although it’s known that tropical regions generally warm at a slower pace than the poles, other India-specific factors may be at play, such as air pollution and extensive irrigation. “I don’t think this is yet sufficiently settled,” said Peter Huybers, a climate scientist at Harvard. He emphasized that gaining clarity on this issue could greatly benefit India’s future climate planning.

One leading theory centers on air pollution. The Indo-Gangetic Plain, stretching from Pakistan through northern India to Bangladesh, is one of the most densely populated regions in the world. It suffers from severe air pollution due to a combination of industrial activities, traffic emissions, dust, cooking methods, and agricultural fires. This pollution includes aerosols that reflect sunlight, which could be contributing to regional cooling. Worldwide, similar pollution has been credited with partially offsetting the warming effects of greenhouse gases throughout the 20th century.

Recent studies suggest that as pollution levels decline, warming may accelerate. A 2024 study supported this idea, and another found that pollution reduction efforts in China raised average temperatures by 0.1°C between 2013 and 2019. These findings highlight a paradox: while India desperately needs to improve its air quality to prevent the over 1 million pollution-linked deaths annually, such cleanup efforts might inadvertently speed up the pace of warming.

During the conference, American climate experts drew attention when they predicted that India could warm twice as quickly in the coming decades. However, not all scientists are convinced that pollution is the primary factor behind India’s slower warming. Aerosol pollution in India includes high levels of soot, which, unlike other particles that reflect sunlight, actually absorb it and contribute to warming. Raghu Murtugudde, a professor emeritus at the University of Maryland now based in Mumbai, explained that the overall effect of aerosols remains ambiguous. “It’s not yet clear whether the net impact of aerosols is cooling or warming,” he noted. While satellite data point to a net cooling effect, ground-level observations haven’t confirmed this trend.

Moreover, Murtugudde pointed out a seasonal discrepancy that complicates the pollution theory. The winter months in India—when aerosol levels peak—have also witnessed the most significant warming. “Aerosols don’t seem to explain the seasonal pattern,” he said.

Murtugudde suggests that changes in wind patterns may offer another explanation. In a 2023 study, he and colleagues observed that accelerated warming over the Middle East has pulled monsoon winds northward over the Arabian Sea. This shift has been linked to increased rainfall and flooding in regions like Pakistan and northwestern India, which are traditionally dry. He is now exploring whether similar wind changes during other seasons might contribute to India’s relatively muted warming trend.

Another factor that may be influencing India’s climate is the large-scale expansion of irrigation in the northern part of the country. Irrigation increases evapotranspiration—the combined process of water evaporating from soil and transpiring from plants—which absorbs heat and cools the air. A 2016 study co-authored by Huybers found that this mechanism had cooled peak summer temperatures in the U.S. Midwest. A 2020 study reached a similar conclusion globally, emphasizing that irrigation particularly dampened warming over South Asia.

Still, the irrigation hypothesis is not universally accepted. Some Indian scientists argue that estimates based on satellite imagery and global datasets may be exaggerating the amount of water used for irrigation in northern India, particularly during summer when ground-based measurements show lower irrigation levels. This discrepancy raises doubts about whether irrigation can fully explain the observed temperature trends.

Govindasamy Bala, a professor at the Centre for Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences at the Indian Institute of Science, remains skeptical of all these theories. According to Bala, there is no mystery. He believes India’s slower warming is simply a function of its geographic location in the humid tropics and natural variability within the climate system. While pollution and irrigation might have local effects, he argues, they are not significant at the national scale. “They could also be just noise,” Bala said.

To unravel the underlying causes, more targeted research is needed. “Untangling these factors will require a focused study to understand how they interact and evolve over time,” said Huybers. Murtugudde added that the reason the slower warming seems puzzling is “only because we haven’t paid attention.”

Indeed, scientific efforts have largely concentrated on the extremes of India’s climate—such as the increasingly deadly summer heat waves. Last summer alone, heat waves claimed more than 700 lives, according to one estimate. There is no doubt among experts that future summers will be even more dangerous.

However, better understanding of the historical climate trend in India could lead to more accurate projections and improved preparation. Even if India has warmed less than other nations so far, the trajectory may shift rapidly as environmental policies evolve and natural systems adjust.

In a world grappling with rising temperatures, India’s anomalously slow warming pattern offers both a mystery and a potential guide. By deciphering this phenomenon, scientists hope to equip the country—and perhaps others in similar climatic zones—with the tools to navigate an uncertain future.

Small Businesses Sue Trump Over New Tariffs, Claim Illegal Use of Emergency Powers

Five small businesses from different parts of the United States have filed a lawsuit against President Donald Trump, challenging the legality of the new tariffs he recently imposed on foreign imports. The lawsuit, filed on Monday in the U.S. Court of International Trade, argues that Trump exceeded his presidential authority by declaring an economic emergency based on trade deficits and unilaterally levying tariffs without Congressional approval.

The complaint contends that the administration’s reasoning lacks any constitutional or legislative backing. According to the suit, “Congress has not delegated any such power. The statute the President invokes — the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (‘IEEPA’) — does not authorize the President to unilaterally issue across-the-board worldwide tariffs.” This legal move marks a significant challenge to Trump’s trade policy, which the plaintiffs argue is both economically damaging and legally unsound.

Representing the businesses in the lawsuit is the Liberty Justice Center, a legal advocacy organization that has taken up the case on behalf of the small companies. These businesses, the center claims, are suffering due to the tariffs, which impose at least a 10 percent increase on most foreign imports and even higher rates on products from numerous countries. The Liberty Justice Center emphasizes that the burden of these tariffs falls most heavily on small, owner-operated companies that lack the financial resources to absorb such added costs.

“His claimed emergency is a figment of his own imagination: trade deficits, which have persisted for decades without causing economic harm, are not an emergency,” the lawsuit states. This quote underscores the plaintiffs’ argument that Trump’s justification lacks substance and historical precedent. The suit goes on to explain that the idea of a trade deficit being an “unusual and extraordinary threat” — as required under the IEEPA for such presidential action — simply does not hold up to scrutiny.

Another major point raised in the complaint is the inconsistency of the tariff policy. The plaintiffs note that the Trump administration did not limit the tariffs to countries with which the U.S. runs trade deficits. Instead, they imposed tariffs on nations even where no such deficit exists. This, they argue, further undermines the legitimacy of the emergency claim and the rationale for the tariffs. “The Liberty Justice Center noted that the Trump administration imposed tariffs even on countries with which the United States does not have a trade deficit, ‘further undermining the administration’s justification.’”

According to the plaintiffs, this is not only a policy misstep but a violation of constitutional principles. “This Court should declare the President’s unprecedented power grab illegal, enjoin the operation of the executive actions that purport to impose these tariffs under the IEEPA and reaffirm this country’s core founding principle: there shall be no taxation without representation,” the suit declares. This echoes the foundational American belief that taxing authority rests with elected representatives in Congress, not the executive branch acting alone.

The businesses taking legal action are diverse in nature and located in different states, but all share a common problem: the added financial pressure from the tariffs threatens their viability. Among the plaintiffs is VOS Selections, a New York-based importer and distributor of small-production wines, spirits, and sakes. Also included is FishUSA, a Pennsylvania company that operates a retail and wholesale e-commerce business specializing in sportfishing gear and accessories.

Utah-based Genova Pipe, which manufactures plastic piping and related materials used in plumbing, electrical, and irrigation systems, has also joined the suit. MicroKits LLC, located in Virginia, makes educational electronic kits and musical instruments and claims the tariffs are undercutting their profitability. Finally, Terry Precision Cycling, a Vermont-based producer of women’s cycling apparel, is another plaintiff that has reportedly already felt the sting of Trump’s tariff policy.

The lawsuit provides a detailed account of how these tariffs have affected Terry Precision Cycling financially. “Terry Cycling has already paid $25,000 in unplanned tariffs this year for goods for which Terry was the importer of record, and Terry projects that the tariffs will cost the company approximately $250,000 by the end of 2025,” it states. This figure represents a significant cost for a small business and indicates the scale of disruption that the policy is inflicting.

Looking ahead, the outlook is even more alarming for the company. “Terry Cycling in 2026 expects to face an estimated $1.2 million in tariff costs — an amount that is simply not survivable for a business of its size,” the lawsuit continues. The owners argue that such a financial burden is disproportionate and potentially fatal for a small enterprise, and they are seeking judicial relief to avoid a scenario in which they are forced out of business.

The lawsuit aims to not only reverse the tariffs but also to challenge the broader principle of presidential overreach. The plaintiffs and their legal team assert that Trump’s invocation of emergency powers is unjustified and could set a dangerous precedent if left unchecked. They are calling on the court to invalidate the executive orders and restore the constitutional balance of power between Congress and the president.

As of now, the White House has not commented on the lawsuit. CNBC has reportedly reached out for a statement, but no response has been given. The silence leaves open the question of how the current administration will respond to a legal case that centers on actions taken by Trump during his time in office.

This case could have significant implications for future trade policy and the use of emergency powers by presidents. If the court sides with the plaintiffs, it could place new limits on how far executive authority can go in matters of economic policy. Conversely, a ruling in favor of Trump’s actions could reinforce the expanding role of the presidency in areas traditionally governed by Congress.

In the meantime, the five small businesses continue to struggle with the immediate impact of the tariffs. Their hope is that the legal system will provide the relief they need to survive and that the lawsuit will prompt a broader discussion about the balance of power in American government. Whether or not the court agrees, the outcome of this case is likely to influence the boundaries of executive power for years to come.

Harvard Refuses Federal Demands Despite Threat to Billions in Research Funding

Harvard University has announced it will not comply with new requirements from the Trump administration, even though the decision could cost the school billions in federal grants and contracts used for research in vital scientific and medical fields. Harvard President Alan M. Garber declared the university’s position in a strongly worded letter sent to the campus community on Monday, emphasizing that government overreach threatens academic independence and violates constitutional principles.

Garber made it clear that the university would not accept a proposed agreement from the federal government, which he says imposes regulations on academic freedom and the ideological orientation of Harvard’s faculty, staff, and students. “No government… should dictate what private universities can teach, whom they can admit and hire, and areas of study and inquiry they can pursue,” Garber stated in his letter.

For more than 75 years, Garber said, the U.S. government has partnered with universities like Harvard by awarding grants and contracts to help finance innovative research in various disciplines. This collaboration, combined with internal university investment, has produced groundbreaking advancements in medicine, engineering, and science. “These innovations have made countless people in our country and throughout the world healthier and safer,” he noted.

However, Garber said that in recent weeks, the government has been threatening to withdraw funding from several academic institutions, including Harvard, accusing them of allowing antisemitism to flourish on campus. He called these partnerships “among the most productive and beneficial in American history.”

Garber highlighted the type of research at risk, citing Harvard’s contributions to developing treatments for Alzheimer’s, Parkinson’s disease, and diabetes, along with major progress in artificial intelligence, quantum science, and engineering. He warned that cutting off support would endanger the health of millions and jeopardize national economic and technological strength. “The federal government was risking not just the health and well-being of millions of individuals by retreating from partnerships with Harvard and other universities, but also the economic security and vitality of the country,” he said.

Late last week, the Trump administration issued a revised and expanded list of conditions that Harvard must fulfill to preserve its financial relationship with the federal government. According to Garber, the new list made it clear that the goal was not genuine cooperation to fight antisemitism but rather to control the university’s academic environment. “Although some of the demands outlined by the government are aimed at combating antisemitism, the majority represent direct governmental regulation of the ‘intellectual conditions’ at Harvard,” Garber wrote.

Among the new demands, the administration has asked the university to audit the beliefs and opinions of its student body, staff, and faculty. Additionally, it called for Harvard to reduce the influence of individuals who hold certain ideological positions. Garber found such requests unacceptable and said Harvard had informed the administration through legal counsel that it would not comply.

“We have informed the administration through our legal counsel that we will not accept their proposed agreement,” he declared. “The University will not negotiate over its independence or its constitutional rights.” He further stated that the administration’s demands “go beyond the power of the federal government,” violate First Amendment rights, and surpass the legal authority allowed under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act.

Garber emphasized that Harvard remains committed to combating antisemitism but will do so on its own terms and in a way that upholds its institutional values. He acknowledged the university’s moral responsibility in addressing antisemitism and said the administration’s tactics do not help meet that responsibility. “The administration’s prescription… threatens our values as a private institution devoted to the pursuit, production, and dissemination of knowledge,” he said.

He noted that over the past 15 months, Harvard has implemented various initiatives to address antisemitism on campus and that further actions are planned. Garber stressed the university’s commitment to promoting an environment of open debate and intellectual diversity. This includes respecting freedom of expression and peaceful protest, as long as it does not disrupt academic life. He also expressed a desire to foster a welcoming campus culture that embraces differing perspectives.

“We will continue to nurture a thriving culture of open inquiry on campus and broaden the intellectual and viewpoint diversity within the community,” Garber said. “The university will respect free speech and dissent while also ensuring protest occurs in a time, place and manner that does not interfere with teaching, learning and research.” He added that Harvard would seek legal and appropriate ways to build a community that “exemplifies, respects and embraces differences.”

Garber argued that the responsibility for addressing institutional shortcomings lies within the university, not with federal authorities. “These ends will not be achieved by assertions of power, unmoored from the law, to control teaching and learning at Harvard and to dictate how we operate,” he said. “The work of addressing our shortcomings, fulfilling our commitments, and embodying our values is ours to define and undertake as a community.”

He concluded his message by reaffirming Harvard’s belief in academic freedom and the university’s role in advancing society through independent research and education. “Freedom of thought and inquiry, along with the government’s longstanding commitment to respect and protect it, has enabled universities to contribute in vital ways to a free society and to healthier, more prosperous lives for people everywhere,” Garber wrote. “We proceed now, as always, with the conviction that the fearless and unfettered pursuit of truth liberates humanity—and with faith in the enduring promise that America’s colleges and universities hold for our country and our world.”

The standoff with Harvard comes as the Trump administration escalates its crackdown on antisemitism in higher education. Since October 2023, the administration has suspended federal funding to nearly every Ivy League school, except the University of Pennsylvania and Dartmouth, due to ongoing investigations into anti-Israel demonstrations on campus.

Columbia University was the first to lose federal support, with more than $400 million in funding withdrawn after it was determined that Jewish students did not feel safe on campus. Columbia later complied with administration demands in hopes of having its funding restored.

Earlier this month, a federal task force on antisemitism began reviewing Harvard’s nearly $9 billion in federal grants and contracts as part of an ongoing investigation into how the university has handled antisemitism on campus.

The Trump administration has committed to taking a more aggressive approach to addressing campus antisemitism, criticizing President Joe Biden for what it sees as leniency toward violent campus protests. In addition, the administration has taken steps to identify, detain, and deport foreign students who have been involved in organizing or participating in anti-Israel protests at U.S. universities.

Trump Urges FCC to Punish CBS Over “60 Minutes” Broadcasts Critical of Him

President Donald Trump has expressed a desire that the Federal Communications Commission take action against CBS over what he perceives as biased reporting from the network’s flagship program, “60 Minutes.”

Trump, apparently displeased with the latest episode of “60 Minutes” aired Sunday night, took to Truth Social to air his frustrations. His remarks highlighted his ongoing legal clash with CBS and its parent company, Paramount Global, which is currently waiting for the FCC to approve a planned merger with Skydance Media.

In his social media post, Trump specifically mentioned Brendan Carr, whom he appointed to the FCC and praised as “Highly Respected.” Trump said he hopes Carr “will impose the maximum fines and punishment, which is substantial, for their unlawful and illegal behavior.”

However, there is no indication that CBS has committed any illegal acts. Moreover, Carr has limited power to impose penalties on the network. The most the FCC can currently do is delay the merger’s approval, which has already added a layer of uncertainty for Paramount Global.

This latest post is part of a broader trend in which Trump encourages officials he placed in government roles to take steps against media organizations critical of him. In recent months, Carr has leaned into his pro-Trump stance and has opened FCC probes into several networks Trump has taken issue with, including ABC and NBC. Carr was even seen last week sporting a gold pin that depicted the silhouette of Trump’s head.

Carr has not commented on Trump’s latest post on Truth Social, despite inquiries from CNN.

Trump’s issue with “60 Minutes” goes beyond this week’s broadcast. He used his social media platform to accuse the show of being more of a political tool than a legitimate news program. “They are not a ‘News Show,’ but a dishonest Political Operative simply disguised as ‘News,’ and must be responsible for what they have done, and are doing,” Trump wrote.

He further claimed that CBS “should lose their license” after airing two reports on Sunday—one centered on the war in Ukraine and another focusing on Greenland. Although the FCC does not license national networks like CBS, it does regulate local stations owned by the network. During the 2024 campaign, Trump frequently called for licenses to be revoked from media outlets he disliked.

This isn’t the first time Trump has made such a suggestion since assuming office. In fact, CBS has been a recurring target of his licensing threats.

Trump has had a complicated relationship with “60 Minutes” over the years. Despite being a regular viewer, he has often taken issue with how the show covers him. Last fall, he refused the program’s customary pre-election interview. When Vice President Kamala Harris agreed to appear on the show in his absence, Trump took offense.

Trump and his media allies criticized CBS for what they considered misleading editing of Harris’s interview. Specifically, they were upset that the network aired parts of her answer on different days. CBS defended the decision, saying the interview was edited for length in line with standard news practices. Trump, however, characterized the move as a deliberate attempt to help Harris’s campaign.

In response, Trump filed a lawsuit in Texas, accusing CBS of violating the state’s Deceptive Trade Practices Act, a consumer protection statute. Legal experts widely dismissed the lawsuit as lacking merit, viewing it more as a political maneuver than a serious legal challenge.

Despite the frivolous nature of the case, some executives at Paramount began looking into ways to settle the matter, even as journalists at “60 Minutes” strongly opposed such a move.

CBS complied with the FCC by submitting the raw transcript and video of the Harris interview, clearly demonstrating that the editing followed typical broadcast standards. Nonetheless, Carr kept the investigation ongoing and opened it up for public comment.

While no settlement has yet been reached, some insiders at Paramount reportedly feel it might be in the company’s interest to avoid an extended legal standoff with Trump. The New York Times recently noted that some Paramount officials believe the company’s “broader corporate interests are not served by fighting a protracted legal battle” with a combative president.

As of now, the legal dispute remains unresolved, and CBS continues to contest Trump’s claims in court.

In the meantime, “60 Minutes” has not deviated from its editorial mission, continuing to air interviews and investigative reports. Many of these segments have scrutinized Trump’s policies. Even Trump admitted this on Truth Social, stating the program includes stories about him “almost every week,” which he described as “derogatory and defamatory.”

Brendan Nyhan, a political scientist and co-founder of Bright Line Watch, which tracks risks to American democratic institutions, offered his take on Trump’s rhetoric. “The president openly calls for his loyalist apparatchik at the FCC to use state power to punish media for critical coverage,” he said, summarizing Trump’s Truth Social post.

The pressure from Trump and his allies is keenly felt by journalists at CBS. “60 Minutes” correspondent Lesley Stahl acknowledged this during a recent industry event where she accepted a First Amendment Award.

In her speech, Stahl emphasized the importance of press freedom during such contentious times. “Our precious First Amendment feels vulnerable and when my precious 60 Minutes is fighting, quite frankly, for our life,” she said.

Stahl added that she was proud the program was maintaining its journalistic integrity in the face of mounting external pressures. “I am so proud,” she said, that “60 Minutes” is “standing up and fighting for what is right.”

With Trump remaining vocal about his discontent with the press and his attempts to use regulatory bodies as leverage against critics, the standoff between the president and the media appears far from over. CBS and “60 Minutes” continue to find themselves at the center of this battle, defending both their editorial decisions and the principles of a free press.

America Dominates List of World’s Best Hospitals in 2025 Ranking

American hospitals have earned a prominent place among the world’s top medical institutions, according to the recently published World’s Best Hospitals 2025 ranking by Newsweek in collaboration with Statista, a global data research firm.

This comprehensive list spans more than 2,400 hospitals from 30 different nations. While each country’s ranking is tailored to local data and methodology, Newsweek’s overall Global Top 250 brings together the best hospitals from across all participating countries, creating a definitive list of the world’s top medical centers.

In this elite group, the Mayo Clinic in Minnesota claimed the number one position globally, with the Cleveland Clinic in Ohio following as the second-best. Also featured prominently in the Global Top 10 were the Johns Hopkins Hospital in Maryland and Massachusetts General Hospital in Massachusetts, underscoring the dominance of U.S. healthcare facilities.

Hospitals in this ranking were evaluated using a multi-faceted scoring system that incorporated insights from over 85,000 healthcare professionals through peer surveys. These assessments were combined with patient experience information, institutional performance indicators, and findings from Statista’s Patient-Reported Outcome Measures (PROM) survey. This PROM component evaluates how hospitals use patient feedback to improve their quality of care. Criteria ranged from patient ratings and staff courtesy to accreditation and even the standard of cafeteria food.

Lukas Kwietniewski of Statista emphasized the evolving priorities in modern healthcare when speaking to Newsweek’s Health Care Editor Alexis Kayser in a February interview. “We have a long-term plan that we want to follow the trends that are going on in healthcare, not only nationally, but also internationally,” Kwietniewski said. “There is a shift towards patient-centered care. It has been ongoing now for at least a decade and that is also what leading hospitals are more and more aspiring to deliver – to have that patient centricity.”

The United States stands out in this global evaluation with a staggering 430 hospitals making the rankings—the highest of any country featured. The Top 10 U.S. hospitals, which include several recurring names known for their cutting-edge research and exceptional patient care, are as follows:

Mayo Clinic in Rochester, Minnesota

Cleveland Clinic in Cleveland, Ohio

The Johns Hopkins Hospital in Baltimore, Maryland

Massachusetts General Hospital in Boston, Massachusetts

Ronald Reagan UCLA Medical Center in Los Angeles, California

Stanford Health Care – Stanford Hospital in Stanford, California

The Mount Sinai Hospital in New York, New York

Brigham and Women’s Hospital in Boston, Massachusetts

Cedars-Sinai Medical Center in Los Angeles, California

Northwestern Memorial Hospital in Chicago, Illinois

An accompanying infographic highlights how hospitals are distributed by state, with California leading the nation. The Golden State boasts 41 hospitals on the U.S. list—more than any other state. Texas follows with 29 hospitals, trailed by Pennsylvania at 26, Illinois with 21, and both Ohio and Florida with 20 each.

Unsurprisingly, many of the highest-ranked hospitals in these states are either part of expansive healthcare systems or affiliated with prestigious universities. For example, Ronald Reagan UCLA Medical Center is California’s top-rated institution, while Northwestern Memorial Hospital ranks highest in Illinois. In Pennsylvania, the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania holds the top spot.

Cleveland Clinic, recognized as the world’s second-best hospital, leads Ohio’s healthcare landscape. Florida’s highest-ranked facility is the Mayo Clinic in Jacksonville, a regional branch of the globally top-ranked institution in Minnesota.

Interestingly, three U.S. states—Nevada, Mississippi, and Vermont—were not assessed and therefore have no hospitals represented in this year’s global ranking.

Each country’s list in the World’s Best Hospitals 2025 ranking was generated based on the best data available within that nation. The elements considered include patient satisfaction, quality of care indicators, and staffing statistics, though the depth and type of available data vary greatly from one country to another. As a result, the methodologies for ranking hospitals differ by country, with the overall goal of making each list as accurate and locally relevant as possible.

In the United States, data was drawn from multiple public sources to ensure a reliable assessment. According to the American Hospital Association, there are currently 6,120 hospitals in the U.S., most of which are categorized as non-federal, short-term general hospitals. These encompass nonprofit organizations, private companies, and institutions managed by state or local governments.

To develop the U.S. ranking, Statista relied heavily on metrics from the Medicare “Hospital Compare” dataset, a tool published by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS). CMS evaluates hospital performance using a range of indicators including mortality rates, safety of care, readmission rates, patient experience, and the timeliness and effectiveness of treatments.

Patient satisfaction was gauged through responses collected in October 2024 as part of Medicare’s Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems (HCAHPS) survey. Notably, this year marked the first time the CMS data on Health Equity and Patient Reported Outcomes were incorporated into the World’s Best Hospitals ranking, further enriching the evaluation framework.

American hospitals have once again demonstrated their leadership in global healthcare through a combination of cutting-edge research, patient-centered approaches, and rigorous standards. With institutions like the Mayo Clinic and Cleveland Clinic not only topping U.S. lists but also standing tall on the international stage, the 2025 rankings affirm the strength and excellence of the American healthcare system.

Republicans Warn Trump’s Tariffs Could Backfire Politically in 2026 Elections

Republican lawmakers are increasingly concerned that President Trump’s trade war could politically hurt their party in 2026, as the effects of higher prices and slowing economic growth may overshadow other GOP achievements.

Several GOP senators are pointing to past elections—specifically those in 1932 and 1982—as cautionary examples of how trade wars and inflation have previously cost Republicans at the ballot box. They fear that history may repeat itself.

Many in the Republican Party view tariffs as a de facto tax increase on American consumers. Some lawmakers have observed that in the last two major instances when Congress passed tax increases similar in scope to Trump’s recent tariffs, the president’s party experienced heavy electoral losses.

“In the national elections, you can go back to 1982 when I think it was about 26 congressional seats that were lost [by Republicans],” said Sen. Thom Tillis (R-N.C.), who is expected to be one of the top Democratic targets in the upcoming midterms.

That year marked President Reagan’s first midterm election, and Republicans lost 26 seats in the House, largely due to soaring interest rates and widespread public dissatisfaction with the economy. Republicans also lost one Senate seat in that election cycle.

That same year, Congress passed the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act. The law raised corporate and excise taxes and enhanced tax compliance, ultimately increasing federal revenues by close to 1 percent, as noted by the nonpartisan Tax Foundation.

“No doubt, if we’re having the same discussions about tariffs in February of next year, all the indicators would be ‘wrong track,’” Tillis added.

He emphasized that the Trump administration must deliver on its promises of beneficial trade agreements by February of the following year or risk facing significant political consequences.

“They’ve got about 10 months to wrap a bow around this and say, ‘See, I told you so,’ or you’re going to start seeing political headwinds,” Tillis warned.

Another significant election in Republican memory is from 1994, when the GOP made a massive gain—winning 54 seats in the House and eight in the Senate—following President Clinton’s signing of the 1993 Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, which raised taxes.

According to a report published Friday by the Tax Foundation, Trump’s current tariffs are expected to raise annual government revenue by 0.56 percent of the gross domestic product, representing the largest jump since Clinton’s 1993 tax hike.

Senators were initially relieved when Trump announced a 90-day suspension on most of the steep reciprocal tariffs he had declared against several countries. However, they note that political risks remain high, especially given Trump’s imposition of a 145 percent tariff on Chinese imports, which prompted a retaliatory 125 percent tariff from China on American goods.

While the stock market surged after Trump’s announcement of the 90-day pause, the rally was short-lived. Markets dropped again sharply on Thursday amid ongoing uncertainty over the U.S. economy. By Friday, some of those losses had been reversed.

Lawmakers expressed alarm over the sell-off in the bond markets, viewing it as a troubling signal for the overall economy. Yields on 10-year and 30-year Treasury bonds climbed significantly during the week, reaching as high as 4.59 percent and 4.88 percent respectively, increasing borrowing costs for businesses and consumers.

The 30-year Treasury yield, which heavily influences mortgage rates, experienced its sharpest weekly rise since 1982, according to Yahoo Finance.

A senior Republican aide in the Senate, who spoke on condition of anonymity, cautioned that Trump could undermine his strongest issue going into the 2024 election: the economy, which was the top priority for voters last year.

A Gallup survey published in October showed Trump enjoying a 9-point lead over then-Vice President Kamala Harris in terms of handling the economy.

However, an Economist/YouGov poll released this week revealed that Trump’s approval rating fell by five points compared to the previous week, largely due to the chaos caused by his tariff measures.

The impact of the tariffs has been particularly concerning in agricultural states.

“It’s not good for my farmers,” said Sen. Mike Rounds (R-S.D.) last week, referring to the volatility in stock, bond, and commodity markets.

Rounds, who is running for reelection next year, added, “We’ve got a lot of people that rely on being able to sell our commodities around the world.”

China, Trump’s primary target for tariffs, imported $1.4 billion worth of goods from South Dakota in 2022, the most recent year for which data is available. That figure represents 28 percent of South Dakota’s total goods production.

Several Republicans are drawing comparisons between tariffs and tax hikes—both politically perilous territory in today’s GOP.

“Tariffs are a tax on consumers, and I’m not a fan of jacking up taxes on American consumers,” said Sen. Ted Cruz (R-Texas) during an interview with Fox Business’s Larry Kudlow.

Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.) issued a strong warning to fellow Republicans, saying they risk major electoral defeats in the coming year unless they alter their stance on trade. He also warned that current trade policies could lead to a deep economic downturn.

Paul cited the 1930 Smoot-Hawley Tariff Act as a historical parallel. Its two main architects—Sen. Reed Smoot (R-Utah) and Rep. Willis Hawley (R-Ore.)—were both voted out of office in the 1932 election.

Paul believes the tariffs of that era worsened the Great Depression and significantly damaged the Republican Party’s image for decades.

“We went into the wilderness for a long, long time,” he said. “The depression was multifactorial, but most historians have written that that Smoot-Hawley tariff actually made things worse and the depression longer.

“I don’t think the politics are good,” Paul concluded. “The economics of tariffs are bad; the politics, if anything, are worse.”

Senate Democratic Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) has also been critical, arguing that Trump’s tariffs are steering the country toward a recession. He claims that the economic downturn is already affecting political sentiment in swing states.

“We are seeing it move the political needle across the country because people have less and less faith in Donald Trump’s handling of the economic policies of this country, plain and simple. We’re seeing it in just about every state, and the numbers continue to get worse for him,” Schumer stated at a recent press conference.

Sen. Susan Collins (R-Maine), another key target for Democrats in 2026, also criticized Trump’s tariffs on allied nations, particularly the 25 percent tariff imposed on Canadian goods.

She told The Hill she opposes tariffs on Canada due to the negative effects on Maine’s economy.

“I never thought that putting tariffs on friendly countries that are our allies is the way to go,” Collins said.

She recalled discussing the issue with Trump’s trade adviser Peter Navarro during the president’s first term.

“I remember [in] the first administration talking with Peter Navarro about the impact on the lobster industry. There are times when tariffs are appropriate. I think China is an example of that. The Canadian tariffs make no sense,” she said. “This is the position I’ve had for a very long time.”

Apple Assembles $22 Billion Worth of iPhones in India Amid Ongoing Shift from China

Apple Inc. has significantly expanded its manufacturing operations in India, assembling iPhones worth $22 billion in the 12 months ending in March. This marks a 60 percent increase in production from the prior year, signaling a strong push to diversify away from China as a primary manufacturing base.

According to sources familiar with the matter, who spoke on condition of anonymity because the information is not public, Apple now manufactures about 20 percent—or one out of every five—of its globally popular iPhones in India. The $22 billion figure refers to the estimated factory gate value of these devices, not their retail price.

This increased output underscores Apple’s strategy to accelerate its shift to Indian production, a move that began gaining momentum when strict Covid-19 lockdowns disrupted operations at its largest manufacturing site in China. The majority of iPhones produced in India are assembled at Foxconn Technology Group’s facility in the southern part of the country. Additionally, Tata Group has become a critical player in this supply chain, with its electronics manufacturing unit acquiring Wistron Corp. and managing Pegatron Corp.’s operations in India.

Apple declined to comment when contacted outside its regular working hours.

India’s technology minister confirmed on April 8 that out of the total production value, Apple exported iPhones worth 1.5 trillion rupees, or approximately $17.4 billion, in the fiscal year ending March 2025.

People with knowledge of the matter noted that shipments of iPhones from India to the United States surged after President Donald Trump introduced the idea of “reciprocal” tariffs in February. These sources added that Apple saw a steady increase in both production and exports from its Indian operations throughout the fiscal year.

As previously reported by Bloomberg News, Apple is expected to increasingly rely on its India-based supply chain to fulfill iPhone demand in the U.S. market.

In a development late Friday, the Trump administration announced an exemption from the new reciprocal tariffs for electronics products, including smartphones and computers. This development benefits tech giants such as Apple and Nvidia Corp., although the exemption does not cover Trump’s separate 20 percent tariff on Chinese imports, which is part of an effort to push China to curb fentanyl exports.

As a result, iPhones manufactured in India will not currently be subjected to any of these reciprocal tariffs. However, except for the few categories exempted recently, Trump’s total tariff load on Chinese goods remains at 145 percent. This pressure is likely to further drive Apple and other companies to quicken the pace of their supply chain relocation efforts.

Nonetheless, Apple’s transition away from China is complicated by its extensive network of nearly 200 suppliers based in the country. This heavy dependency means a full-scale move to alternative locations could take several years. Despite Trump’s stated intention to see Apple manufacture iPhones in the United States, a shift to domestic production remains unlikely in the near future. Challenges such as insufficient facilities and a lack of skilled labor make large-scale U.S. production of iPhones unfeasible for now.

Apple CEO Tim Cook has consistently acknowledged China’s manufacturing expertise when it comes to producing the company’s premium devices. A 2022 analysis by Bloomberg Intelligence suggested that relocating just 10 percent of Apple’s manufacturing capacity from China would take approximately eight years.

Currently, Apple assembles the entire iPhone lineup in India, which includes its top-tier titanium Pro models. The company’s manufacturing efforts in India have received a major boost from government subsidies that are aligned with Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s broader goal of transforming the country into a global manufacturing center.

In line with these ambitions, Modi’s administration is also aiming to expand India’s electronics component manufacturing sector. To that end, the government has unveiled $2.7 billion in new financial incentives and is also advancing plans to strengthen the country’s semiconductor industry.

Apple, which currently holds close to an 8 percent share in India’s smartphone market, generated nearly $8 billion in sales in the country during the 2024 fiscal year. A significant portion of those revenues came from iPhone sales, highlighting India’s growing importance to the tech giant both as a manufacturing base and a consumer market.

Despite being a relatively small player compared to low-cost Android smartphone makers that dominate the Indian market, Apple has been steadily gaining ground. Its brand appeal, coupled with an expanding middle class, makes India a promising market for premium smartphone sales.

As Apple continues to navigate the geopolitical and logistical challenges of global manufacturing, its investments in India appear to be paying off. The blend of strong local partnerships, government incentives, and rising domestic demand has created a favorable environment for the company’s growth in the region.

India’s appeal as a manufacturing alternative has grown in recent years, particularly as multinationals look to mitigate risk by diversifying away from their overdependence on Chinese production. Apple’s recent scale-up in Indian manufacturing suggests that it is increasingly seeing the country not only as a backup option but as a central piece in its future strategy.

Even with the political uncertainties surrounding trade policy in the United States, Apple’s decision to deepen its roots in India reflects a long-term vision to build a more resilient and geographically diverse supply chain.

With a broader iPhone lineup now being assembled in India—including the high-end Pro variants—the country is playing a more crucial role in Apple’s global operations than ever before. As tensions with China persist and protectionist measures in the U.S. continue to evolve, Apple’s strategy to ramp up production in India could set the tone for other tech companies evaluating their own supply chain vulnerabilities.

While the transition is far from complete, Apple’s progress over the past year is a clear indication that India is no longer just an emerging market for sales, but also a vital hub for production. As one industry observer put it, “Apple’s India push is not just about saving costs. It’s about building resilience.”

That resilience will be tested in the years ahead, especially as the company faces a complex matrix of trade tariffs, manufacturing constraints, and the ever-changing global tech landscape. But for now, Apple appears to be on a solid path toward reducing its dependency on China while expanding its footprint in one of the world’s fastest-growing economies.

Trump Administration Sets April 11 Deadline for Foreign Nationals to Register Under Alien Registration Act

Department of Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem issued a firm reminder today that all foreign nationals residing in the United States for more than 30 days are required to register under the Alien Registration Act by April 11, 2025. This federal law, which has long been on the books but seldom enforced, mandates that all noncitizens present in the country for over a month must officially register with the government. Noncompliance with this law is considered a criminal offense and may result in fines, imprisonment, or both.

“President Trump and I have a clear message for those in our country illegally: leave now. If you leave now, you may have the opportunity to return and enjoy our freedom and live the American dream,” said Secretary Noem in a public statement. She emphasized that the Trump administration intends to enforce every aspect of the nation’s immigration laws, saying, “The Trump administration will enforce all our immigration laws—we will not pick and choose which laws we will enforce. We must know who is in our country for the safety and security of our homeland and all Americans.”

This announcement follows the signing of Executive Order 14159 by President Donald J. Trump on January 20, 2025. Titled Protecting the American People Against Invasion, the order tasks the Department of Homeland Security with restoring accountability and order within the immigration system. Among its directives is the revival and rigorous enforcement of the Alien Registration Act, a statute that has remainedlargely dormant in recent decades.

The newly established registration requirements apply to all foreign nationals, regardless of their immigration status. Those who have been present in the U.S. for 30 days or longer as of April 11, 2025, and do not have documentation proving registration, are required to register immediately with U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS).

Furthermore, individuals entering the United States on or after April 11, 2025, must register within 30 days of their arrival if they lack evidence of prior registration. The mandate also extends to minors reaching the age of 14 while residing in the U.S. These individuals must re-register and submit their fingerprints within 30 days of their 14th birthday, even if they were registered previously while underage.

Parents and legal guardians are also held responsible for ensuring that any minor under the age of 14 in their care is registered, provided the child remains in the country for at least 30 consecutive days. Once a noncitizen has completed the registration process and submitted their fingerprints, the Department of Homeland Security will issue official proof of registration.

All foreign nationals aged 18 and above are required to carry this documentation with them at all times. This stipulation is part of a broader push by the current administration to reinforce immigration laws and eliminate gaps in enforcement. Secretary Noem made it clear that DHS will not tolerate any sanctuary for those who fail to meet the requirements of this policy. “There will be no sanctuary for noncompliance,” she stated.

The Trump administration has described the policy as a national security measure, arguing that tracking the presence of all foreign nationals within U.S. borders is essential for ensuring the safety of the American people. The message from the White House and DHS is unambiguous: the rules will be applied uniformly and without exception.

The renewed emphasis on the Alien Registration Act is part of a wider immigration agenda that President Trump has pursued since returning to office. His administration has consistently promoted stricter enforcement of immigration laws, increased deportations, and greater scrutiny of noncitizens residing in the United States. The executive order signed in January further underscores this direction, placing a spotlight on the perceived risks posed by individuals who remain in the country without proper documentation or registration.

For many foreign nationals, particularly those without legal status, the registration requirement is likely to raise concerns about possible detention or removal. However, the administration has framed the policy as an opportunity for those who comply to remain on a lawful path. Secretary Noem’s comments suggested that early compliance could influence future immigration outcomes for some individuals. “If you leave now, you may have the opportunity to return and enjoy our freedom and live the American dream,” she said, reiterating that voluntary departure might be more favorable than facing enforcement action.

The DHS has not released specific data on how many foreign nationals are currently out of compliance with the Alien Registration Act, but officials have indicated that the department is prepared to take enforcement action after the April 11 deadline. With the issuance of proof of registration and the requirement to carry it at all times, authorities expect to have the means to quickly identify those who fail to meet the standard.

The reimplementation of this policy also places added responsibility on immigration attorneys, nonprofit organizations, and advocacy groups that work with immigrant communities. Many will likely need to step up their efforts to inform clients and vulnerable populations about the new requirements, ensuring they understand their obligations and the consequences of inaction.

The administration’s strict timeline means that foreign nationals who fall under the law’s purview must act quickly. The April 11 cutoff is firm, and officials have indicated there will be no extensions. After that date, those who are not registered and cannot provide documentation may face immediate consequences under federal law.

As DHS continues to roll out the enforcement mechanisms associated with this policy, additional guidance is expected from USCIS and other relevant agencies. In the meantime, affected individuals are advised to consult official government websites or qualified legal professionals to ensure they complete the registration process correctly and on time.

Secretary Noem closed her statement by emphasizing the importance of national unity and the rule of law. “We must know who is in our country for the safety and security of our homeland and all Americans,” she said. The Trump administration’s messaging has centered around the principle that the laws on the books should be upheld fully, and that no one—regardless of their country of origin or immigration status—is exempt from accountability.

With less than a month remaining before the registration deadline, DHS is urging all noncitizens who qualify to take action immediately. Compliance with the Alien Registration Act is now a top priority for federal immigration enforcement, and failure to act could have serious legal consequences for those affected.

ITServe Alliance’s Capitol Hill Day Planned for June 11th, 2025

“ITServe Alliance has planned to organize our next in-person Capitol Hill Day in Washington, DC on June 11th, 2025,” said Sateesh Reddy Nagilla, Director of ITServe Alliance Policy Advocacy Committee (PAC) & Immigration. “The conference will have participation by over 150 US Representatives and Senators, including influential committee chairs and members, whose decisions impact our businesses. The daylong event will feature Capitol Hill Meetings and interactive sessions with US Congressmen and Senators.”

Capitol Hill Day is being organized with the objective of showcasing to the lawmakers some of the significant contributions of the ITServe members to the country’s economy through Technology & Innovation, local employment, and STEM education. The event will also highlight key concerns faced by small businesses, including the need for high-skilled immigration reforms.

While having an opportunity to meet with and interact with the lawmakers and their staff, Capitol Hill Day will be an impactful way of making them aware of the significant contributions of the ITServe member companies to the country’s economy through Technology & Innovation, local employment, and STEM education. The event will also address key concerns faced by small businesses, including high-skilled immigration reform.

Sudheer Venkat Chakka, CPAC- Managing Director said, “With significant immigration legislation expected in Congress this year, we urgently request robust support from our ITServe members for CPAC’s strategic initiatives, including policy advocacy and essential fundraising aimed at engaging Members of Congress. We are requesting more members join the ITServe Capitol Hill Day in our nation’s Capital.”

DC Day 2Anju Vallabhaneni, President of ITServe, while emphasizing the importance of Capitol Hill Day,  said, “ITServe Alliance’s Capitol Hill Day will serve as a powerful platform in educating policymakers on the issues that are important to our members and the business community, ensuring our needs and views are reflected in policy debates and outcomes.”

ITServe Alliance has been consistently working to protect the needs of its members. To that end, ITServe Alliance has been collaborating with the lawmakers on behalf of its members on Capitol Hill and within the US Administration.  Capitol Hill Day is the perfect way for ITServe Alliance to use its collective voice to communicate with policymakers on the issues that are important to our members.

Urging ITServe members to be active and work collaboratively in making this important event successful, Raghu Chittimalla, ITServe Governing Board Chair said, “It’s our collective voice. I call upon every member to be part of this important event, advocate for ITServe, and make our voices heard in the corridors of power. Also, if you have a relationship with a member of Congress or their staff, please enter that information too.  Through your help we will be able to accomplish our goals through grassroots and advocacy.”

“In order to achieve the goals that benefit the IT Sector companies, the labor force, and the larger US economy, our process hinges on our 3 fundamental pillars of the ITServe PAC: education, advocacy, and strategic legal initiatives,” Nagilla added.

ITServe supports the HIRE Act (High Skilled Immigration Reform for Employment), introduced in Congress in 2024. Innovation, STEM education, and avoiding brain drain are the highlights of the Bill. It has advocated to have the STEM graduates with U.S master’s Degrees and/or Ph.D. holders from the H1-B CAP quota removed and make it unlimited to retain the top talent & innovation in the Country.

ITServe Alliance comprises of small and medium-sized businesses that fulfill the growing demand for highly skilled professionals in America. Its members play a crucial role in developing and maintaining essential IT systems for corporations, governments, and various organizations.

ITServe’s vision has been to empower local communities by creating, retaining, and fostering employment opportunities within the United States. Moreover, ITServe is committed to corporate social responsibility (CSR) and actively contributes to local communities nationwide, particularly in the realm of STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Math) education.

Siva Moopanar, President-Elect of ITServe, while summarizing the importance of Capitol Hill Day said, “ITServe Alliance is consistently working to protect its members’ needs. To that end, ITServe Alliance, through its PAC team, is advocating on Capitol Hill and with the Administration.  ITServe Alliance will use its collective voice to communicate with policymakers on important issues impacting our members.”

For information on ITServe and its many noble initiatives, please visit www.itserve.org

India and U.S. Set Stage for Initial Bilateral Trade Deal Talks, Targeting Breakthrough in 90 Days

India and the United States have agreed on a framework for launching discussions on the first phase of a bilateral trade agreement, according to a trade official who made the announcement on Friday. The talks, which are set to begin soon, come with an optimistic outlook from both sides and a hope that a mutually beneficial agreement could take shape within the next three months.

Speaking on the condition of anonymity due to the delicate nature of the negotiations, the official said, “We are far ahead in trade talks with the U.S compared to other countries… there are lots of possibilities in 90 days.” This suggests a significant advancement in discussions, indicating that both countries are close to narrowing down common areas of interest and potential compromise.

This development comes at a crucial time as trade between India and the United States continues to grow. The U.S. remains India’s largest trading partner, with bilateral trade exceeding $118 billion in the 2023-24 financial year. This upward trajectory underscores the increasing importance of the relationship between the two economies, especially at a time when both are seeking to recalibrate their global trade strategies.

Just a day before the announcement, Reuters had reported that India was eager to accelerate its push for a trade deal with the United States, particularly in light of a recent policy shift from President Donald Trump. His administration decided to pause reciprocal tariff arrangements for several countries, including India. This move by Trump has opened up a new window of opportunity for New Delhi to seek favorable terms in a direct trade agreement with Washington.

President Trump’s recent tariff policy has created a new urgency in India’s trade diplomacy. Last week, his administration imposed a 26% tariff on Indian goods entering the U.S. market. Despite this, India has opted not to retaliate with its own tariffs on American products, a decision that is likely to keep the environment conducive for dialogue and cooperation.

The trade official noted that ongoing negotiations between the two countries would not be limited to physical meetings. “Trade engagements between the countries will continue virtually and regularly,” the official said, highlighting the commitment to maintaining momentum in the dialogue even in the absence of face-to-face discussions.

India’s decision not to retaliate against the steep U.S. tariffs appears to be a strategic one, aimed at keeping the larger goal of a bilateral trade agreement on track. The choice to avoid immediate countermeasures demonstrates a willingness to prioritize long-term economic partnership over short-term trade tensions.

According to the same official, the finalized terms of reference between the two sides have laid the foundation for substantive discussions. These terms will guide the upcoming engagements and serve as the basis for identifying key issues, sectoral interests, and areas where mutual concessions can be made.

The notion of a “win-win shape and form” to the agreement over the next 90 days reflects optimism that the first segment of the trade deal could yield benefits for both countries. Although specific details of the potential deal were not disclosed, the positive tone suggests that discussions may center around areas of shared interest, including tariffs, market access, regulatory alignment, and trade facilitation.

India and the U.S. have had a complicated trade relationship over the years, with both collaboration and conflict defining their interactions. From disputes at the World Trade Organization to negotiations over digital taxes, agricultural subsidies, and intellectual property, the two countries have seen their share of disagreements. However, the strategic partnership between them continues to strengthen, particularly in areas such as defense, technology, and energy, laying the groundwork for a closer economic relationship as well.

The finalization of the terms of reference and the commitment to regular, virtual trade engagements signal a desire to shift the tone of the relationship from reactive to proactive. Both nations seem to recognize the importance of building stable, predictable trade ties, especially in a global environment marked by economic uncertainty and shifting geopolitical alliances.

India’s willingness to move swiftly is partly driven by its desire to secure preferential market access for its exports while also seeking to reduce dependence on other markets. Meanwhile, the U.S. is likely to see India as a key partner in diversifying its trade portfolio and countering supply chain vulnerabilities, especially in the wake of disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and ongoing tensions with China.

Although the announcement of the finalized terms marks only the beginning of what could be a complex and lengthy negotiation process, it represents a significant step forward. If both sides manage to stick to the timeline and navigate political and economic sensitivities carefully, the result could be a landmark agreement that reshapes the trade landscape between the world’s largest and fifth-largest economies.

The next three months will be crucial as both governments attempt to hammer out specifics and address sensitive issues without triggering domestic opposition or trade blowback. Given the high stakes involved and the current political context, including the upcoming U.S. presidential elections, the pace and content of negotiations could be influenced by broader strategic considerations.

Still, the readiness to engage, the positive language from officials, and the absence of immediate retaliatory actions are encouraging signs. The coming weeks are likely to witness intensive virtual discussions involving a wide range of stakeholders, including ministries, trade representatives, industry leaders, and policy experts from both countries.

While trade negotiations are never easy, the fact that both India and the U.S. are expressing strong interest in reaching a preliminary deal in the near term is an indication of the importance both attach to this relationship. For India, deeper integration with the U.S. economy could bring in new investments, access to cutting-edge technology, and expanded markets for its goods and services. For the U.S., strengthening economic ties with India offers a strategic counterweight in the Indo-Pacific region and a reliable partner in securing resilient supply chains.

As negotiations continue, much will depend on the ability of both sides to manage expectations, make politically viable compromises, and maintain trust. But if the initial optimism holds and the projected timeline of 90 days is met, the two countries could be on the verge of formalizing a partnership that is as economically significant as it is strategically meaningful.

In the words of the trade official, “There are lots of possibilities in 90 days.” Whether those possibilities translate into a signed agreement remains to be seen, but the foundations have now been laid for what could be one of the most important trade developments in recent years.

Trump Administration Plans to Revoke Social Security Access for Certain Immigrants to Encourage Self-Deportation

The Trump administration is pursuing a strategy designed to prompt certain immigrants without legal status to voluntarily leave the United States. According to an official who spoke to Reuters on condition of anonymity, the government intends to classify these individuals as deceased in federal databases, thereby deactivating their Social Security numbers.

The focus of this effort is on immigrants who were initially granted legal entry under the Biden administration but have since lost their temporary protected status. These individuals would be added to the Social Security Administration’s “death master list,” a federal record typically used to prevent deceased individuals from receiving Social Security payments. “Immigrants who were legally admitted to the U.S. under the Biden administration but have since had their temporary status revoked would be added to the Social Security Administration’s ‘death master list,’” the anonymous official told Reuters.

In the U.S., a Social Security number is essential not just for employment and tax purposes but also for obtaining government benefits and performing routine financial tasks. These numbers serve as tax identifiers and are necessary for opening bank accounts, applying for credit cards, and conducting many other transactions. Without a valid Social Security number, individuals are effectively excluded from both public assistance and the financial system.

The plan was initially revealed by The New York Times, which reviewed internal documents and interviewed six individuals familiar with the proposal. The newspaper reported that the underlying strategy is to create enough financial pressure on the affected immigrants that they will opt to leave the country voluntarily. By invalidating their Social Security numbers, the administration hopes to cut them off from key financial and governmental services. “The goal is to pressure migrants to self-deport by effectively canceling their Social Security numbers and cutting them off from financial services,” the Times reported.

Although the administration has not publicly confirmed the plan in detail, Assistant Press Secretary Liz Huston issued a statement that hinted at the policy’s broader objectives. “President Trump promised mass deportations and by removing the monetary incentive for illegal aliens to come and stay, we will encourage them to self-deport,” Huston stated. However, she did not directly confirm or elaborate on the specifics of the Social Security deactivation plan.

The Times also reported that the government has already added over 6,300 names to a federal blacklist. These names reportedly belong to individuals convicted of crimes or identified as suspected terrorists.The Times, citing documents, reported that the names of more than 6,300 convicted criminals or ‘suspected terrorists’ have been added to the government blacklist.

Using the “death master list” in this way marks a significant expansion of the federal government’s use of sensitive personal data in immigration enforcement. President Trump has repeatedly emphasized his goal of significantly reducing the number of undocumented immigrants living in the U.S., and this effort is seen as another step in that direction.

Further highlighting this approach, the Treasury Department, the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), and the Department of Homeland Security recently finalized an agreement to share taxpayer information with immigration enforcement agencies. This agreement will allow immigration officials access to sensitive tax records that can be used to locate undocumented individuals more efficiently. “On Monday, the Treasury Department, the Internal Revenue Service and the Department of Homeland Security finalized an agreement under which taxpayer data will be provided to federal immigration authorities to help them locate migrants,” Reuters reported.

This move has already triggered internal consequences. Following the finalization of the agreement, the acting head of the IRS, along with several other senior officials, resigned from their positions. Their resignations signal the potential controversy and ethical concerns surrounding the sharing of confidential taxpayer information with immigration authorities.

The administration’s broader immigration enforcement plans also include significant financial penalties for those who defy deportation orders. Reuters reported on Tuesday that migrants who remain in the United States despite being under deportation orders could face daily fines of up to $998. In cases where individuals fail to pay these fines, the government may seize their property. Reuters on Tuesday reported that the Trump administration plans to fine migrants under deportation orders up to $998 a day if they fail to leave the United States and to seize their property if they do not pay.

These combined efforts represent a multi-pronged strategy aimed at deterring unauthorized immigration and encouraging self-deportation by eliminating access to financial and social infrastructure. By cutting off Social Security numbers, imposing heavy financial penalties, and using taxpayer data for enforcement purposes, the administration is making it increasingly difficult for individuals without legal status to remain in the country.

While critics are likely to challenge the legality and ethics of these measures, the administration appears committed to using every tool at its disposal to reduce the undocumented population. The classification of living individuals as deceased for enforcement purposes is particularly controversial and could lead to legal challenges if implemented.

The proposal also raises significant concerns about due process, accuracy, and the potential for mistaken identity. Critics warn that such a plan could result in legal immigrants or even U.S. citizens being wrongly targeted, especially if the data used to compile the lists is flawed or outdated.

Nevertheless, the Trump administration continues to defend its immigration policies as necessary to uphold the rule of law and national security. “By removing the monetary incentive for illegal aliens to come and stay, we will encourage them to self-deport,” said Huston, reaffirming the administration’s belief that economic deterrence is a viable enforcement strategy.

As the 2024 presidential election approaches, immigration policy is expected to remain a key issue for the Trump campaign, with promises of stricter enforcement and reduced immigration taking center stage. The recent steps taken by the administration reflect a growing focus on administrative and bureaucratic tools to achieve policy objectives without requiring new legislation.

In summary, the Trump administration’s latest immigration policy involves adding certain immigrants who have lost their temporary legal status to a list meant for deceased individuals. This effectively renders their Social Security numbers useless and prevents them from accessing essential services, in an effort to drive self-deportation. This initiative, along with new agreements to share tax data with immigration authorities and impose substantial daily fines, underscores the administration’s aggressive approach to curbing unauthorized immigration through both legal and financial pressures.

Indian-Origin Council Member Among Dozens Charged in Illegal Gambling Operation Tied to Lucchese Crime Family

Anand Shah, a council member from Prospect Park, New Jersey, and a local business owner of Indian origin, has been accused of overseeing illegal poker games and operating an online sportsbook in coordination with the notorious Lucchese crime family. The announcement came in a statement issued on Friday by New Jersey Attorney General Matthew Platkin, as reported by PTI.

Shah is one of 39 individuals who now face charges that include racketeering, illegal gambling, money laundering, and various other criminal offenses. These charges follow an extensive law enforcement operation during which search warrants were executed at 12 different sites across northern New Jersey earlier this week.

Also implicated in the case is Samir Nadkarni, another Indian-origin individual. Nadkarni, aged 48 and a resident of Longwood, Florida, is alleged to have acted as a sportsbook sub-agent and poker host as part of the illegal enterprise.

Authorities have described this crackdown as the result of a two-year investigation focused on unlawful gambling operations linked to the Lucchese organized crime family. The operation culminated in coordinated searches on April 9 at multiple poker clubs, including four located in Totowa, Garfield, and Woodland Park. Notably, two of these poker clubs were concealed behind operational restaurants. In addition to these clubs, law enforcement also raided a business site in Paterson where gambling machines were stored, along with seven residences believed to belong to individuals managing the illicit gambling network.

The investigation revealed the existence of additional underground poker clubs and a wide network of people who allegedly hosted and worked at these venues. Authorities also uncovered involvement in managing bettors through an unlawful online sportsbook. These findings indicate the operation had a much broader reach than initially suspected.

It is believed that the higher levels of management within this gambling syndicate not only supervised the activities but also took a cut of the illegal profits. The operation is said to have generated over $3 million in suspected criminal proceeds, according to the investigation’s findings.

To hide the origins of their illicit earnings, members of the organization reportedly used various shell companies and legitimate-looking businesses. These were intended to disguise the source of funds and provide cover for their operations.

Commenting on the significance of this case, Superintendent of the New Jersey State Police Colonel Patrick Callahan stated, “Criminal enterprises like this pose a serious threat to the safety and well-being of our communities, driving illegal gambling, money laundering, and racketeering operations that value profit over people.”

The complaint outlines that the gambling operation relied heavily on social clubs that hosted live poker games and contained gambling machines. Additionally, the operation featured a complex and wide-reaching online sportsbook. This component was facilitated through several websites hosted in foreign countries and allowed bets to be placed from within the United States.

Each poker club reportedly had its own management structure, with high-level overseers assigning day-to-day responsibilities to floor managers who were present during the games. These managers ensured the smooth running of poker sessions and compliance with the group’s internal rules.

The online sportsbook, a key pillar of the criminal enterprise, was operated by individuals known as “agents.” These agents functioned as modern-day equivalents of traditional bookies, setting up user accounts and facilitating bets through the overseas websites. The agents played a central role in enabling illegal sports betting activities across northern New Jersey and possibly even beyond.

Authorities claim that the upper echelon of the group handled major decisions, intervened in disputes, and were involved in using threats and intimidation to recover unpaid gambling debts. According to the charges, these leaders did not hesitate to employ coercive tactics to ensure payment and maintain control over the operations.

The use of the internet and offshore servers significantly expanded the reach of the group’s gambling activities. These websites became the backbone of the operation, enabling traditional organized crime to adapt to modern technology. Despite being based in the digital realm, the crimes committed mirrored the age-old activities of organized crime families.

The official statement described how these websites empowered members and affiliates of traditional organized crime to continue engaging in illicit acts with greater efficiency. “The websites allowed traditional organized crime members and associates to use the internet and current technology to engage in the same criminal acts that traditional organized crime has engaged in since the 19th century,” the statement noted.

While the investigation is still ongoing, the arrests mark a significant blow to illegal gambling networks operating in the region. The authorities believe that dismantling such a vast and deeply entrenched operation will not only help curb unlawful gambling but also reduce the broader impact of organized crime on local communities.

The sweep conducted by law enforcement targeted key areas where the gambling activities were believed to be centered. The poker clubs raided were not openly visible to the public and often disguised themselves as ordinary businesses, such as restaurants or social clubs, to evade detection. This tactic allowed the operation to function under the radar for an extended period.

The complexity of the operation and the use of both physical locations and digital platforms highlight how traditional organized crime groups have evolved. The use of offshore sports betting websites, coupled with old-school poker games hosted in concealed back rooms, demonstrates the hybrid nature of contemporary criminal enterprises.

In total, 39 individuals now face serious charges that could lead to lengthy prison sentences if convicted. These individuals are believed to have played various roles in the network, ranging from direct involvement in hosting games to managing bettors and collecting debts. Each participant contributed to what investigators are calling one of the more sophisticated illegal gambling rings discovered in recent years.

The outcome of this case could have broader implications for how law enforcement addresses organized crime in the digital age. With the increasing use of technology in criminal activities, agencies may need to adapt their strategies and tools to keep pace with such operations.

As for Anand Shah and Samir Nadkarni, their alleged involvement in this criminal scheme has not only brought them into the legal spotlight but also raised questions about how deeply embedded such operations can become in seemingly respectable segments of society.

The charges and investigation underscore the ongoing challenge of combating organized crime, especially when it intersects with both public institutions and the digital world.

China Raises Tariffs in Response to U.S. Hike as Trade War Escalates with No Signs of Resolution

China took retaliatory action on Friday in response to President Donald Trump’s decision to impose higher, country-specific tariffs by significantly increasing its own tariffs on American goods. The Chinese Finance Ministry announced that the new levies would rise to 125 percent from the previous 84 percent. This move marks a sharp escalation in the ongoing trade conflict between the two global economic powers.

In a statement shared by the ministry and translated by CNBC, Chinese officials emphasized that the tariff increases by the United States had reached a point of economic absurdity. “Even if the U.S. continues to impose higher tariffs, it will no longer make economic sense and will become a joke in the history of world economy,” the ministry said. The statement added that American goods had effectively lost their place in the Chinese market due to the current tariff levels. “With tariff rates at the current level, there is no longer a market for U.S. goods imported into China,” the ministry said, warning further that “if the U.S. government continues to increase tariffs on China, Beijing will ignore.”

The Trump administration had confirmed on Thursday, a day before China’s announcement, that the effective tariff rate on Chinese imports into the U.S. now stands at 145 percent. This included the latest executive order that increased tariffs on Chinese goods to 125 percent, which was added on top of a previous 20 percent tariff related to fentanyl imposed earlier in February and March.

According to Zhiwei Zhang, president and chief economist at Pinpoint Asset Management, this move may mark the final stage of tariff hikes between the two nations. “This is the end of the escalation in terms of bilateral tariff rates. Both China and the US have sent clear messages, there is no point of raising tariffs further,” Zhang said. He pointed out that the focus now needs to shift toward assessing how these policies are impacting economic activities in both the U.S. and China. He also noted the absence of any indication that either side was ready to begin negotiations or take steps to prevent further disruption to global supply chains.

Notably, China’s response in this latest round has differed from its previous retaliatory tactics. While the country has raised tariffs, it has stopped short of introducing new export controls or adding American companies to its unreliable entity list—a move that would subject those firms to additional operational restrictions within China.

Despite the mounting tensions, China’s Commerce Ministry maintained that Beijing is still open to dialogue. In a separate statement released on Friday, a ministry spokesperson reaffirmed the country’s willingness to negotiate with the U.S. on equal terms, indicating that diplomatic channels have not been entirely closed off.

However, hopes for any significant breakthrough in U.S.-China trade talks have diminished rapidly. Over the past week, Beijing has responded to Washington’s measures with its own set of retaliatory duties on American imports, along with broad restrictions targeting U.S. companies. These tit-for-tat moves have only further strained relations between the two economic superpowers.

U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent expressed frustration over what he described as China’s unwillingness to engage in meaningful negotiations. In an interview with Fox Business on Wednesday, Bessent criticized the Chinese approach. “It’s unfortunate that the Chinese actually don’t want to come and negotiate, because they are the worst offenders in the international trading system,” he said. He further accused China of maintaining a severely lopsided economic structure, stating, “They have the most imbalanced economy in the history of the modern world, and I can tell you that this escalation is a loser for them.”

The economic impact of this ongoing trade war is already being felt. Investment bank Goldman Sachs revised its forecast for China’s economic growth, cutting the expected GDP rate to 4 percent. The downgrade is attributed to the intensifying trade tensions with the U.S. and broader concerns over a slowdown in global economic growth. According to Goldman Sachs analysts, Chinese exports to the U.S. contribute roughly 3 percentage points to China’s overall GDP. While this may not appear substantial in percentage terms, it carries significant employment implications. The analysts estimated that between 10 million and 20 million Chinese workers are employed in sectors directly tied to goods destined for the American market.

China’s stance remained firm in its latest statements. The country reiterated its commitment to push back if Washington continues actions perceived as harmful to Chinese interests. “Resolutely counter-attack and fight to the end,” China declared on Friday, vowing continued resistance in the face of what it considers economic aggression from the U.S.

Chinese President Xi Jinping echoed this sentiment during a meeting with Spanish Prime Minister Pedro Sánchez on the same day. According to a government readout translated by CNBC, Xi emphasized the futility of trade conflicts. “There is no winner in a tariff war and going against the world will only isolate itself,” Xi said. The Chinese leader and Sánchez agreed to strengthen their nations’ relationship in a variety of areas, including trade, investment, and technological innovation.

While the international community watches closely, the White House has yet to issue any formal response to these recent developments. CNBC noted that the administration did not immediately respond to a request for comment regarding China’s latest tariff increases and statements.

With tensions now at their highest point in months, the likelihood of a quick or easy resolution seems remote. The global economic ramifications are increasingly apparent as both nations dig in, showing few signs of compromise. Businesses in both countries—and worldwide—are bracing for continued uncertainty, potentially prompting a reevaluation of trade strategies and supply chain structures moving forward.

As both Washington and Beijing double down on their positions, economists warn that further escalation could have lasting consequences far beyond their respective borders. For now, the world’s two largest economies remain locked in a standoff that shows no immediate signs of cooling down.

India Stresses Patience in Trade Talks as US Tariff Pause Sparks Strategic Responses

Following the temporary suspension of tariffs on India by US President Donald Trump, Union Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal emphasized that India would not rush into any decisions and would continue to negotiate in alignment with the nation’s best interests. Goyal underlined that the country’s trade discussions are being steered with a careful and deliberate approach, focused solely on the welfare of its citizens.

Addressing attendees at the Italy-India Business, Science and Technology Forum, Goyal stressed the importance of mutual understanding in trade talks. “Trade talks proceed when both sides are sensitive to each other’s concerns and requirements. All our trade talks are progressing well, in the spirit of India First, and to ensure our pathway to Viksit Bharat @ 2047 in the Amrit Kaal…” he remarked, alluding to India’s long-term developmental goals.

Goyal also made it clear that India would never succumb to external pressure or artificial urgency in any negotiation. “We never negotiate at gunpoint. Favourable time constraints motivate us for quicker talks, but till the time we are not able to secure the interest of our country and our people, we do not hurry,” he stated.

While the Commerce Minister projected a steady and measured approach, External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar expressed a more proactive stance in response to developments in global trade dynamics, particularly with the United States. Speaking at the Carnegie Global Technology Summit, Jaishankar acknowledged the pressing need to conclude trade agreements swiftly, especially with nations like the US, which he said has undergone a significant shift in how it engages globally.

Jaishankar pointed out that trade negotiations with the US have grown more complex due to heightened expectations and the transformed global environment compared to the previous year. “This time around, we are certainly geared up for a very high degree of urgency. I mean, we see a window. We want to see stuff. So our trade deals are really challenging. And we are really, when I look at the trade deals, I mean it’s not my direct credit, but we have a lot to do with each other. I mean, these are people very much on top of their game, very ambitious about what they want to achieve,” he commented.

The minister further emphasized the importance of having a realistic understanding of the intentions and perceptions of trade partners. According to Jaishankar, both India and the US have long-standing opinions about each other’s trade policies, which have not always aligned seamlessly. “We talked for four years during the first Trump administration. They have their view of us, and frankly, we have our view of them. The bottom line is that they didn’t get that,” he said, referencing the limited progress made during earlier talks.

Drawing a parallel with India’s trade negotiations with the European Union, Jaishankar pointed out that international trade talks often face delays and stagnation. He mentioned that although negotiations with the EU are often cited as spanning three decades, this portrayal isn’t entirely accurate. “So if you look at the EU, often people say we’ve been negotiating for 30 years, which is not entirely true because we had big blocks of time and nobody was even talking to each other. But they have tended to be very protracted processes,” he clarified.

Jaishankar also touched on the broader geopolitical implications of trade and technology, especially concerning the dynamic between the US and China. He highlighted how decisions made by both countries significantly shape global trade and strategic alignments. According to him, the influence wielded by both the US and China in shaping the future of international trade cannot be underestimated.

Even as India balances its trade strategy with the US, tensions escalated between the US and China in the same domain. In a retaliatory move, China announced steep tariff hikes on a wide range of US imports. The decision was made public on Friday, when Beijing revealed plans to increase tariffs on all goods imported from the United States to a staggering 125 percent. This marked a considerable rise from the previous tariff rate of 84 percent.

The announcement, reported by China’s official news agency Xinhua, attributed the decision to the Customs Tariff Commission of the State Council. According to the report, the new tariff structure will be implemented starting April 12, sending a strong signal of Beijing’s unwillingness to back down in the face of American trade measures.

In addition to increasing tariffs, China has also taken formal steps through international legal mechanisms. The Chinese commerce ministry, as reported by Xinhua, disclosed that it had lodged a complaint with the World Trade Organization in response to the latest round of US tariff increases. This legal move underlines Beijing’s intention to contest the US actions on global platforms and to seek redress through established institutions.

These developments come amid rising trade friction worldwide, with countries increasingly asserting their sovereignty and strategic priorities through economic means. India, while affected by the broader shifts in the global order, is positioning itself carefully, using a blend of urgency and caution to navigate the evolving landscape.

The Indian government’s dual approach—combining Goyal’s emphasis on patient and interest-based negotiation with Jaishankar’s sense of urgency—reflects a nuanced response to the rapidly changing global trade environment. On one hand, there is a firm resolve not to be rushed or pressured into unfavorable agreements. On the other, there is a recognition that strategic opportunities must be seized when available, particularly when dealing with major economic powers like the United States.

Both ministers’ remarks highlight the careful balancing act India must perform to maximize its trade benefits without compromising national interests. As global trade dynamics become increasingly influenced by geopolitics, especially with rivalries intensifying between major powers such as the US and China, India is likely to continue pursuing deals that are mutually beneficial but not rushed.

While China’s aggressive countermeasures demonstrate a confrontational stance, India’s response underscores a commitment to thoughtful and calculated policymaking. With the goal of achieving a developed India by 2047, policymakers appear determined to prioritize sustainable and strategic trade partnerships rather than reactive ones.

As negotiations with global partners continue, it remains to be seen how India will shape its agreements amid external pressures and internal developmental ambitions. The coming months are likely to test the Indian leadership’s ability to balance diplomacy, economics, and long-term vision in an increasingly complex world trade order.

Senators Debate Ending Daylight Saving Time Amid Health, Economic Concerns

In 1957, rockabilly artist Bob Ehret sang, “We’ve got to stop the clock, baby; to spend more time with you.” Decades later, that sentiment echoed through the halls of Congress, as senators from both parties gathered at a Senate Commerce Committee hearing to examine the implications of continuing or ending Daylight Saving Time (DST).

Senator Ted Cruz, a Republican from Texas and the committee’s chairman, explained that Daylight Saving Time was originally introduced with good intentions, primarily to cut energy consumption. However, he argued that over time, it has caused more problems than it solved, including a rise in traffic accidents during darker mornings, disruptions in workplace productivity, and resistance from farmers who depend on early-morning sunlight.

“We find ourselves adjusting our clocks… springing forward and falling back in the fall. For many Americans, this biannual ritual is a minor inconvenience… But when we take a closer look at the implications of changing the clocks, its impact on our economy, our health and our everyday lives, we can see that this practice is more than an annoyance,” Cruz said.

He emphasized that the original idea behind DST was straightforward: more daylight in the evening would reduce the need for artificial lighting and heating. “The idea was simple. Fewer hours of darkness meant less electricity consumption for lighting and heating,” Cruz added.

But Cruz pointed out that the energy-saving benefits that may have made sense in the early 1900s are now negligible. As he put it, sunrise and sunset timings today have “de minimis” effects on the current economy, which is far less dependent on daylight than it once was.

During the hearing, Cruz was joined by Dr. Karin Johnson, a neurology expert from Massachusetts. Both highlighted the health consequences of resetting clocks twice a year. Cruz particularly noted the dangers of the spring time change when people lose an hour of sleep. Johnson further elaborated on how these abrupt shifts can negatively impact people’s circadian rhythms, vascular health, and sleep quality.

The panel also heard from an official representing the National Golf Course Owners Association. This testimony highlighted the economic boost provided by later daylight hours, which allow for extended evening recreation such as golf and other tourist-friendly activities. Lawmakers sympathetic to business interests saw these benefits as compelling arguments in favor of maintaining DST.

On the Democratic side, Senator Lisa Blunt-Rochester of Delaware voiced her support for ending the twice-yearly clock changes. She emphasized the need for a “permanent time for our country” and referred to a bill once introduced by Senator Marco Rubio, a Republican from Florida, that proposed eliminating DST. That bill, however, eventually stalled in the House of Representatives.

“This body [then] took a harder look at how time changes work state-by-state,” Blunt-Rochester said. She acknowledged the challenges of creating a uniform time policy that works for every region. “What works in my home state of Delaware may not work in Washington state, but I know I speak for many Americans when I say it’s time. It’s time to figure this out.”

Experts and lawmakers at the hearing acknowledged that southern states like Florida and Texas would likely feel the drawbacks of a permanent DST more than others. These states already experience significant heat and sun exposure, and extending evening daylight could increase health risks and disrupt established routines.

Senator Edward Markey, a Democrat from Massachusetts, discussed his past efforts to modify DST. He shared how he helped extend the daylight period to better accommodate events like Halloween, ensuring children could go trick-or-treating during twilight hours rather than in full darkness. Markey even joked about his long-standing involvement with DST reform. “The Sun King” is the nickname he’s earned for his efforts, he said with a smile.

Senator Blunt-Rochester echoed Markey’s concerns about the harmful consequences of frequent time changes. “We need to stop the clock,” she said. “We know that changing the clock disrupts sleep, which can lead to negative health outcomes. Several studies have noted issues with mood disturbances, increased hospital admissions, and even heart attacks and strokes.”

Scott Yates, founder of the Lock the Clock movement, also testified. He delved into the history of DST and discussed how it was briefly made permanent during the 1970s energy crisis under President Richard Nixon’s administration. Yates recalled how unpopular the change became, particularly because it robbed people of an hour of sleep just as the school year resumed after winter break.

“So you can imagine, the worst Monday of the year already is the one after the holiday break where you have to go back to school and everything — to have an extra hour of sleep robbed away right before that. You can understand why it was so unpopular and why it was repealed,” Yates explained. He noted that the decision to reverse permanent DST came just months before Nixon’s resignation.

Yates added a historical footnote, reminding the committee that the infamous Watergate break-in by the Nixon administration’s so-called “Plumbers” team occurred during nighttime hours. Cruz responded to this anecdote with a quip of his own: “So maybe — if we had more daylight, the Watergate break-in doesn’t happen.”

With input ranging from public health to tourism revenue, and from historical experiments to bipartisan support, the hearing revealed a deepening consensus in Congress: the time may be right to reconsider how the nation keeps time.

Trade War Turmoil: How the U.S.-China Economic Clash Is Shaking Global Tourism

The intensifying trade war between the United States and China has entered a perilous stage, with soaring tariffs leading to widespread economic damage and turbulence in global markets. Among the industries suffering most is international tourism, now caught in the crossfire of policy shifts and aggressive tariff increases. The escalating dispute is not only reshaping trade dynamics but also significantly disrupting air travel, hospitality, and consumer spending linked to global tourism. With the U.S. and China—two of the world’s economic giants—locked in an economic standoff, the broader travel industry is grappling with heightened costs and plummeting demand.

The latest twist in the trade war sees the U.S. threatening to hike tariffs on Chinese imports to a stunning 104%. This move, while aimed at economic leverage, has triggered consequences far beyond trade, affecting airlines, cruise lines, tech firms, and hotels. These industries now face severe uncertainty as supply chains tighten and operating costs rise. The travel ecosystem, heavily reliant on cross-border mobility and stable economic relations, is particularly vulnerable to this conflict.

The travel sector is already witnessing a pullback in global mobility, driven by rising costs and lowered demand. Chinese tourists, among the top international travelers, are beginning to rethink trips to the U.S. as tariffs increase the price of goods and services tied to travel. Major American cities such as New York, Los Angeles, and San Francisco, which rely significantly on Chinese tourism, could see sharp declines in international visitors. Higher costs on items like electronics—popular purchases among tourists—further discourage travel.

“US states including New York, Michigan, California, Nevada, Florida, and more face tourism declines due to Trump’s tariffs,” as industry observers note, highlighting the widespread economic implications.

Meanwhile, American travelers eyeing China are similarly dissuaded by inflated prices on goods and services caused by reciprocal tariffs. As duties on travel-related products like smartphones, luggage, and apparel increase, international travel becomes less appealing. This drop in tourism between the U.S. and China, once one of the most profitable travel routes, could deal a major blow to airlines, hotels, and tour operators.

In response, travel agencies are adjusting their marketing approaches, shifting attention to regions less impacted by trade tensions. Long-haul flights and cruise packages between the U.S. and China, now more expensive, are facing diminished demand.

The airline industry, too, is under pressure. U.S. carriers could see significant hikes in operating costs due to tariffs on Chinese aircraft parts, including avionics and engines. These increased costs are expected to translate into higher ticket prices, affecting consumer demand. Airlines heavily dependent on U.S.-China routes—such as American, Delta, and United—are especially vulnerable, as weakening demand for both business and leisure travel could shrink revenues.

Airfares for international flights are already under strain from inflation and surging fuel prices. Tariffs add a new layer of financial pressure. Budget airlines may attract more cost-conscious travelers, but their own narrow profit margins make survival in this environment difficult.

The technology sector, at the center of the trade war, is also disrupting travel. Tariffs on Chinese electronics mean travelers can expect to pay more for tech gadgets such as smartphones, cameras, and laptops—tools that are essential for modern travel. “The cost of travel-related tech products like smartphones, cameras, laptops, and GPS devices could skyrocket,” experts warn, pointing out that both leisure and business travelers will be hit.

Airlines, cruise companies, and hotels depend on affordable electronics for operations—like digital check-ins, in-flight entertainment, and mobile booking systems. As costs rise, these services may become less accessible or more expensive, directly impacting the travel experience. Chinese tech firms like Huawei, Xiaomi, and Lenovo are central suppliers of such equipment, and higher tariffs could severely strain the hospitality sector’s ability to maintain services.

For the cruise industry, the trade war brings both supply chain issues and escalating costs. Tariffs on Chinese-made materials used in shipbuilding and maintenance can lead to construction delays and pricier cruises. As cruise lines struggle with increased expenses, they’re likely to pass these onto consumers, discouraging bookings and reducing passenger volume. “With fewer deals on cruise vacations, travelers could opt for land-based travel,” a shift that would cut deeply into cruise revenues.

Chinese tourists—a rapidly growing customer base for cruises—may be especially affected. The increased costs and travel deterrents from tariffs make it less likely that they’ll book cruises in North America, further dampening industry prospects.

Hotels are similarly burdened. Rising prices caused by tariffs and a weakening Chinese economy have prompted tourists to reconsider travel plans, especially to major U.S. cities where Chinese visitors usually spend big. At the same time, hotels that rely on Chinese imports for furniture, electronics, and other essentials now face increased costs, pushing room rates higher.

“As more tourism-dependent cities face rising prices for accommodations and diminished demand, the hotel industry will experience a downturn,” market analysts predict.

Across travel, tech, cruise, and hotel sectors, the long-term pain is just beginning. Businesses are being forced to rethink strategies as costs climb and customers pull back. As tariffs alter supply chains and reduce affordability, travel will likely become more expensive and less predictable. The 104% tariff on Chinese imports now being considered threatens to choke off critical supplies—especially electronics—used throughout the travel industry.

Global markets are reeling from the economic uncertainty this trade war has unleashed. Stock markets are down, currencies are fluctuating, and financial forecasts have turned grim. Asian economies, heavily reliant on exports, are particularly exposed, and nations like Vietnam and Cambodia are bracing for additional fallout. As Chinese exports to the U.S. shrink, other countries fear secondary effects on their own tourism sectors.

“The result? Less disposable income for consumers, fewer international tourists, and a prolonged period of economic volatility,” say industry experts. Smartphone prices, for example, are surging, which could reduce the use of travel apps and disrupt digital services that many tourism companies depend on.

The mounting instability is leading investors to back away from tourism-related stocks, anticipating long-term damage. With global travelers hesitant to spend, tourism operators are seeing a sharp decline in bookings, particularly in Asia and Europe.

China’s retaliation—already involving tariffs up to 34%—has further clouded the outlook for U.S. tourism. Chinese tourists, who make up a large portion of foreign spending in the U.S., are now less likely to visit. Major cities that depend on these travelers face significant revenue losses. Additional barriers, such as stricter visa and customs policies, only add to the deterrent.

Tourism professionals are preparing for a new reality where the intersection of geopolitics and economics continues to dictate business outcomes. “With increased tariffs, uncertainty, and economic pain affecting both consumers and businesses alike, the global tourism industry faces a turbulent road ahead,” notes a senior travel strategist.

The conflict between the U.S. and China is more than a trade dispute—it’s a global economic event reshaping tourism. With both countries locked in a power struggle over market share, tourism becomes collateral damage in a fight that shows no signs of ending. The global travel industry must now adapt to survive, with cost pressures mounting, consumer confidence wavering, and long-term stability increasingly out of reach.

For now, the only certainty is that uncertainty will persist—and the travel world may never look quite the same again.

Trump Administration Revokes Visas of Hundreds of International Students, Prompting Backlash and Legal Battles

The Trump administration has taken a controversial step by revoking the visas of hundreds of international students and detaining around a dozen individuals on college campuses across the United States, often without prior notice or the ability to appeal. This sweeping action has triggered widespread concern and unease among the international student community.

Viral videos have captured the moments when plain-clothes officers handcuffed and arrested students near their homes, shocking viewers and sparking fear among students nationwide. The situation has escalated to the point where over 80 universities have reported cases of revoked student visas, as documented by a tracker maintained by Inside Higher Ed. These reports span institutions from coast to coast, impacting students and faculty alike.

U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio confirmed last month that over 300 visas have already been revoked. He explained the department’s stance by saying it was targeting individuals whose actions were seen as being contrary to U.S. national interests. “It might be more” than 300 visas, Rubio noted, hinting at the broader scope of the effort. “I don’t know actually if it’s primarily student visas. It’s a combination of visas,” he said.

A significant number of the students affected had participated in pro-Palestinian demonstrations, though some cases involved individuals with prior legal issues. These infractions ranged from criminal records to minor offenses such as speeding or a previous DUI, according to immigration attorneys familiar with the cases. For instance, CBS News reported on a Turkish student from the University of Minnesota who was detained in March after his visa was revoked due to a prior drunk driving offense.

Despite the legal infractions in some cases, immigration experts emphasize that students on visas are entitled to First Amendment rights, including freedom of speech. Deportations over political expression have historically been rare, but the temporary nature of student visas makes these individuals more vulnerable.

Many students have filed lawsuits against the federal government, arguing that their visas were suddenly revoked without any warning or an avenue for appeal or correction. Rubio has justified the government’s position by stating that student visas are intended for education, and that they will be revoked if foreign students are perceived to be engaging in actions that could “destabilize” the country.

Students and advocates have questioned the legality and fairness of these measures. “No president should be allowed to set an ideological litmus test and exclude or remove people from our country who they disagree with,” the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) stated in a public response. The White House, meanwhile, has defended its actions by invoking a 1952 law that gives the Secretary of State broad authority to expel foreigners who might pose “potentially serious adverse foreign policy consequences” for the U.S.

The crackdown has touched a wide range of educational institutions. Inside Higher Ed has listed more than 80 universities where international students or recent graduates have experienced changes to their legal status. These include large public universities such as Texas A&M University, University of Florida, University of Oregon, and University of Colorado, as well as elite private institutions like Harvard University, Yale University, Stanford University, Columbia University, and Dartmouth College.

Specific numbers reveal the scale of the action. At least eight students from Arizona State University and six individuals from the University of California, Berkeley have had their visas revoked, according to the Washington Post. The Wall Street Journal reports that 57 visas were withdrawn across the entire University of California system, and another seven from Ohio State University. In total, the U.S. is home to approximately 1.1 million international student visa holders.

Beyond the revocation of visas, several students and faculty have been detained, including individuals who hold permanent legal residency in the U.S. After being taken into custody, they are sent to detention centers while awaiting deportation proceedings.

Video evidence has shown plain-clothes Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) officers apprehending startled and distressed students, often placing them into unmarked vehicles. Some of those detained claim they were never given a reason for their arrest and maintain that they committed no crime.

One of the most high-profile cases is that of Mahmoud Khalil, a Columbia University graduate and legal permanent resident. He was arrested in his university-owned home in March. Another prominent case involves Rumeysa Ozturk, a Turkish national and student at Tufts University. In widely circulated footage, she is seen trembling with fear while being surrounded by six plain-clothes ICE agents wearing masks. She was intercepted while on her way to a Ramadan celebration.

Another case that drew attention was the deportation of Rasha Alawieh, a professor at Brown University and a kidney transplant specialist. U.S. officials claimed they found “photos and videos” on her phone that expressed sympathies toward Hezbollah.

Some students who faced the revocation of their visas have fled to Canada to avoid deportation. These include Momodou Taal and Ranjani Srinivasan, both of whom were reportedly affected by the visa cancellations.

The situation has prompted legal challenges from students and civil rights organizations. Several lawsuits have been filed against the federal government, accusing it of detaining individuals without explanation or legal basis—potentially violating their civil rights. The legal efforts aim to delay or block deportations and seek redress for what plaintiffs say are unjust and unlawful actions.

One of the key legal battles involves Xiaotian Liu, a 26-year-old doctoral student from China studying at Dartmouth College. Liu is suing the government with the support of the ACLU of New Hampshire. The lawsuit claims his visa was revoked “without any notice and sufficient explanation.” According to court filings, Liu has not committed any crimes nor has he participated in any protests.

As the number of affected students continues to grow, so does the concern among academic institutions and human rights groups. Faculty members across the country have raised alarms about the implications this crackdown could have on academic freedom and the right of students to engage in political discourse.

The Trump administration’s actions have reignited debates about immigration policy, free speech, and the rights of non-citizens within U.S. borders. With lawsuits moving forward and public outcry building, the future remains uncertain for many international students who had come to the U.S. to study—only to find themselves facing detention, deportation, or the sudden loss of legal status.

-+=